Author: admin

  • A Night with Lizzie’s Barbies_(1)

    Font size : +


    Ever since seeing The Indian in the Cupboard, I always wonder what it would be like fucking a Barbie doll,

    The weirdest thing happened tonight.

    I am a 20 year old, tall and between lean and muscular. I have a daughter. I got my girlfriend pregnant back in high school and my daughter was born when I was 17 and my girlfriend was 16. We broke up after the pregnancy. She wanted an abortion and I wanted the baby, so I got my way. She is 3 years old and she loves her Barbie dolls.

    When we were out one day we went shopping around some garage sales, so one street we went down was in the bayou and in the middle of nowhere. We followed the signs and we found this ran down house hut right on the water. So we got out of the truck and my daughter yelled out, “They have Barbie!!” Then there was this older black woman with long dreaded hair ran up to me with four boxes of dolls trying to force them onto us asking for .50 cents a box. They looked a little odd and had weird feeling about them and my daughter said, “Ok,” and with the some of the money gave her, gave the woman $4, my daughter is very smart.

    When we got home, Lizzie went right to her bedroom up the stairs and I had to carry boxes of dolls up the stairs. As I was walking to room from kitchen to her room up the stairs, I noticed few of things about the Barbie’s. One, the hair on all of the dolls looked silky and real and instead of shiny kind of coarse hair. Second, there was amazing amount of detail in the makeup design. And third, saw bits of a mound in breast area were the nipple would be. I set the box down on the stairway and just took a peek and there was an amazing amount of detail with the pussy and tits and the plastic even felt little like skin. I thought I wouldn’t mind, if anything I need to teacher her about the female body I would with the dolls. When I got up to her room, I saw her already getting the doll house that I built for her 3rd birthday.

    ***

    Later that night, I woke abnormally horny and I haven’t felt this way for a long time. I tried going back to sleep, but I couldn’t. I looked at the clock and it was 10:30 and I thought you know what I will grab one of the new dolls. So, when I was going through the dolls and I noticed on with good size mounds not like the normal small perky Barbie tits. She was a blonde with down to her back and wavy. She was gorgeous I grabbed her and to it to my room and undressed her I noticed if this Barbie was at human scale she would probably have a natural 36H breast size. Unsheathed my throbbing warm 7 inch thick cock and started to rub on the doll where the boobs and the pussy are. I turned on a porn video that I had and opened up a Playboy. Since the doll didn’t feel like plastic and more like skin it I felt cum shoot right out me within seconds and I kept shooting cum. It was the most cum I released ever. I saw the doll covered in cum and I just I needed wash it before giving it to Lizzie, so I set the doll on my nightstand and laid back and fell asleep.

    ***

    At midnight, a very humid and warm breeze comes through my opened window and there was rattling throughout my room and the house. Then, there was this bright bluish light radiating out of the doll. Starting out of her eyes, then out of her mouth that shot open and every other hole her body. Her body spasm as if she was alive. Then the doll was set back down on the nightstand. Doll looked like a real person except for her being so small.

    I woke, I felt stroking at my rock hard cock and I felt like I already had some pre-cum oozing down my cock. I looked at what was stroking my cock and it was the Barbie and that sent me over the edge and I cummed all over her. I just felt this urge to just force my half-staffed dick right into her mouth. I knew the doll had a small mouth, but I did anyway and forced all the way to the back of her throat. I hear a muffled moan and gag as I did this. She started bobbing up and down, like she knew what she was doing. Then I felt to small arms messaging balls and it felt amazing then it sent me to the edge and I then I cummed again. I looked down and few more Barbie’s standing at my feet. I took the Barbie that I took from Lizzie’s room earlier and started playing with her cunt.

    Started with her clitoris and then her inner thighs and moving right into the pussy. Her pussy was extremly tight then I felt her hymen was still intact. So, went in and out without popping her cherry, just yet. Then as she was standing, she started sway back and forth and then moving her upper body back and forth. Her limbs started to spasm, and then there was this thrust forward of pelvis and this great arch in her back and a scream. There was this great warm love juice flowing down my finger.

    As I was doing this the Barbie at my feet started rubbing against my feet and started humping and grinding my feet. She was like a horny animal that can’t control her actions. As I was sliding my finger in and out of the doll’s pussy, I took my other hand started jerking off to my sight. Then I took my finger and have her lick her juice off my finger. As sucked my finger cum straight up in the air. The doll just fell to her knees and fell flat on her stomach in exhaustion. The doll that was stroking balls walked to girl that was humping feet started making out. The mouths were meeting as parted lips their tongues and saliva was going in circles of each tongue.

    This turning out to be an awesome night.


  • A Small Price to Pay, or: Patrick Breeds Busty Lesbian Milfs, Ch. 01

    Font size : +


    A commission from one of my awesome Patrons. Standard disclaimer applies: this story contains graphic depictions of erotic scenarios, so act accordingly! All characters are over eighteen, all situations are entirely fictional, and any resemblance to any real-life individuals or situations is entirely coincidental. Copyright Fidget, 2025. All rights reserved. Enjoy!

    A Small Price to Pay; or, Patrick Breeds Busty Lesbian Milfs

    by Fidget

    Chapter 1

    Evelyn was lucky it had happened at the club she’d decided to go to that night. She was even luckier that she noticed when it happened, because it was so subtle and over so quickly that if she hadn’t been paying attention, she would have missed it completely.

    The only reason she’d noticed it at all is because she was preparing to go hit on the cute little blonde herself, but before she could make her move an average-looking guy sidled up next to her and gently placed his hand on her bare arm.

    The girl, who looked to be in her mid-twenties, recoiled automatically at the unwanted touch, but, to Evelyn’s surprise, she soon calmed down and seemed to take the contact in stride.

    Even more oddly, the girl didn’t move a muscle as the man bent down toward her ear, and by straining her hearing, Evelyn was barely able to make out parts of what he said to her: “… most attractive man you’ve ever… …desperately… …make out with me.”

    Evelyn smirked, expecting the cute blonde to jerk her arm away and send him packing, which would give the thirty-year-old lesbian the perfect opportunity to swoop in and commiserate with her about how horrible men were. Instead, Evelyn was shocked to see the target of their affections hesitantly mumbling something under her breath, followed by the guy repeating what he had said more firmly. This time Evelyn made it out clearly:

    “You think I’m the most attractive man you’ve ever seen, and you desperately want to make out with me.”

    This time there was no hesitation at all as the woman repeated the man’s words back to him, and even as she did so her eyes became large and liquid, her cheeks began to flush, and her body language subtly shifted to emphasize the feminine sexuality of her modest curves.

    Somehow, in the space of just a few seconds after hearing what this man had said to her, this girl had obviously fallen head over heels for him.

    Evelyn quickly glanced at the dancers around them. Nobody else had noticed, and it was only by happenstance that she even had. 

    The man removed his hand from her arm, and the worked-up cutie immediately pressed her hips against his, looking up into his face with eyes wide with infatuation. He wrapped his arms around her slim waist, and she stood up on her tiptoes as their lips met. Her eyes closed in what was clearly bliss, and she even began to moan against his mouth when his hand snaked up her side and shamelessly brushed across her small breast.

    Things began to get hot and heavy between the two on the dance floor, until the guy placed his hand on the naked skin of her waist, and Evelyn watched as the woman fell still and compliant once more. He bent down to whisper in her ear, and this time Evelyn couldn’t make out what he said, but when the girl robotically parroted his words back at him, Evelyn thought she made out the word “private”.

    A second later the life came back into the blonde’s eyes, and she looked up at her amorous suitor and nodded.

    He reached out to grab a passing waitress’s arm. “You need to let us into the private back room.”

    The waitress slowed to a stop, but managed to slowly shake her head, as though fighting through molasses. “I can’t, sir. It’s closed for renovations.”

    The man patiently repeated what he had said, his hand still firmly clasped around the naked skin of the woman’s wrist. “You need to let me into the private back room and make sure none of the staff disturb us.”

    Her brow furrowed, and her mouth opened and closed a few times like a confused goldfish, but ultimately the fight seemed to go out of her, and she calmly repeated his words back to him, before turning and leading the horny couple through the crowd once the man had released her.

    Evelyn followed at a distance, and arrived at the door to the back room just in time to watch the man touch the waitress’s arm again before saying, “Thanks sex kitten. Also, you love wearing tops that show off your tits.”

    The bemused server was still repeating the words “sex kitten… show off my tits” as the man disappeared into the back room with his enraptured hottie, and Evelyn watched as the waitress looked down at her boobs with newfound interest, before undoing a button on her top and pressing her boobs up to show a bit more cleavage as she walked away.

    Evelyn watched her go, now with noticeably more bounce in her step and sway in her hips than she had had when the man had first grabbed her. Evelyn was sorely tempted to go after the server instead and see what exactly “sex kitten” meant, but she forced herself to take a breath and focus.

    She had just witnessed two women completely change their behavior for the sluttier after a mere touch from this man, so whatever power was involved was clearly worth more than a single night with one waitress. Even if that waitress’ sex appeal had been boosted off the charts by the man’s influence.

    Evelyn steeled herself, and then opened the door marked “Private” and walked through to meet her destiny.

    The scene inside was much as she’d expected. The man and woman were standing alone in the dimly lit room, their bodies tightly clasped together among the haphazardly-arranged tables as they continued to prepare their bodies for sexual intercourse.

    The woman’s skimpy black dress had been pulled down, and the man was busy mauling her naked tits while she squirmed and moaned encouragement. Even in the dim light Evelyn could clearly see that the look on her face: this was a woman desperate to get herself penetrated.

    Evelyn’s mouth dropped open in shock. Not at the fact that the girl wanted to have sex – that was an expression that Evelyn took pride in putting on other women’s faces all the time – but at the fact that the horny woman’s breasts were significantly larger than Evelyn remembered them being just minutes ago. She shook her head and looked again, thinking that maybe it was just an optical illusion in the dim light in the back room, but there was no mistaking it: the cute girl’s breasts had somehow ballooned out to at least double Ds, when Evelyn was completely certain they couldn’t have been larger than Bs when she’d been scoping out the cutie on the dance floor.

    She shook her head in distaste. The blonde had been so cute and petite before, and now her perfect figure had been ruined by a man‘s unrealistic, juvenile, porn-fueled fantasy of what a healthy, sexually attractive woman should look like. It was a big part of why Evelyn preferred small breasts herself, and why she was so glad that all of her thickness had sunk down to her thighs and ass where it belonged – her pear-shaped body meant that she had to deal with much less unwanted attention from immature horndog men unconsciously trying to fill her teats with milk so they could live out their perverted mommy fantasies.

    Anyhow, regardless of her opinion about the blonde’s new tits, it was clear that this guy could change far more than just behavior. Evelyn knew that she should leave, that whatever was going on here was far too dangerous to get herself involved with. She hadn’t been spotted yet, so she could still just turn around, walk back through the door, have a night of orgasmic fun with the sex kitten waitress, and forget this whole thing had ever happened.

    But she knew that fate had put her here for a reason, that this was the only chance she would ever get to take this power for herself.

    Evelyn took two steps into the dark room and loudly cleared her throat.

    The man looked up at her with annoyance and a complete lack of concern, but his face took on an expression of mild interest when he noticed that she didn’t seem at all surprised by what he was doing.

    “Can I help you?”

    His new pet tried to pull his attention back down to her, clearly wanting him to continue manhandling her tits, but Evelyn and the man both ignored her as they stared at each other.

    “I think you can,” Evelyn said evenly, feeling strangely calm and pragmatic as she addressed a person who could effortlessly destroy her life if he decided to. “I want what you have. I want to be able to do what you do.”

    The man’s face took on an amused, thoughtful expression for a second, before his busty arm candy spoke. “Patrick? Who is this woman? Get rid of her so that you can fuck me! You promised!”

    The man, whose name was apparently Patrick, looked down at his bimbo in mild annoyance, but then he began squeezing her large breasts between his fingers, and after a few seconds the newly-minted slut once again became calm and passive.

    “You just had the best idea in the world – you should give me a blowjob while I talk to my new friend here.”

    “Blowjob…” the big-titted blonde mumbled obediently, and a second after he had removed his hands from her tits, her eyes lit up. “I know exactly what you need, you naught boy,” she said with a smirk and a raised eyebrow, before dropping to her knees, unzipping his pants, and pulling out his modest cock. She popped it into her mouth without hesitation and looked up at him with wide, lovestruck blue eyes as she began to slurp and suck.

    Evelyn fought the urge to roll her eyes at the vulgar display, but instead she kept her gaze on Patrick and began slowly making her way across the floor toward him.

    He waited patiently as she approached, grunting softly each time the enthusiastic blonde’s slick orifice enveloped his cock.

    Then, as soon as she drew close enough his arm shot out without warning, and Evelyn was suddenly overwhelmed with a sensation of calm, receptive lethargy that spread through her body from where Patrick’s hand had made contact with her upper arm. She instinctively tried to jerk away and shake off the feeling, but found that she couldn’t quite muster the energy, and the sensation of passive compliance continued to grow whether she wanted it to or not, until finally, after a few seconds of struggling, Evelyn finally gave in and felt her body relax completely.

    As strong-willed as Evelyn was, she was apparently just as susceptible to Patrick’s influence as all of the other women had been. Her worst fears had been realized: she was fully aware that she was at his mercy, and there was nothing whatsoever she could do about it.

    “You should take your top off.”

    The idea appeared from the ether and rested itself heavily upon her psyche. Evelyn briefly felt like the world was somehow shifting around her, changing beyond her control, and then all of a sudden she realized that she did, in fact, need to take her top off.

    “I…” she began, trying to resist her urge to repeat what Patrick had said to her, even though it rang oddly true inside her head. “I don’t want to take my top off.”

    “That doesn’t matter,” Patrick said patiently. “You should take your top off anyway.”

    “I should take my top off anyway,” Evelyn heard herself say dreamily, now unable to deny that it was true, and then her arms were at her sides, pulling her skimpy top up and over her head and dropping it on the floor beside her.

    As she did so, the busty slut on the floor continued to happily slurp on Patrick’s cock, either oblivious or indifferent to what was happening to the pear-shaped brunette next to her. Evelyn suddenly found her attention free enough to wander down to the big-breasted girl – it felt like forever ago that she had been staring at the her formerly-petite body across the dance floor, fantasizing about getting under that skimpy black dress herself. Little had she known that she would soon get the view she craved, but in the last way and at a much worse cost than she could have imagined.

    Evelyn noticed that she was growing more alert for some reason, and realized that in taking her top off the contact between Patrick’s hand and her arm had been briefly broken. A few seconds later it was like her brief trance had never happened. Except for the fact that she was topless, of course, but she also knew that that had been inevitable – she had really needed to take her top off, and so she had done so.

    Evelyn’s tits were small enough that she rarely needed a bra, especially when she was at the club trying to score, which meant that her small breasts were now fully exposed to Patrick’s interested gaze in the isolation of the private back room of the club, her pointy little nipples standing out from her small mounds.

    It had all happened so fast, but there was nothing she could have done to resist or prevent it. Even though Evelyn knew perfectly well that he had done this to her, she still knew with absolute certainty that she had needed to take her top off for some reason, and felt fully justified in having done so.

    Still, Patrick hadn’t said that she needed to leave her top off, and what Evelyn wanted more than anything in the world at that moment was to put her shirt back on. Even if she did, however, she knew that she had no way of preventing him from touching her again and making her to take it off again, and she had no way of knowing whether he would take things further the next time, and make her do who-knows-what.

    She flushed with a combination of embarrassment at her nakedness and tingly fear at the absolute power this man had wielded so effortlessly over her. She was completely at his mercy, helpless to resist if he decided to turn her into another of his sluts. Her nipples stiffened, though she couldn’t have been farther from sexual arousal at the moment.

    Still, she had come this far. She met his gaze coolly, with a bravado that she didn’t feel. “Satisfied?”

    “Wow, for how thick and juicy those thighs are, you really don’t have anything up top at all, huh?” Patrick said, clearly unbothered by what he had just made her do.

    Evelyn ignored the jab and focused on controlling her shaking. “Well, are you going to help me or not?”

    “I just wanted to give you a taste of what it will be like for everyone you change. Do you still want it?”

    She looked down again at her small, naked chest, and at her top where it lay in a small pile of fabric on the floor, remembering just how effortlessly Patrick had made her remove it, how even now she felt as though baring her tiny breasts for this man had been the most natural thing in the world for her to do. The thought that she could be the one making women feel this way, molding them to her every twisted desire, began to grow in her mind, and Evelyn felt the seductive appeal of the idea growing in her mind until it overpowered her fear of what Patrick could do to her if he touched her again.

    “I want it.”

    She stepped up next to the slut on the floor to show her resolve, trying to ignore the sensation of the girl’s shoulder moving back and forth against her thigh as she continued to fellate the man who had given her huge tits.

    “Ok, but only under one condition: I get to give you big boobs too.”

    Evelyn reflexively grimaced at the idea, but she quickly got herself under control and tried to consider his offer objectively. She liked her small chest just the way it was, of course, and could already hear all of the unwanted attention she’d inevitably get from men if she did let him make her breasts bigger. But, again, she knew that this was a once in a lifetime opportunity, and in the end it was a small price to pay for what he was offering. Not to mention that he might just turn her into a slut if she turned him down, and she wasn’t at all eager to join the cute brunette between Patrick’s legs.

    “Fine, just get it over with.”

    Evelyn stood there in annoyed, pragmatic silence as Patrick once again reached out, this time putting his hands right on her flat chest. She resisted her urge to flinch at the unwelcome intimacy of the touch coming from a man, and especially this man, but after only a second of feeling her nipples digging into his palms she found that she no longer needed to resist, and she found herself involuntarily sinking into that familiar feeling of calm inevitability once again.

    “You can reshape the reality of any woman while you’re touching them, just like I can.”

    Even through the enforced calmness of the trance, Patrick was amused to see the woman’s eyebrows perk up slightly with interest at this idea. “I can reshape the reality of any woman while I’m touching them.” Her voice was calm but firm, with no hint of resistance. Complete acceptance, and the corners of her mouth even turned up into a hint of a smile. 

    Wow, Patrick thought to himself, she really does want this.

    And with that, it was done. Her wish had been granted, and she now had the power to remake any woman into whatever fantasy she wanted.

    But, Patrick’s bare hands were still firmly pressed against her tiny breasts, so even though Evelyn had already gotten what she had wanted, she had no choice but to continue to stand there calmly, completely at the mercy of any other command Patrick chose to give her.

    “You have very large breasts.”

    “I…” her brow furrowed again. “I… don’t want… big boobs.”

    “That doesn’t matter. You agreed to this, and even if you hadn’t, I would have done it to you anyway. You have very large breasts.”

    The furrows softened slightly. “I agreed to this. I have…” – she looked confused – “I have… large breasts?” No response came to her question, and a few seconds later in spite of her clear reluctance…

    There it was. Patrick could feel her nipples perking up, pressing outward against the center of his palms as his suggestion began to overpower her resistance. He honestly hadn’t been completely sure that his power would work on this one, with how determined she seemed to be, but the pear-shaped MILF’s tits were starting to grow just like every other woman’s had as his words became their reality. God I love how it feels when they start to give in.

    The growth was slow and obviously reluctant, but little by little the bumps on her small chest continued to slowly press out into two increasingly soft, squeezable mounds, which Patrick immediately took advantage of. He, however, wanted more. Much more.

    “You have very large breasts. It’s a small price to pay for what I’m doing for you.”

    “I have… very large breasts,” Evelyn said resignedly, knowing without a doubt that it was true, or at least soon would be. She sighed, standing impassively as her budding breasts continued their inexorable swelling, slowly but steadily bulging out against Patrick’s hands to match her new mental image of herself: first firm and high as they developed into plump little handfuls, and then softening further as they continued to protrude, larger and rounder, further and further from her torso, until Patrick was hefting and squeezing a pair of heavy funbags topped with thick, dark nipples, clearly designed for sexy fun that would lead to offspring for them to nurse.

    It hazily occurred to Evelyn that she should feel defeated at what had just happened: having Patrick overcome her resistance so easily and force the tiny teats that she loved so much to swell into such massive, attention-grabbing melons when that was exactly what she hadn’t wanted to happen. In her current state, however, she could only feel calm and at peace now that she’d fully accepted her new, undeniable reality, which also meant accepting that the obscene udders attached to her torso were the most natural things in the world. Honestly, her mind thought slowly, that wasn’t so bad, and big boobs were a small price to pay for such power. She may not like them, but she couldn’t deny that they belonged there, hanging large and heavy from her chest, demanding the attention of every person in the room with her, and especially the men.

    Patrick, in the meantime, had continued groping Evelyn’s big, fleshy bosoms, clearly in heaven himself, caressing and squeezing the glorious sacks of fat that made her figure look so much more appealingly feminine. Evelyn could only feel the sensation at a distance, and it wasn’t arousing in the slightest, but unfortunately for her, Patrick’s fingers running over the smooth skin of her bulging chestflesh and intermittently bumping against her thick nipples kept her locked in her trance of suggestibility, powerless to stop Patrick from overwriting her reality further.

    “You love large breasts.”

    It came out of nowhere. Evelyn’s dim eyes lit up with the tiniest bit of anger as she stared blankly into space. “I hate large breasts!”

    “No you don’t. You love large breasts, including your own.”

    “That… wasn’t part of our…” Evelyn had to struggle to get the words out, and even as she did she couldn’t deny that the idea of nice, fat tits did sound unexpectedly appealing all of a sudden. She did like women, after all, and she couldn’t think of anything more feminine than a plump pair of milkers, whether on her, or on anyone else, for that matter.

    Her calm eyes now held an almost pleading shadow. “I don’t want to like large breasts.”

    Patrick’s hands were still cupping and massaging her big jugs, however, and Evelyn couldn’t help but remain calm and docile and open as possibility continued to swirl around her. “It doesn’t matter what you want. You love large breasts, and you love how horny they make you.”

    He watched her pleading slowly turn to confusion. “Are you sure that I… like large breasts?” She seemed almost desperate for him to tell her that it wasn’t true, that he was only joking. Her mind was full of sexy images of protruding chest mounds of all shapes and sizes, and her lingering arousal from gaining power over women began to grow moist. Was she sure she didn’t like large breasts? It really did seem like she…

    “I’m sure. You love large breasts, especially your own.”

    Evelyn loved large breasts. Her shoulders sagged a millimeter as the fight finally went out of her. “I love large breasts, especially my own” she whispered. Her hands slowly came up to grope her own bulging udders, brushing against Patrick’s hands as he continued to enjoy the fruits of his labor. Evelyn was proud that there was plenty of acreage for both of them on her large tracts of land.

    “You love large breasts. You love how horny they make you.”

    Her breathing deepened as the two sets of hands continued to calmly lift, squeeze, and grope her big knockers. Her voice came out once more, now firm and accepting, almost enthusiastic. Her crotch was slick. “I love large breasts. I love how horny they make me.”

    Patrick took a step back to admire his handiwork, careful to maintain contact with Evelyn’s breasts at all times, which was easy to do now that they protruded so far from her chest. Her tits looked great, noticeably too large for her frame even taking her thick MILF thighs and ass into account, but as far as Patrick was concerned, that was a complete win. In fact, staring at them like this with the sensation of the blonde’s lips and tongue sliding up and down his sensitive cock was suddenly threatening to become too much for him to handle.

    “Honey,” he said, looking down at the blonde hair still bobbing aggressively between his legs, “you need to slow down to about a quarter of this speed.” He immediately felt her comply, and a few seconds later his urge to cum slowly receded back to a manageable, pleasant buzz at the edge of his awareness.

    All the while Evelyn just stood there, hopelessly turned on by her own huge tits and loving it, still patiently waiting for Patrick’s next command as his hand continued to rest on her ample sideboob. 

    She didn’t have to wait very long. “Your body is powerfully sexually attracted to me.”

    She recoiled. Anything but that! “No, it’s not. I think you’re disgusting, and I’m into women anyway.”

    “You’ve made it very clear that you’re into women, but even so your body is powerfully sexually attracted to me, and it’s perfectly natural for you to want sex with me.”

    Evelyn’s earlier resistance had tired her out, and so even though this latest command was by far the most odious to her, she found it ringing true for her almost immediately. Her pussy, which had originally started tingling at the potential of what her new powers could do, and had then shifted into overdrive at how sexy she found her huge boobs, now reluctantly felt its slick attention shifting toward Patrick. And why shouldn’t it? The lust her pussy felt for Patrick was perfectly natural.

    Patrick smiled when he saw the plump MILF unconsciously biting her lip as she looked up at him with passive, empty eyes.

    “I’m into women, but it’s natural to want sex with you.” Evelyn couldn’t deny that it was true. She couldn’t wait for him to take his hand off her big, sexy tits so that he could stick his cock in her pussy. Her body was just so powerfully sexually attracted to him!

    “Yes, it is. In fact, all women should feel this way about me.”

    That wasn’t hard for Evelyn to accept, with how badly her own lesbian pussy wanted Patrick’s cock. “All women should naturally want sex with you.” It came out so easily. She couldn’t understand why women weren’t throwing themselves at Patrick left and right. She looked down at the blonde slowly sucking Patrick’s cock – it now made no sense to her that he had had to use his powers on her for her to want to give him a blowjob. Evelyn would have to be sure to spread the word…

    “That’s right,” Patrick continued, interrupting her train of thought. “But it’s best that they not be consciously aware of it. All women, you included, should carry a subconscious desire to seek me out and have sex with me.”

    Evelyn suddenly felt the fact that he had said this to her slowly slipping from her mind. She tried to hold onto it, but it was like trying to grab a dissolving cloud.

    “Are you sure? I feel like it’s important to be aware of my desires…” Her eyebrows were furrowed again, but Patrick noticed that the newly busty lesbian had taken a small step closer to his body. The bar bimbo’s lips slowly moving up and down his cock felt fantastic. He decided to include her in this command as well, and felt the tongue on the underside of his cock slowing even further as the busty fellatrix joined Evelyn in calm suggestibility.

    “I’m sure. All women should have an unconscious desire to seek me out and have sex with me. Things will be much better this way.”

    “All women should unconsciously want to have sex with you. It’s much better that way,” the two women echoed as they gave in yet again to the irresistible pressure being exerted on their realities.

    Patrick finally turned off his power, though he didn’t remove his hand from Evelyn’s plump breast. It just felt too nice.

    It took only a few seconds for Evelyn’s consciousness to return. Wait, what was that last thing I said just now? It seemed important, but she couldn’t quite remember – it was on the tip of her tongue, just outside the reach of her thoughts…

    She finally gave up, but the next thing she realized was that she had the power now. She wasn’t sure how she knew, but she was absolutely certain of it nonetheless – her gamble had paid off! In fact, the rush of arousal she got from that thought led her to her third realization: her tits were huge, and she loved how much they turned her on.

    The last thing she noticed was that Patrick still had his hand on her breast, squeezing and fondling and clearly enjoying himself. She knew that it was inappropriate and that she should probably tell him to stop now that they’d concluded their business, but it felt so good with how badly her body naturally wanted to fuck him that she couldn’t bring herself to ask him to stop. In fact, she briefly considered joining the blonde on her knees so that she could help pleasure his sexy cock, but she knew that she had to confront him over what he’d done to her first.

    “Patrick, you made me like big tits.”

    “Yes, I did.”

    “That wasn’t part of our deal.”

    “I know. I did it anyway. Do you like your new tits?”

    Evelyn looked down at her glorious knockers, loving the fact that, now that she was looking at them, her pussy was getting even more soaked by the second at how obscenely big they were. And at the continued nearness of Patrick’s irresistibly sexy body, of course, though that went without saying. 

    “Yes,” she admitted. “But I didn’t say you could do that to me.”

    “I know, but that doesn’t matter. I told you that you love big breasts, and so now you do.”

    Evelyn knew that he was right. She was hopelessly obsessed with big hooters now, whether she liked it or not, and, now that the power was inside her, she knew especially well that there was nothing she could do about it. It didn’t matter that it was unfair, or that it was sexist; Evelyn was a woman, and so she was completely helpless to resist Patrick’s power over her reality while he was touching her. Just like other women would be with her now, she thought with an excited shiver.

    Still, it was a bit surprising just how thorough the effects on her body and personality had been. God I love how horny big tits make me, Evelyn thought to herself, grabbing her huge jugs again and relishing the sensation of going a bit weak in the knees. And not just her tits either – thanks to Patrick, the thought of any big breasts at all suddenly drove her crazy! She was so turned on at the idea that it was all she could do to not throw herself at Patrick. 

    Actually, come to think of it, there was no reason why she shouldn’t throw herself at Patrick. She somehow knew that it was perfectly natural for women to crave sex with him, and, yet again, even though she wasn’t normally attracted to men, she was a woman after all. Her massive tits could attest to that. She was still furious with Patrick, of course, but by this point her body was burning with a lust for his that she had no choice but to pursue.

    “Hey Patrick,” she said, pinching her thick nipples while he admired the breasts he had helped create with obvious interest, “wanna fuck me before I leave? I’m really turned on right now from how much you made me love my tits, so you should be able to just slide right in whenever you’re ready.”

    “Sure, why not,” she was relieved to hear him say. “I was gonna fuck this little cutie, but you’ll do just as well. Doll, you’ve been great, but” – he felt the sensations on his cock slow even further as he focused his attention on her and she fell calm once more – “you’re done here, and once you leave you’ll forget that you ever met me.”

    Her blue eyes stared emptily up at his as she gave her willing, garbled response around her mouthful of cock. “I’b dud here, and onke I leabe I’ll forgid thad I med you.”

    “But if you ever see me again, you’ll immediately feel just as infatuated with me as you do now.”

    She gently slid his cock out of his mouth, before dully repeating what he had said and standing up.

    Evelyn stared lustfully as the top-heavy bimbo unsuccessfully tried to stuff her huge, bouncy tits back into her too-small dress, the milfy lesbian starting to drool from both ends at the enhanced chestflesh on display in the room, including her own, of course. Now that she could see the blonde up close, she confirmed that her initial assessment had been correct: she was incredibly attractive, especially now that she’d gotten the boob job that she had sorely needed.

    Oh wait, I only think that because Patrick made me super attracted to big tits. Well, either way Patrick clearly knew what he was doing – the blonde was a super hottie now that her tits were big enough. It felt so natural for Evelyn to love massive hooters that it was getting hard to remember that she hadn’t always felt that way. Well, I certainly do now, she thought, looking down at her own massive, jiggly hooters and loving the fact that she creamed herself a bit at the sight. 

    In fact, as she watched the bemused bimbo wander aimlessly out of the back room, Evelyn was starting to regret that the cute little cocksucker was leaving at all – maybe now that she had her new powers Evelyn could orchestrate a little run-in with her later, and spend some quality time helping the busty blonde learn the subtleties of pleasuring a woman. Right now, however, her body really wanted to have sex with Patrick, and, thanks to their well-endowed friend, his cock was all hard and lubed up and ready for her. He hadn’t even put it away; it was still bobbing phallically in the open air of the abandoned room, hard and ready for action.

    “Ok, ready to get fucked?”

    “You know it!” Evelyn quickly pulled her skirt up her thick thighs before bending over one of the spare tables and spreading her legs to show Patrick her juicy pussy, which was pink and puffy and begging to be penetrated. Her naked udders rested heavily on the table, spilling out into copious amounts of sideboob on each side of her body as the giant balloons of flesh were compressed between her torso and the cold, flat surface. Her nipples tingled from all of the overwhelming sensations flooding through her at what she was about to do, and she could feel their erect stiffness pressing uncomfortably up into the center of each squished mammary. All of this only made her hotter of course, and she was pretty sure that with the spectacle she presented to Patrick, curves splayed out on the table, legs spread wide so that she could be effortlessly mounted, he must feel similarly.

    Sure enough, seconds later Evelyn felt his hips make contact with her ass, and his cock nestled between her legs, with the top of his shaft pressed flat along the slick entrance to the lesbian’s pussy. She felt Patrick’s hands sliding up her sides as he bent over her body until they could press, grope, and squeeze her firm tit-bulges against the table.

    The sensation of her dream lover playing with her big naturals like this was more than Evelyn could handle. “Oh stop teasing and just put it in me already!”

    She heard a low chuckle from behind her, and then she felt his cock retreat slightly, sliding back down her pussy to line up with the dripping entrance at its base. Patrick was about to enter her, and Evelyn was far too horny to stop him, but the mental image of the blonde bimbo’s eyes staring emptily up at Patrick above her mouthful of his cock suddenly flashed through her mind, and she she found herself trying to fight her body’s perfectly natural impulse to impale itself on his rod.

    “Patrick, you aren’t going to hypnotize me with your dick like you did that hot little blonde, right?”

    “I could if I wanted to, but I won’t.” The tip of his cock brushed up against the pliable wings of her dangling labia, which parted easily before the probing tip as though beckoning him further inside.

    “Do you promise?” His cock inched further in, until the entirety of his bulbous tip was nestled fully inside her soft, slick entrance. Evelyn knew from her new powers that that was more than enough contact to hypnotize her already, not to mention the hands kneading the doughy mounds of her naked boobs against the table, but even so she continued to resist her urge to take him inside her.

    “No.”

    That wasn’t what she was expecting to hear, and she froze for a second as she fought with herself about how to proceed. Ultimately, she would just have to take his word for it, because her body wanted him to fuck her far too badly not to.

    Now that she’d decided to fully submit to her lust for Patrick regardless of the consequences, Evelyn smoothly pressed her thick thighs back against his hips, and his cock slid deep into the busty lesbian with no resistance whatsoever. Patrick’s cock in her pussy was exactly what Evelyn’s body had needed, and her knees quaked with pleasure as he bottomed out inside her. The vibration traveled up her body, causing her big tits to jiggle underneath her torso on the table, and the awareness of how big her tits had to be to bounce that noticeably from a simple shiver drove Evelyn’s arousal even higher.

    It all just felt so good, so natural – her big tits splayed across the table, Patrick’s cock sating the lust inside her burning pussy as his thrusts got more insistent. Still, as a staunch lesbian, it was somewhat hard for Evelyn to believe that she was actually getting fucked by a guy, no matter how natural it felt. She had had sex with men before, back before she’d come out to herself, but she had never really been attracted to them or even enjoyed the sex.

    Patrick, however, was completely different. She had no idea why, but her body just couldn’t seem to get enough of his. She concluded that it was probably some sort of reproductive thing: her biological clock was ticking now that she was in her 30s, and something about Patrick’s body chemistry just naturally triggered women’s urge to breed, regardless of sexual orientation. Or something. That’s what she told herself, at least.

    Either way, Evelyn wasn’t on birth control, which meant that if this went on much longer, breeding was going to become a very real possibility. Even so, Evelyn already knew that she wouldn’t be able to stop. Her body wanted to have sex with Patrick, and she somehow knew, deep down, that it was better that way.

    Meanwhile, thanks to his busty thot’s talented mouth Patrick had effectively been edging for at least the past ten minutes already, and as the horny milf’s thick pussy squelched around the base of his cock over and over again, it wasn’t long before he felt the urge growing again.

    “I’m about to cum.”

    “Holy hell that’s hot!” Evelyn moaned. Her body craved sex with Patrick. “Hurry up and do it. Cum inside me!” 

    Patrick let the sensation wash over him as he continued to thrust into Evelyn from behind, groping and squeezing her bouncing tits all the while, and then his eyes rolled back in his head slightly as his cock began to pump its potent spooge between her spread legs and up into her waiting pussy.

    Milf indeed, Patrick thought to himself as his own knees went a bit weak at the intensity of his orgasm, genuinely surprised by just how good it felt to cum inside this woman. Maybe he had been missing out by only giving cartoonishly large tits to slim, tight thots, and he should broaden his palate to include some thicker, more experienced women as well.

    “Wow, thanks, I really needed that.” Evelyn lazily squeezed her massive new funbags as Patrick pulled out of her cum-saturated mound.

    “No problem,” he said, smiling wryly. 

    “Hey,” Evelyn continued, completely missing the meaning of his look. She stood up off the table, feeling the weight of her large round breasts settling onto her lower back again, before swinging heavily from side to side as she turned around to fully face him. The breast-obsessed lesbian could feel his semen squishing between her thighs as it dripped out of her well-used pussy. “Would you mind if I came by every once in a while to fuck? It just feels like the right thing to do for some reason.”

    “Of course. I live at 1200 Spencer Street. Come by whenever you like.”

    Evelyn left the back room feeling incredibly pleased with herself at how well her interaction with Patrick had gone, in multiple ways. This was especially the case given how dangerous it had been, and how easily Patrick could have taken advantage of her in her helpless state; even though he had saddled her with huge breasts that she hadn’t wanted, and then had forced her to love it against her will, it was really a small price to pay for what she’d gained in return. She was, of course, referring to her newfound power over women, but also to the unexpected realization that Patrick was the perfect guy for her body to fuck. Heck, every woman should want to seek him out for sex – it was just so natural to have his cock inside her.

    Even now, with his sperm still wriggling their way up her reproductive tract, Evelyn was already beginning to feel the urge to seek him out again, and she knew it wouldn’t be long before she did so.

    First, however, she wanted to test out her new powers.

    As she emerged from the dark private room into the flashing lights of the club, Evelyn now saw opportunity everywhere she looked: a room full of soft, seductive feminine forms that she could bend to her will and shape however she wanted.

    She waffled for a bit, overwhelmed by choice paralysis at the sheer number of women to choose from, before realizing that it honestly didn’t matter what her first victim looked like. At least, not initially anyway.

    She made her decision, walked up to a petite girl on the dance floor dressed in a loose top to hide the fact that she had no chest to speak of, and gently placed her hand on the bare skin of her arm.

    Evelyn smiled as the girl’s eyes fluttered for a second in brief, futile resistance, before going calm and blank as she inevitably succumbed to the power Evelyn now had over her reality.

    She bent over and began whispering in the girl’s ear, knowing that whatever part of herself the girl was about to lose, it would be a small price to pay for the massive boobs Evelyn was about to give her.

    Author’s Note: Thanks for reading! If you have any feedback, comments, or questions, I’d love to hear from you at fidget1 (at) protonmail (dot) com! If you find yourself enjoying my stories, please consider supporting my work on Patreon (Fidget1) or SubscribeStar Adult (Fidget). Patrons get a full six months of early access to my stories, input into which stories I write, and some other fun perks. Every little bit helps, and your support is what enables me to keep doing what I love!


  • ALICIA’S STORY_(0)

    Font size : +


    A family is kidnapped and forced to make porn movies, then find out they are going to be very well paid.

    PREFACE

    This was originally posted in Jan 2007 as a short story to someone’s request, but lost with the revision to the SEX STORIES. I had re-edited it – hopefully with no errors and re-posted it in the forum on Feb 11, 2009. It had good reviews and readership. This was the original parts one and two.

    It is now expanded it into a novel and has characters added; four girls, two sets of sisters.

    Cast: Alicia, 36 yrs old and Jim, 38 yrs old, husband and wife; Judy-12 yr old daughter; Nancy;-15 yr old daughter; Johnnie-16yr old son; Pete and Jerry, 17yr old friends of Johnnie; Mary, 17 yr old friend of Nancy; Joannie 15 yr old friend of Nancy; Mary and Joannie are sisters;

    Abductors: For Jim: Dave & Fred. For Alicia: Bill & Joe. For the girls: Frank & Jessie.

    Other characters: Sam, Owner of the Movie and Boss: Director’s secret name is Kenneth West; Directors wife, Cindy Rivera, secretly famous actress, called Kelly on the set. Staff members and sometime actors: Dave, Tom,(sound man), Quentin, John, Will, Bill. Pete & Jerry, high school friends of Johnnie’s to whom he owes $5000 for gambling debts.

    Sam’s Secretary and Chief Enemizer, Donna Farley.

    WARNING:
    This story contains: rape, incest, virginity, mom/dtr,mom/son,dad/dtr,dad/son,sisters,sis/bro, underage, anal, oral, heterosex, gay sex, lesbian sex, watersports, gangbangs, alien sex.. It should be capable of offending everyone. I sincerely apologize if it hasn’t been able to offend you.

    ALICIA’S STORY

    My name is Alicia; I am 5′-9″ tall, weight 150, and have 36C breasts. My waist is about 28 inches. Even after having my son and daughters, I still have a good figure at age 36. My hair is long and red. It goes all the way down to my waist. I usually keep it up when I am teaching. My favorite clothes are a white blouse and dark skirt. My husband Jim and I have been married for 18 years, since I was 18 and my husband was 20. We have a boy Johnnie, who is 16, and Nancy, 15, and Judy the youngest 12.

    I would like to share with you my story. At the beginning, I was a happily married woman, some say beautiful. Well, I did win the beauty pageant for teachers at the school where I teach and my son goes to school. My husband is an accountant with a prestigious nationally known firm. I teach all the Standard English courses and also an advanced optional course in writing. Several of my students have actually been published, and two have won literary awards. Makes me think I am doing something right in my teaching.

    My husband Jim is 6′-1″ tall and weighs 225. He is now 38. He exercises regularly and stays fit. He has black hair and his chest is pretty hairy. I asked him to shave his penis and balls for me, I like the way they look. He asked me to reciprocate, so I have a very pretty bald pussy. We do mutual shaving for each other about every week.

    He really has great muscles in his arms and chest. I just love them. He is always sweet to me and has never even raised his voice to me (except in surprise.)

    Our sex life is wonderful; we have sex every 2 or 3 nights, sometimes for two times in a row. He is so very sweet and gives me lots of foreplay. We almost always do missionary position but sometimes to be different we will do doggy position. And I really like it occasionally in the shower standing up.

    We don’t have any problem with money as he makes a good six figure salary. I really don’t have to teach for money, but I do it for the love of doing it.

    I am Johnny; I’m 16 years old, and my Mom is a super Mom. Dad is just great to me, I am so lucky to have such good parents. But there is a little problem that I have. Some of the kids at school, Pete and Jerry got me to start playing craps with them at school when we could be alone. We were playing for real money. Since I have an allowance I thought I would have no problem with that, but it seems that I always lost, and before I knew it I owed them five thousand dollars. I thought of trying to get it from my Dad but just never could get up the nerve to let him know how badly I had let down his expectations.

    One day Pete and Jerry came up to me after school and said: “About the money you owe us, you have to go with us now.” They looked like they really meant it, so I said: “OK, let’s go.” We got into their car; I think it was Pete’s dad’s car. It was a new Lexus, pretty good for a high school kid, I thought. Little did I know.

    We drove for about an hour and went on highway 58 out of town about 50 miles to an old looking farm house. He pulled into the driveway and stopped at the house. We got out and walked up on the dilapidated porch then inside.

    Once inside, a man came into the room with us, took out a big gun pointed it at me and said strip right now, or I will shoot and no one will ever find your body. Quivering with fear and covered with goosebumps, I began to take off all my clothes. When I had finished except for my shoes, he said those too.

    So I removed my shoes and socks. Then a second man came into the room and Jerry said: “Is everything ready?” He answered in the affirmative. They then tied my hands behind my back with duct tape, blindfolded me, and led me into the next room. He said: “Bend over and spread your cheeks.” So I did in fear of the gun. Then I felt something cold and hard against my asshole. Then it pushed inside a little. I was trembling in fear. He said: “Do you feel that” I said: “yes, it hurts.” He said: “It doesn’t hurt as much now as it will when I pull the trigger if you don’t do exactly as I say”. So shakily I replied: “OK, I will, I will!”

    Next the man with the gun blindfolded me, walked me back into the first room, and sat me down naked in a cold metal chair. Then he tied my hands behind the chair with duct tape, I think, and then he tied my legs together. Next thing I felt him start to jack me off. My dick instantly got hard, and he said: “Nice little dick you have there, I bet your sisters and mom are really going to like it.” He kept on until I shot cum all over his hand. He put his hand to my mouth, removed the gag and said: “Lick it all off and swallow it, or else.” So I did, then he replaced the duct tape over my mouth with a new piece that wrapped all around my head and in my hair. I never tasted cum before and thought it was pretty nasty, but it wasn’t as bad as I thought.

    I thought oh hell, what is he talking about? My sisters and my mom? He told me he would be back.

    The man with the gun said: “Pete and Jerry, you can go now, you did your job.” I heard the door open and slam shut as they went out. Then I heard the Lexus start and leave.

    Soon I heard someone else come in to the room, lots of shuffling around, a chair moving, and after a little while more it happened again. Since I was also taped across my mouth I couldn’t say anything. I finally heard some moans like someone was trying to make a coded sound.

    I am Nancy, I am 15 years old and in the 10th grade, as I was able to skip one grade in middle school, so I am the youngest in my class, but no one realizes it. I have blondish hair, some have said dirty blonde! I wear it like my Mom, down to my waist. But I put it up in braids sometimes too. I make mostly A’s. I like boys, and my little kitty cat, named Tabitha, or Tabby, that I have had since Mom and Dad gave her to me for my 10th birthday. She mostly stays in my room and sleeps with me. I just love her to death. I have 2 really good girlfriends at school and we hang out on weekends and do things together.

    We like to go skating and swimming mostly. We also like classic rock music and sometimes we just hang out in my room and talk and listen to music. None of us have ever had a date with a boy, but we talk about them a lot. My friends’ names are Mary and Joannie. They are a year older than me, but Mary just had a birthday and is now 17. About 2 years ago when they were 14 and I was 13, we decided to do some exploring of each other’s bodies just to see what sex felt like.

    This progressed to overnights in my room or in Mary or Joannie’s room at their house.
    We like to play with each other’s pussies, but like to use our mouths too. Our moms never had a clue about what we do. Then Mary swiped her mother’s vibrator and that really gave us something nice to play with. Her mom never did figure out what happened to it. She finally thought she had accidentally thrown it away, Mary said.

    So many good nights of the three of us have taken place over the past two years and we are the best of lovers and friends. That doesn’t mean we don’t like boys, but our parents won’t let us get close to any or go out with any yet. I can hardly wait until I am 17, when my Mom said she would allow me to date. There is one guy at school I really like. His name is Pete, but I don’t think he knows I exist.

    My name is Judy; I am only 12, the youngest of us three kids. I am a little slender for my age, but I have actual boobs. I am also red haired with blue eyes. My hair is cut short with bangs. I am in sixth grade, and I really like school. I am so interested in art and music; that is all I think about. I don’t see what my sister and her friends even see in boys. Boys! Ugh! Last night I went into my sister’s room and was shocked. All of them, her and her two friends, Mary and Joannie were all naked, and doing dirty things to each other. I nearly screamed but Nancy jumped up and clapped her hand over my mouth, telling me sternly to be quiet and not make any sounds. I shook my head yes, and she removed her hand from my mouth.

    She told me that I was old enough to participate. I was scared and she said to not be afraid. What we did is normal and natural and really feels good. So we all want to show you how good it feels. Can we? I hesitantly said: “OK, I guess.”
    She said: “Well Judy, what we are doing is sex. Everybody does it when they are grown up but most people start doing at our age. We just aren’t allowed to have boys to do it with, so we just do it to each other. It really does feel wonderful, that is why every one does it.”

    Mary said; “Yes, and I do it with my brother sometimes, but we don’t dare let Mom catch us.” I said: “What do you do?” She said: “He sticks his dick into my pussy and fucks me, and I suck on him until he cums and I swallow it. It tastes almost as good as girl cum.”

    I was confused. I didn’t know what she meant for sure. I had heard some other kids talking about fucking and one boy told me was going to catch me and fuck me good, but I ran away and I stay way way away from him. I still didn’t know what fucking was. I said, Mary what is fucking anyway, and isn’t it bad?

    Mary right away told me fucking is the best feeling you can have. “I have my brother suck on my titties and then lick my pussy while I suck on his dick, then he fucks me by shoving his hard dick all the way into my pussy hole and pushing it in and out until we both explode, and he either shoots his cum inside me or pulls out and puts it in my mouth so I can swallow it.”

    I asked again; “Mary you really like doing that?” She said: “I do it every chance we get. You have a brother; I don’t see why you don’t let him fuck you and Nancy. I would like to fuck him myself. He is really a hot boy.” I told her: “I never liked boys anyway.” She said: “After we teach you, you can’t wait to have one fuck you.”

    Then Mary said: “Hey girls, why don’t we get my brother to fuck all of us next time we are at my house?” Nancy and Joannie said: “Oh boy yes yes yes we will. We should let him show Judy everything.”

    So we stayed in her room all night, and they showed me how to make my pussy feel good. I changed my mind about sex after that. We also all slept naked together in Nancy’s big bed.

    (Alicia) After teaching school on today, Friday, April 3, I got my stuff together and started walking down the stairs and out to my car. It was one of the adminstration’s “half days” which meant we go out at 10:30am. Just before I left the building I was accosted by 3 very mean looking, dirty looking men. I suddenly became fearful of being raped or killed. They told me that I had better go with them if I knew what was good for me. One showed me a large gun and said this will be pointed at your heart from behind while we are walking. “Any crying out or drawing attention to yourself will cause the death of you and any bystanders.” Put to me that way, I had no choice but to comply. We walked to their SUV, they put me in the back, where there was another vile looking man waiting.

    Two of the men also got in the back, the other one got into the front seat with the driver. The men in back with me, told me to strip or they would rip my clothes off. With their guns, I knew I had no choice but to comply. So I began taking off my clothes. The man with the gun told me to go slow. I slowly unbuttoned my blouse, and then slid it down my arms and off. He said the skirt next. So I unzipped it and stepped out of it. Now I was wearing my pink lacy brassiere and my matching pink lacy panties. He ordered me to turn around. I did. Then he said: “Bend over and spread your legs.” Having no choice with the men and their guns I complied reluctantly. The two in back with me started making lewd comments. They said:”What a nice bald muff, and isn’t that a gorgeous ass, can’t wait to shove my cock in both her holes.”

    I gasped. They were talking about having sex with me through the backdoor. I would never do that. I was sure it would hurt so badly. Besides it was so dirty, after all; feces comes out of there. Next they said: “OK, turn around and face us. Now slowly unfasten your bra and let your tits out.” I did as they asked. Again they started with the nasty lewd horrible comments. “What a nice pair of jugs, I am going to take a lot of time sucking on those” His partner said: “Yeah, they really are, can’t wait to titty fuck those babies.” Then they told me to shake my body from side to side so they could see them swinging. No choice but to comply again. They next said: “OK, now get down on your hands and knees facing us, and shake your body.”
    Again, once more I complied. And once again the rude and randy comments: “Look at them swing.”

    Then one of the men, the one without the gun came over to me and put his hand under my right breast and lifted it and massaged it, tweaking my nipple. Trying hard to ignore them, I said nothing, but began to feel the nerve impulses traveling from my nipple to my pussy. He then bent down and put my nipple in his mouth. I couldn’t help but letting out a little gasp. He said: “See, she likes it. Lets get her panties off and see how wet we can make her. Now stand back up bitch, and slowly pull your panties down and off.”
    I stood up and slid my panties down to my knees, then down to my ankles and stepped out of them.

    They had me move closer to them and then commenced to play with my breasts and cunny. One of them rubbed my little clit really hard while the other one put one, then two, then three fingers in my vagina, and began to wiggle them and move them in and out. I was soaking wet in a few seconds against my will. My body had totally betrayed me

    .Then the unthinkable nasty thing happened. The one that had been playing with my vagina, pulled his fingers back out and stuck one really hard into my rectum. I let out a little yell, and he said: “You better be quiet bitch if you want to see tomorrow.” I nodded my head. The man put his other three fingers back in my vagina and his thumb on my clit. I had never felt so stimulated in spite of my disgust at what they were forcing me to do. He kept this up for a few minutes, and then I had a mind-blowing orgasm, like I had never had before. My husband could never do anything to make me feel like this. I thought, does the anal stimulation really do that. It is incredible.

    (Jim) I had just left my downtown office and was in the parking garage, getting ready to get into my car, when I was suddenly set upon by three guys, one of them holding a .45 caliber gun pointed at my head. They said, we have a little bone to pick with you, Jim, we can settle this peacefully, if you will simply get into our SUV and come with us. Having no choice, as they were armed and actually bigger than me, I got into their vehicle. No sooner had they closed the door and driven away, when I was ordered to stand up and strip completely. Not understanding the reason for this, but again not wanting to be shot, I took off my coat, then my shirt, shoes and pants. Now I had only my jockey shorts on. The one with the gun said:”OK handsome, shorts, too.” So I pulled them down. My dick had shriveled up from fear until it was hardly visible. One of them said:”Hey! We can’t take him there like this.” I had tried to ask what this was all about twice, but I was told to shut up if I didn’t want a bullet salad. So I kept my mouth shut.

    The man without a gun said: “I think we can fix it. I’ll go first.” I was really puzzled as to what they meant. That one then told me to get down on my hands and knees on the rug they had in the SUV, looking toward the man with the gun. I did so. I felt something cold and wet being rubbed on me and then felt a finger penetrate my ring. I was surprised that it actually felt good even though I was scared to death. The finger began to rub around in circles inside, then went in deeper, and started an in and out movement. My anus seemed very content with this treatment, to my surprise. I had never been touched there before by anyone, even Alicia, my wife. My dick against my wishes had suddenly decided to stand up and was very hard, so hard it hurt a little.

    The next thing I was aware of was more pressure following the withdrawal of the fingers, and then a larger object was inserted. It felt warm and hard. I realized he was fucking my ass with his own dick. The man behind me said: “Dave, this guy really has a good ass, you should take a turn, too.” He began fucking me slower then harder, then he started panting and really pushing hard, then I heard him gasp:

    ”Ohhhhhhhhhhh I’m shooting” and felt something warm enter my rectum. I had just been assfucked for the first time.

    The man then gave the gun to my first assfucker and then Dave went behind me. Now I knew what was coming next. Dave rubbed his penis around in circles on my anus and then slowly pushed in. There really was no resistance. When he started fucking me it felt so good that I really got into it and began squeezing his cock on the out-strokes, relaxing on the in-strokes. This made it feel even better for me. This was something I had never even thought of happening to me, and I actually liked it. I thought, does this mean I am really gay and didn’t know it.

    Dave reached around and while he was fucking me started playing with my cock. It started growing as he did. I was in mind-shock. Even that started to feel good. After he squirted in my ass, he pulled out and said now lay down on the rug. By now I really was no longer resisting anything they said, so I did. Dave began stroking my cock again and it responded to my surprise. Then he did something I never had any experience with, except for Alicia.. He actually began licking up and down and it felt so good. After a few minutes of that, and me starting to moan from the feeling, he put his mouth over the head and began sucking on it. After a minute or two, he then started fucking his mouth by moving it up and down on it.

    Then his buddy with the gun still had his cock out and was playing with it. It was about 9” long and pretty big around. Made mine look small at my seven inches. Next he came over and said open or I’ll blow your brains away. I opened my mouth and he put his cock in my mouth and moved it around. He said: “If you bite me I will kill you. Get ready to learn what cum tastes like”. He started fucking my mouth with his cock and after about ten minutes when my jaw was starting to hurt, he told me to swallow or else, then began squirting spurt after spurt of warm thick slippery cum into my mouth. I was surprised. It didn’t taste bad. In fact it had very little taste. I thought well now, I am really gay for sure. But they weren’t yet done with me.

    I couldn’t hold back any longer, arched my hips up and gave Dave a mouthful. He swallowed every squirt. He sucked on me for another few minutes, till I shrank back down. Dave said: “We should let him rest, now, he has a lot more work to do. Those girls will really like that shaved cock and balls.”

    I wondered what they meant by their last remark, but didn’t want to make any waves, endangering myself, so I kept quiet. So they had me sit back down on the floor facing them. I had no idea where we were. We had been driving for what seemed like an hour. Dave got down in front of me and began to lick and suck my cock again. It responded very quickly. When I was fully hard and throbbing, he pulled off, dropped his pants and said: “Now you get the fun part.” He rubbed something on his asshole, bent over and said: “Fuck me or die.” What could I do?

    Since I had learned some from my first two assfuckings, I rubbed the end of my cock around his pucker smearing the lotion around on it, and then pushed it into his hole. My God, I didn’t know it would feel this good. He told me: “Fuck away till you cum, or else!” So I proceeded to bore and pump into him fully until suddenly my balls tightened, the head of my dick throbbed and then I exploded into his ass.

    Dave said excitedly: “Freddie, we are here now.” I felt the SUV turn and start bouncing around like it was on dirt. Then it stopped and they turned off the engine. Next thing I knew I was blindfolded and my hands were taped together behind my back. They put duct tape over my mouth so I couldn’t talk either.

    Dave said: “OK, march now, no funny business. I was led a short way, then up a few steps, then on a wood floor of some sort and then into a room. They put me in a folding chair, and said you will wait here until we are ready for you. Next thing I knew I was tied to the chair and my feet were taped together. Now I couldn’t move even if I tried to.

    And I still had no idea what this was all about. Why would three guys kidnap and rape me instead of a woman if sex was all they wanted? I wondered if this is what gay guys did to get sex. I thought that seems a hard way to get it. Then I realized that as for as the feelings they gave me, I really did like them. Some of it was almost as good as my wife Alicia gave me. I am still confused. Does this mean I am really gay after all, or just bi? I am going to have to sort this out.

    (Alicia) After the men had made me cum several times like I never had before. They told me to get down on my hands and knees again facing the front of the SUV. Then I felt one of them rubbing my slick juices all over my pussy and asshole. The next thing was a finger going into me again in back. It played around inside for a minute, then withdrew. One of them said: “Remember be quiet, no matter what or you won’t see our destination alive.”

    I felt something hard pointed against my rosy red asshole, and then it suddenly sank inside me. Jesus, I never knew that could feel so good. What have I been missing all these years? I never let Jim do that to me, but I didn’t think he would want to anyway. He started fucking me like there was no tomorrow. By this time I was really into it because it felt so good.

    Next thing I felt something warm in me, and he was moaning and groaning. He had just squirted his seed into my ass. As he shrunk and slipped out, he said: “OK, Bill, your turn” to one of the other men. I thought: Oh my God, I’m being gang-banged. I felt a different dick entering my butt. It was thicker than the first one that took my ass virginity, and felt a little longer. But God did it feel good. He was stirring it around and moving it in and out at the same time. What a feeling. He suddenly pulled out and said: “Babe, now stand up.” I did and he lay down with his huge hard prick sticking straight up in the air.

    He told me to sit on it and put it in my pussy, then to lean forward as much as I could. I nearly willingly complied. He felt so good in me again. Then the first man told him to hold me still. He did so, but I wasn’t struggling anyway. I was getting to enjoy this rape thing. Then I felt the first man penetrate my anus with his long hard cock. The sensation!!!!! Both holes filled at once for the first time ever.

    My God it felt so good I couldn’t stand it. They started ramming me in synchronicity and I started cumming and then cumming again. It seemed like I was in continuous orgasmic ecstasy. They stayed quite still in me for a few minutes after they both filled my insides with their warm cum, until their fucksticks shriveled up, and slid out. I couldn’t get over the feelings I had just been subjected to. I no longer had even any fear of these guys. I almost loved them for giving me such a glorious feeling. In fact truth be told, I wanted more, and I really wanted to be fucked in both holes again. They seemed to be relaxed toward me now, and were not pointing the gun at me any more.

    Joe asked me: “How did you like it baby?” and “Was that your first assfuck?”

    I told him: “Joe, I never felt anything like that in my life, even my husband Jim has never made me feel as good as you two did. I think I even want you to do it again.”
    “I never had anything in my butt before, either.”

    Joe replied: “Alicia, there is just some business that we have to do here and that is why you are here and why Jim is here too. Your girls will join us shortly.”

    Alicia said: “Joe, you won’t hurt them will you?”

    He replied: “No we aren’t going to hurt them at all; in fact we are going to make them feel good. We are going to teach them all about sex with your help and Jim’s.”

    Alicia asked Joe: “Why are you doing this, what for, and why us?”;
    Joe said: “This will be explained to all of you when you are all here and we are ready to proceed to business. If you do as we say, no one will be harmed, and your children will have a very good useful knowledge of sex.”

    I certainly wasn’t very happy about what he said, but then given the circumstances I really had no choice to but to accept it. I still wondered what kind of business they were talking about.

    The driver told the others that we were there, and I felt the SUV turn off the pavement and go up a dirt drive for a ways. They blindfolded me with tape, and taped my hands together behind my back, rather gently I thought. To myself, I thought, well, they must have really liked what they just did. I was more or less carefully walked a short distance, up a few steps and then across a wood deck into a room. They told me not to move.

    I heard a chair being moved around, and then I was moved into position and told to sit. I felt a padded metal folding chair under me. They taped my feet together and moved my hands behind the chair back and tied them there. Then I heard them leave the room. I thought I heard someone else breathing, so I panted a little hard. I heard a responsive panting, Then a second one. I thought what in the world is going on. I made three short moan sounds, and it was answered with three more by whoever was in the room with me. Then I heard three more short moans, so I knew there were three of us.

    (Back at the house, Judy, Nancy, Mary, and Joannie are all in Nancy’s room, getting ready to show Judy some more sex things, they slept naked together all night in Nancy’s kingsize bed snuggled together, after they initiated Judy into pussy play the evening before.)

    Suddenly they hear a crash of glass in the kitchen. They they hear what sounds like the door opened and banged closed. They hear heavy footsteps. The footsteps approach their door which is locked. Suddenly they hear a loud bang and the wood in the door splinters.

    A big hairy hand reaches through and unlocks and opens the door. Two scruffy looking men jump into the room. One of them says: “Oh, my God, I think we hit the jackpot.” “Should we take them now, or have some fun first?” “Just look at all this pretty naked young pussy and tits, and what is that? A vibrator? They must have been playing with each other, so they won’t mind us playing with them.”

    (Nancy) When I heard the footsteps approach after the banging, and they crashed into the room, I was scared to death. I though they were going to kill us. But the way they looked at us, made me think, no they will rape us all. Hmmmmmmmm I might even like that!

    (Mary) When I saw those men the first thing I thought was, oh God, my prayers are answered. REAL MEN! I watched them as they talked and noticed that their pants were starting to move at the top of their legs. I thought maybe I can keep them from hurting us if that is their intent. I looked at them and said: “What are your names? I am Mary, but I don’t live here only Nancy, (pointing) and Judy, (pointing) do, and this is my sister Joannie, but they are all virgins. I’m not.”

    I guess I really surprised them, especially when I went up to one and kissed him on the lips, grabbing his dick while I did. I had never felt one so big and hard, only my brother’s which was about five inches long and an inch thick. This man had one about eight inches long and maybe an inch and half thick. He kissed me back, we tongued, and I broke and started undoing his pants.

    He said: “Frank, I don’t think we should be in such a hurry. The others can wait for us.
    This girl wants some dick and I’m going to make her happy.” Then Nancy went over to Frank and kissed him and felt up his dick. He groped her boobs and kissed her back.

    Joannie looked a little puzzled but didn’t say anything. Judy looked really scared, but after a while she calmed down and just watched what was going on.

    Frank said: “Jessie, you take this girl and I will take Mary. We can have a little fun before we leave. Nancy, take off Jessie’s pants and my pants and shoes then give him a blowjob and swallow.”

    Nancy said: “I don’t know how, but I want to learn, will you show me?”

    Frank said: “OK, Nancy and Mary, I think you girls know we don’t intend to harm you but you do have to go with us to where Nancy and Judy’s parents are. Now I am going to lie down on the bed. Judy and Joannie can watch, Jessie can lay by me. Mary and Nancy will give us both blowjobs and you other girls can learn from it and get turns too. Are all of you OK with going with us?”

    Mary said, “Hey, let me call my mom, I will tell her I am staying here tonight, I promise I won’t say anything else.”

    Frank said:”OK but I standing right by you and you better be telling the truth.”

    So Mary called her mom and said that Joannie and her were staying with Nancy for the weekend if it was OK. Her mom told her it was fine with her.

    Mary said: “Frank, is that OK now?” He told her: “That it was fine, now let’s have some fun.” So he lay down on the bed by Jessie. He said for Nancy to get between Jessie’s legs who was now naked, and for Mary to get between his, kneeling, and then to put his dick in her mouth, and for Nancy to do the same to Jessie.

    (Nancy) I felt too afraid not to do what they said, but I really wanted to find out what a real man felt like anyway, so maybe this isn’t too bad. He said they would take us to Mom and Dad. So I knelt down on the bed between Jessie’s legs and looked at this thing, his dick, which looked enormous. But maybe it was only seven or eight inches long. I never saw one before anyway. Then I did what they said and put it in my mouth. Ohhh, I kind of liked the feel of it but it tasted kind of sweaty to me.

    Jessie told me to take it out and lick it all over, and feel those things under it, he said were his balls. I thought they felt kind of neat, so I rolled them around a little while I licked him. I notice he didn’t taste sweaty any more. Then he told me to put his dick back in my mouth, put my hand around it and move my hand up and down on it while I suck on the top. After a few minutes he said, Nancy, I am going to squirt something into your mouth, taste it then swallow it.

    Feeling like I better do what he said, I suddenly felt his balls move up like he pulled them up, and his dick swell bigger in my mouth, and suddenly I tasted something warm and salty and slippery shooting into my mouth. I did like he said, and moved it around, and then swallowed it. I thought it didn’t taste bad, but not really good like ice cream. I told Jessie, “Man, I never knew about this before, Mary told me she does it to her brother, and likes the way it tastes when it squirts out, I think I like it too.”

    (Joannie) I watched Nancy and Mary give blowjobs to Jessie and Frank. After they were done Jessie said: “Get over here, girl. Let’s see how well you learned from watching your sister.” So I replaced Nancy between his legs on Nancy’s bed, and looked at that strange thing placed between his legs. It was not as big as it was when Nancy started sucking on it, but it had some wet stuff coming out the hole at the end of it. He told me to put my had around it and move it up and down so it would get stiff and long again.
    I did what he said and was surprised when it started hardening in my hand. Then Jessie told me to do what Nancy and Mary had done and put it in my mouth, and suck lightly while I keep doing that with my hand. I am thinking, I am really sucking the dick of a grown man and he is going to cum in my mouth and I am going to swallow it. Wonder if I will throw up or like it? Looks like Mary and Nancy liked it, and Nancy never did it before either. I kept sucking and he said: “Baby girl, get ready I am going to squirt into your mouth now,” and he did, about 3 distinct separate squirts. I did like they said to and swallowed it but not until after it swished it around to taste it. I discovered I liked it and wanted some more.

    (Mary) As I knelt to do what he wanted, I was fascinated by how big and hard his dick was. It was a lot bigger than my brother’s. I put my hand around it and started licking it up and down. He didn’t even have to tell me what to do, because I did this with my brother all the time. I could hardly wait to taste his cum. So I started jacking him off fast with my hand and sucking really hard on him. Then he told me I was sucking too hard and it was hurting, so not to suck so hard, and to move my tongue around. I did that and soon he erupted with great gushing spurts into my waiting mouth. God I loved it! I kept holding in my mouth until as I knew he would he finally get soft and small. Then I let his dick slip out and it was squeaky clean.

    I said: “Frank, do you want to fuck me now?”

    He said: “Mary, I would love to fuck you and all of the other girls but we don’t have time, we really do have to go to your Mom and Dad.” I was really disappointed I wanted to feel that big dick inside me like my brother’s felt but I bet better.

    Then Frank asked me: “How old are you anyway, girl?”
    I said: “Seventeen.”

    Frank said: “So who have you been fucking, your Dad?”

    I answered him: “No my brother and I have been sucking and fucking him for two years now.”
    Frank said: “Mary, I have had grown women and whores that haven’t done a blowjob as good as you.” I thanked him.

    (Judy) I was watching first Nancy and then Joannie give a blowjob to Jessie. Frank was done with Mary but they were still fooling around and he was playing with her pussy and sucking her tits while Joannie was sucking on Jessie. I was wondering if I was supposed to do it too. It looked like the other girls enjoyed it.

    After Jessie had squirted into Joannie’s mouth, Frank said: “Jessie, get dressed, let the girls get something on since we have to go outside, and then we better move out. Nancy, I am sorry about the kitchen door and this one, but we had to get in, you will understand later.”

    (Mary) So we all got dressed. I started to leave off my bra and panties but Frank told me to put them on and told the other girls to put theirs on too. He asked Judy if she had one and she said she did but it was in her room. So Jessie went with her to get it and also her panties and day clothes.

    When they returned Frank asked: “OK, everyone is ready to go? All of us said “YES.”
    So we went out and got into the big Ford Expedition they had. They put all of us in the back part sitting on some pillows, Jessie drove and Frank took the back seat. Then he said: “Mary, you sit here with me”. So I did. As we drove he played with my tits and pussy and I played with his dick that I pulled out of his pants. Then I gave him another great blowjob. He made so much cum and it was so good. It took over an hour to get to where they were going.

    (Nancy) After we drove for what seemed forever, then for a while on dirt road, we finally stopped. We were at an old abandoned house in the country. Joannie and Judy had finally dozed off to sleep but I was sort of trying to figure out where we were going. I got lost pretty quick.

    Jessie said: “Girls, will you follow us into the house without any fuss?”
    He had Nancy wake up the other two and asked them also.
    We all agreed that we would. He told us he would have to blindfold us for a little while.
    So he put some soft cloths over our eyes and held it on with some kind of tape. He said: “Now when we get inside, we aren’t going to hurt you, but we have to put you into some chairs and secure you, do you understand?”

    I said: “Will we see Mom and Dad?”

    He said: “Yes, in a little while. We all have some business to attend to here and that is why everyone is here. Don’t be afraid of the restraints and blindfolds, they have a purpose; we will not hurt you in any way. But if you tried to leave one of the other guys might decide to shoot you. I hope that doesn’t happen.”

    (Mary) I felt quite shaken by the last statement but then remembered he said they wouldn’t hurt us if we did what they said. After all, I just got to give a blowjob to a real man, so I wasn’t mad, just puzzled about what is going on. They took us in and sat us down on some chairs after they took off all our clothes, even our shoes. I think they must have liked doing that. Whoever, took mine off, also took some time to play with and suck my boobs, and to give me nearly an orgasm in my pussy with his fingers. I heard them apparently leave the room after they tied us to the chairs and bound our feet and hands.

    (Another room where the prisoners were not.)

    All the men are now assembled and sitting on chairs, while the leader is at the front and actually has a podium in front of him.

    The leader (Sam) calls the meeting to order. He calls the roll: “Frank, Jessie, Joe, Fred, Dave, Tom, John, Will, Bill, Quentin. They all answer here. Sam then asks Tom if the room is all set up and everything ready to start shooting. Tom tells him the lights and camera and room sets are all ready. Sam says we should really make some great money from this shoot. We also have a bonus, instead of just the two girls Nancy and Judy, 15 and 12; we got two more to come willingly with us that were at the house. That is Mary, 17 who already gave Frank two blowjobs and wants to fuck him; and Joannie, who is sixteen. She gave Jessie a blowjob, after Nancy did, but they had to be taught.

    When Frank and Jessie got to the house and broke into the room they were in, all of the girls were naked and playing with a vibrator and each other. Mary is the only one who isn’t a virgin. She said she has been fucking her brother for two years. Frank said she was better than some women he has been with. As for the wife, Alicia, she is an absolute knockout. On the way over Joe and Bill gave her a double penetration and she was crazy about it. She is ready and willing to fuck all of us. Dave and Fred broke in Jim on the way out here, and they don’t think he will give us any problem either.

    We are going to have to scare the parents into fucking their kids though I am afraid. We already told Johnny we thought his mom and sister’s would really like his dick and jacked him off and even made him eat his cum. We might also have to do some coercion to get the twelve year old and her Dad to fuck for us. Since we have shown them the guns and threatened them with death if they don’t cooperate. I believe we can do our shoot without too much trouble. Just remember you guys are not in the movie so if you have to you can jack off while we shoot but the family and friends are off limits to you unless called into a scene.

    I think we should now begin. “Tom, check out the sound make sure it is set ok, we will do a test shoot first to make sure the lighting and sound is good. For the test shoot get Jim and Judy, the little 12 year old virgin with nice tits. We had just as well break her in first anyway.”

    (Johnny) I am sitting here naked, bound and gagged and blindfolded and scared of that big gun he stuck in my ass. Pete and Jerry must be into the gangsters and mobsters in our town. I can’t pay them, I hope these guys don’t kill me and dump my body in the river.
    I hear a door open and close and footsteps that sound like several heavy people coming toward me. I hope this isn’t the end.

    (Judy) I am scared to death; I don’t know why they took us here. But they said they wouldn’t hurt us and they were nice to us on the way and at the house. Ha, now at least I know what a blowjob is. It looked like Mary, Nancy and Joannie really liked what they did to Frank and Jessie. I hear some footsteps coming toward me. A man says: “Judy don’t be afraid.” I feel them untying my hands and feet, and also hear other movements but don’t know what they are. Then one man says he is Frank and is taking me into another room.

    (Jim) I hear some footsteps coming toward me. They untie my hands and feet, stand me up and tell me to go with them. One of them has his arm around me to guide me. So I follow as best I can. We walk into another room; I see a lot of light leaking around the blindfold. The man lets me go and says: “Stay here.” I here someone else enter the room also.

    (Judy) I don’t like being naked and not being able to see what is going on. But we have gone into another room that seems really bright. I hear someone else, not Frank or Jessie start talking.

    He says: “I am Sam. You are here because Johnnie has run up a huge gambling debt and cannot repay it. So you will do just as we say, or you will all die. We are going to make a sex movie and market it. The proceeds will more than pay the debt. And as a bonus, we will split the excess with you, the actors.”

    (Jim) So that is what this is about. Why didn’t Johnnie just ask me to pay it for him?
    Sam says: “Jim, what we make from this movie will be enough for you to retire and your wife won’t have to work either. We do require that you do everything we ask to whoever we ask, and no resistance. The option is death for all of you, and no one will ever find your bodies. Do you agree?”
    Jim answers: “What choice do I have? You are really going to pay us for this?”

    Sam says to Jim: “I am deadly serious no pun intended, but this will change your life forever. However no one will know about unless they see the movie and recognize you. We are not going to market it in this state for your protection. But we anticipate that your profits, that is, your family profits, will be in the order of 1.2 million dollars as we are going to sell this worldwide. It may take us the weekend or more to shoot it. If you and your family and the guests cooperate, there will be no restraints and you will be well treated and well fed, just as any other porn movie star is.”

    Remember this is going to put you on easy street. You and your family are going to have to throw away any inhibitions you ever had. You Jim are going to have sex with your daughters, and their two friends, Mary and Joannie. Mary, Nancy, and Joannie have already participated sexually with Frank and Jessie.
    Your wife has had a double penetration with Joe and Bill and she loved it. You have had sex with Dave and Fred and seemed to like it.

    When Frank and Jessie went to your house to get Judy and Nancy, guess what they found? All of the girls were naked and playing with each other. They even had a vibrator, so none of them are new to sex, but all of them except Mary are virgins.

    They won’t be after this movie is shot. Your first task is to make love to your young daughter Judy. She said she is 12. You will suck her tits, play with them, eat her pussy, and take a blowjob from her, with her swallowing your cum. Then after she gets you hard again you will take her virginity in both her pussy and asshole. You will act whether or not you really feel that way that you are very happy to be doing what you do with Judy your young daughter. Even though we consider this first shoot a test shoot for lighting and sound it will be part of the movie unless we have to do it again.

    You will say whatever we put on the prompt screen which will always be available to you. Your daughter is right here and has heard everything. You both remember – either you do this and get rich, or you die and disappear, not just you, but your whole family and the two girlfriends too.

    “OK, Bill, take off the blindfolds and gags.”

    Judy immediately says: “Oh Daddy, I will do whatever they want so they don’t hurt us, I love you, now you can love me just like you do Mommy. I promise to cooperate.” She walks over to her naked Dad and kisses him on the mouth then takes hold of his dick. As soon as she does it starts to get hard and long.

    Jim says, after Judy kisses him: “Judy I love you too darling and I promise to be as gentle as I can and not hurt you, but I am going to have to take your cherry.”

    SCENE I JIM AND JUDY

    Sam directs them to get on the well lighted bed, telling Judy to lay on her back with her legs spread widely, and tells Jim to get beside her, read the script and follow the directions. The Director calls out “ACTION!”

    Jim gets on the bed beside his young daughter Judy, only 12 years old, and starts to suck on her tits while he rubs her whole body with his hands and following the dialogue: “Oh sweet Barbie, I have so much always wanted to make love to you, and now you are finally old enough that I can do it” She answers, “Oh my wonderful Dad, I have wanted to do this with you all my life.” He says: “Oh baby girl your sweet little nipples taste so good.” He then kisses her on the lips and they tonguefuck each other’s mouths.
    He moves his hand down to her lightly fuzzed little mound and starts rubbing her clit.
    She says: “Oh Daddy that feels so good, please don’t stop. No one ever touched me there before, it is all for you.” He says: “Barbie, my darling baby girl, you just can’t imagine how much I want you. I am dying to taste your hot little pussy.”

    Then he moves away from her nipples and crawls over her leg. His dick is standing at complete attention and dripping juice all over her leg as he moves over her. He kneels betwen her legs, then flattens out and puts his mouth on her pussy giving it a long kiss with a tongue massage on her clit. Then he backs off, takes both hands pulls the lips apart and traces down each side inside between the outer and inner lips, followed by his tongue doing the same thing.
    As he does this the cameraman zooms in to get a good closeup of her pussy.

    Judy says according to script: “Oh Daddy that feels so good, make your little girl feel like a real woman.” She then puts her hands on her breasts and begins to massage them. Her Dad Jim sucks up all of her labia and clit into his mouth and begins moaning as the script calls for. The script then calls for Judy to make ah and oh sounds and then tell her Dad:
    “Oh Daddy I want you to fuck me with your big dick, but first let me suck on you.”
    So Jim moves up over her, dripping pre-cum all over her pussy and belly and pubic fuzz.
    She (per script) reaches out and grabs his dick. She starts to move her hand up and down on it. Then she opens wide and sticks out her tongue. She takes his dick and rubs it all over her tongue. Next she says: “Oh Daddy that tastes so good, Now I want to swallow all of you so we are one just like Mommy does.” He says per script: “Barbie doll baby, my little sexy girl, take my dick into your mouth and milk me, drink all of me down Drink the juice of life, the same exact juice that you were made so perfectly from.” She puts his dick into her little 12 yr old mouth and like the script rubs it all over with her tongue.

    Per script, Jim says: “Oh sweet little baby girl that feels so good to me, but now I want to give you a real treat.” He reaches back and starts fucking her hole with his right hand. His left hand is rubbing her right tit.

    Judy says: “Oh my lovely Daddy, you are making me feel so good” and she starts to buck her belly and hips up and down while her Daddy is finger fucking her virgin hole.

    She starts moving her hand faster on her Dad, and then has to suck all of him into her mouth, she is afraid she will gag but she manages it. He cums lots of heavy cum shots into her mouth. The script calls for her to open her mouth, and with a cam closeup show it full of her Daddy’s cum. Then she has to kiss him and fill his mouth with it, he has to show it, and then give it back to her and she has to swallow it. She has to keep him in her mouth and working him until he softens completely. He does and pulls it out.

    The director says: “Cut!” and instructs Jim to dismount and rest a minute. He tells Judy to sit by him and make his dick hard again by lightly playing with it. And he tells Jim to keep fingerfucking her but slow. The director after a few minutes says: “Judy, suck your Daddy until he is fully hard again.” So she does.

    After a few minutes rest with a little stimulation going on, he is again rock hard. The director says: “Ok, this is for real, you take Judy’s cherry and follow the script. Is she good and wet and loose?” Jim says: “I think I can get my dick into her without hurting her, I had three fingers inside her and that is more than my size.” The director says to Judy:
    “Are you ready little pumpkin to become a real woman?” She answers: “Yes and I am really excited to get to actually fuck my Daddy because he has made me feel like I never did before.”
    He tells Jim: “get that lube tube on the table by the bed and grease her tight little asshole up good. Work it over really good with your fingers inside her, and keep it up until both of you are comfortable with two fingers in. Then take that dildo and work in and out her little virgin asshole. After you take her cherry you will take her other cherry but Judy, we don’t want it to hurt you, we want it to feel good and for you to show it for the camera. Did you ever stick anything in your butthole before, girl?”

    She answers: “No sir never, only an enema a few times.”

    While the director was talking her father had started on her ass with his fingers and lube having her stand in front of him. He told her to bend over and began to use the dildo on her ass. The director told him to take the other one turn on the speed on both to high and insert the other one in her vagina. Jim now had a vibrating dildo in each hand and each one in his young twelve year old daughter’s bottom holes. She seemed to really getting aroused to a high pitch by all the activity in her young hot little body. Suddenly she screamed out and froze. Jim knew he had just given her very first orgasm. She should now be ready and relaxed enough for the real thing.

    Jim said: “Judy baby you just had your first orgasm. Did you like it?”

    She said: “Daddy that was like nothing I every had before, does that happen every time?”

    Jim told her: “Baby girl it can and does that was such a thrill to give my baby doll her first orgasm. Was it OK in your behind?”

    “Oh Daddy, I never thought anything could go in there, but now I want more and both of them at once.”

    “Sweetheart, I will be happy to please you any time you want.”

    He pulls the dildos out and spins her around and gives her a lover’s kiss while massaging your young firm pointy breasts, whose puffy nipples are sticking straight out and hard.

    SCENE II JIM TAKES JUDY’S VIRGINITY

    The director says: “Places!” they take the position assigned. He says “Action!” and her Dad takes his big hard dick and rubs it up and down her little wet hot slit until it is shiny with wetness. He turns so the camera gets a good shot as the script calls for, and then puts his dick back on her slippery slit. She says: “Oh Daddy, fuck me now, take my little cherry!” He says: “Sweet little baby girl you will now be a real woman!” and with that he positions his dick right at her hot wet slick vaginal opening and starts to push it in to her 12 year old vagina.

    He pushes in one inch, and she says: “Uhhhh, ahhh, good! Keep on more, deeper please Daddy it is so good.” He pushes in another inch and pauses leaning back for the camera as the script says. The cameraman zooms in for a closeup of his dick sticking into her virgin pussy. Then he has to say: “Oh my sweet Barbie, I never imagined it would feel this good so take me all now, as I break through your cherry, it might hurt but not for long” and he pushes in the rest of his dick popping it right through her barely there hymen.
    She has no pain apparently and starts moving her hips up and down as he starts a steady fucking of her little hot pussy. She moans and groans per the script, and he also makes the required sounds shown on the prompter screen. After a few minutes he is required to withdraw and plunge it all the way into her tight twelve year old asshole. Since she already had the dildo in her, Jim slides right in with his pussyjuice covered slick dick.

    He fucks her ass with both making the scripted sounds and conversation required, then at the appropriate time pulls out. Director calls hold, an aide cleans off his dick. The director orders continue, filming begins again and he plunges his long hard hot cock back into his little girls now un-virgined pussy hole.

    Then the script says to cum inside her. So he begins a vigorous in and out pushing on her hot little 12 year old formerly virgin pussy and feels it building and building. She is heaving and panting suddenly (not in the script) she has a huge orgasm, her second in minutes, with full sound effects and as the camera is pointing right on her pussy, it catches a huge splash of girl juice emerging from her peehole and bathing her father’s dick. As soon as that happens her Dad is ready to explode inside her. So he continues with all he has and soon squirts shot after shot of hot cum into his 12 yr old daughter’s pussy. The script calls for him to hold still and also for her to do the same until his dick wilts and slides out of its own accord.

    That accomplished, Jim is required to back off turn around have her take his cum and girljuice covered dick in her mouth and for him to suck all of his cum out of her, even using his fingers. When there is no more cum to be eaten out of his little girl’s pussy he kisses her and spits all the cum into her mouth. The camera gets a shot of her open mouth full of cum. She has to spit it back into her father’s mouth, and he has to show the camera his mouth full of cum. He spits it back into her mouth, she swallows it and shows the camera her open empty mouth. The Director says “CUT!” and tells them to get up and sit on the edge of the bed. He has a soda brought to Judy and some coffee with brandy to Jim.

    The Director says that was one of the best scenes he has ever shot. He says now you sit there. We are going to bring in your wife and son and daughter, and the two visiting girls, all nude. They will all join you in here and all of you will watch the movie. As I said this is our test production but if it’s OK it will be part of the movie. The director said to both Judy and her Dad: It looked like you and your young daughter really enjoyed all of that. I wasn’t counting on a twelve year old girl to be able to cum. She was just perfect.”

    “Judy says to her Dad: “Daddy, that was so good I never knew anything could feel so good, and I just loved your cum in my mouth and pussy. You taste wonderful!”

    Jim answers Judy: “My sweet little girl, guess not so little any more, I never knew I could actually want to fuck you, but believe me I now am so glad this is happening.
    With that they deeply kiss each other and Judy holds onto his dick as he fondles her breasts.

    A crewman comes over to Jim hands him some wipes and says you might want these. Jim tells her to turn around and bend over and he wipes her ass clean, also sticking his finger back inside wiggling it around as she gasps, then he pulls his finger out of his daughter’s asshole and wipes it clean also. He tossed the cloth in the nearby can. He can’t resist sticking three fingers back inside his daughters slick pussy and finger fucking her for a few minutes too.

    Judy says again to Jim: “Daddy can we always fuck once we get back home?”
    Jim answers: “I can’t think of anything I would rather do, and maybe you and Nancy and your mom and I can all sleep together and fuck together all the time.”
    Judy says: “Oh Daddy I would so like that!”

    Sam asks them if they would like anything to eat before they watch the movie. They say maybe something. Sam says he will have hamburgers and fries or anything else available they would like, and drinks brought out to them, and the others if they want them.

    Will and Bill have gone into the other room to free the others and bring them in. They tell all of them again that if they do what they are supposed to not only will they be treated royally while here, but they are also going to be paid very well. The alternative if they don’t do exactly as asked is death and disappearance. All of the hostages agree they will cooperate. Bill says, then we will free you, but if any of you try to leave you will be shot and so will the rest of the party.

    So all of the hostages knew they really meant business. Johnnie said after his gag was removed : “What is this about and what are we going to do?”

    The two men removed all the gags and blindfolds, noticed the surprised expression on Alicia and the girls then told them they were making a porn movie, everyone would have sex and fuck every hole in every girl using dildos, vibrators and the dicks of Jim and Johnnie. Mary looked very pleased and so did Nancy.

    Mary said: “Where are Judy and her Dad?”

    Will said: “Her Dad just took both her cherries and we filmed it. Now all of you are going to eat and watch the movie. It was our test for lighting and sound. If it is OK it will be part of the movie. If not, we will just do it again. You will have a prompter screen always visible and be required to do and say what it says. Just act like you really mean it even if you don’t. You are going to be rich from this movie and no one will know. That includes you, Mary and also you, Joannie.

    Since you are cooperating just follow me into the other room. They all followed Will and Bill into the movie set. It was not only a set but also a viewing room. There were seats with tables in front of them. Will told them all to sit where they choose, and had Judy and her Dad sit in the seats in the front row. They were all asked what they wanted to eat and drink, and Sam took their orders, and left the room. After a short time, Joe, Frank, and Jessie came in with a cart and distributed the food they ordered.

    Sam was back in the room. He told them he was the producer and owner of the movie.

    He said that the script was not finished since they did not plan for Mary and Joannie to be here. He also told Johnnie that he no longer had to worry about his gambling debt, the movie proceeds would cover it.

    Sam told them that this movie will be worldwide in distribution but not ever sold in this state. He also said that he believed that the 1.2 million promised may be way too small. He said this movie based on others he has seen and sold could even raise 10 million dollars or more. He said our production crew keeps 15%, the rest goes to all of you.

    If you are interested after this movie is finished, we can book you for more movies, any or all of you, and of course you will share in the profits of that. There has never been a porn movie made that didn’t with worldwide marketing make at least a million dollars. Our production cost is minimal since we basically only need the one set. On later movies we could shoot on the property. There is the river, a beach, woods and meadows. There is also an old barn that could be used.

    The hostages, now willing actors, are all taking this in. They are now shaking their heads yes in agreement but not saying anything.

    Sam says we will watch the movie and you can finish eating while it shows. We have editing capability if we need to touch up anything including more sound we can dub if necessary. So you all relax, enjoy yourself, play with yourself or someone else and watch the movie.

    Judy’s hand was tightly wrapped around her father’s stiff dick and he had an arm around her cupping one of her breasts, lightly flicking her nipple. From time to time they would kiss and trade tongues.

    The movie started with no title or warning, and the first thing that Alicia saw was her husband kissing her youngest daughter like lovers. As she watched them make love to each other, she began to get very turned on and even jealous of her daughter.

    Johnnie was sitting next to Mary, and she was holding onto his dick which as soon as the movie started stood up straight and hard. She leaned over and took the head in her mouth, flicking her tongue around then sat up to watch the movie, still holding tightly on to his dick.

    Johnnie thought turn about is fair play so he inserted a finger into Mary’s wet and slick pussy. The other hand he put on her breast and tickled her nipple with his arm around her.
    She leaned over against him and turned to give him a deep tongue kiss. Mary and Johnnie really had never paid much attention to each other before.

    Nancy was sitting next to Joannie and as they watched the movie and began to get aroused and wet, they started fondling each others tits, finally gave that up and started fingering each other. Nancy told Joannie that she wished they had the dildo.

    Sam heard her, left the room and came back with 3 dildos in his hands. He gave Nancy one and gave another to Mary who promptly turned it on and stuck it all the way into her pussy. The third one went to Alicia who now seemed to be thoroughly aroused and moved to the seat next to Johnnie on the opposite side from Mary.

    As soon as she was settled next to Johnnie she handed him the vibrator, and said, son, you need to learn how to use these. Turn it on and start rubbing your mom’s pussy with the end of it. She soon got even wetter than she already was, and had to reach over and share Johnnie’s dick with Mary. She told Johnnie to put the vibrator all the way in her vagina. Johnnie was non-plussed and whispered: “Mom I don’t know where it is!”
    She took his hand and told him to stick out his index finger, then she guided him to the entrance of her hot smoking fuckhole. She pushed his finger into her and said: “That’s it, Johnnie, now take the vibe and put it in me as far as you can.”

    Johnnie placed the vibrator in his hand like he was holding his dick to jack off and as his mother spread her legs and pushed her pelvis up to make herself more accessible, her son began pushing the vibrator into her pussy, opening the large labia which gripped the vibrator as he slid it into her. She sat back in the chair and said: “Oh Johnnie that feels so good, and you have grown such a nice looking dick, I would never have guessed because I just never thought of you sexually.” Johnnie replied: “Mom, I have always loved your tits and for years wanted to play with them and suck on them.” With that he leaned over and sucked the nearest nipple into his mouth.

    Mary and his Mom were giving his stiff hard steely dick a workout and of course the inevitable happened soon after he started sucking his mom’s tit. He jerked and erupted all over their hands, but the first squirt went so high it hit Mary in the face who had been leaning over toward him.She quickly wiped the cum off her face with her fingers and stuck them in her mouth.

    Then she told Johnnie’s mom: “You should get some of this too, it is so good, I will share it with you.” Johnnies’s Mom said: “Mary you are right, I need to sample Johnnies cum for myself. I wonder how it tastes compared to his Dad’s cum.” And with that comment, she scooped the remaining cum off his dick and licked it off her fingers. Then she told Mary: “Mmmm, you are right Mary, he does taste good, but it is a little different than his Dad’s cum.” Mary said: “I guess I will get to see how his Dad’s cum tastes while we do the movie.” Alicia replied: I guess all the girls will, it seems!” Alicia then went back to holding his now softening dick in her hand and using her fingers to tickle his balls.

    Before long everyone in the audience was breathing heavily and panting as they watched Jim getting a blowjob from his little 12 yr old daughter and then fuck her virgin pussy and asshole.

    When the final scenes showed up, Alicia said: “Jim that was so, so, sexy, I never thought of us doing that, but we are certainly going to be doing it a lot when we get back home.”

    By now everyone had more or less accepted the idea that they were all going to be fucking each other, so the atmosphere besides being so sexually heated had almost taken on a party like flavor.

    The movie was over and Sam got up in front of the audience to speak. The first thing he said was: “I would like to know how many of have ever watched a porn movie of any type before. Please raise a hand if you have, not counting this one of course.”

    Alicia, Jim, Mary, Johnnie and Joannie raised their hands. Alicia gave a surprised look to Johnnie, who stuttered and said: “Mom I sneaked out yours and Dad’s.” Now Alicia felt bolder, so she said: “Johnnie, my son, did you get yourself off to them? And how long have you been doing that?”

    Johnnie replied: “Pete and I used to spend hours on the weekends watching them and jacking off, I was always thinking of you, Mom. Pete confessed to me that he always thought of his Mom or his sisters. I started doing this when I was just 13, and I always was careful to put them back exactly as they were.”

    Alicia said: “I can see that there will be no more secrets in this family from now on. I just never thought at 13 that you would be jacking off. I thought boys had to be at least 16. But I guess times have changed since I was 13. I see girls with tits that can’t be over 10 nowadays.”

    Johnnie replied: “Yeah, Mom, I have noticed that too. Some of those young girls are real hot numbers, like Judy. I admit I have thought about and jacked off to fucking both my sisters in fantasy as well as you, Mom.”

    Alicia told Johnnie: “It is fantasy no more. Before this ends you will be fucking every hole in every one of us and now I kind of relish the idea of getting to fuck my own son.”

    Sam then asked the audience if they wanted any dessert, saying they had ice cream, cookies, chocolate cake, and also some cherry pie. He got Fred, who was now looking like a more professional man instead the the scruffy guy he looked like before as he had cleaned up and changed clothes, while the movie was being filmed and shown, to get everyone’s preferences. Before long, a couple of the movie crew, Joe and Fred, came back with a cart loaded with the desserts. Sam asked what else anyone wanted to drink.
    Joe came back with the requested drinks. Mary and Joannie asked for beer, and even though they were not supposed to drink alcoholic beverages until they were 21 in this state, they were handed their beers with no comments.

    Sam said: since we are all making a porn movie, you will all be treated as adults by my staff. There is one thing. If anyone smokes, we have a room with good ventilation for people to smoke in. It is not good for the set or the equipment to have cigarette smoke around it. Go out this door, pointing, and the door is labelled Smoking Room.

    Mary giggled and said: “I guess I won’t be using it, I tried smoking last year and I didn’t like it.

    Sam then sat down and began devouring his own meal. Everyone is naked except for Sam and the movie staff, and all seven of the newly minted porn stars are fondling each other. There is much sound of kissing and slurping going on, mixed with ahh’s, ohh’s, uhhs, and other sounds of sex.

    Johnnie had been playing with both Mary and his Mom’s tits ever since the movie ended, and it had made him hard again.

    Alicia suddenly said, feeling his new hardness: “I just have to do this, Johnnie, I liked your cum so much, and the thought that you are my own son is blowing me away, no pun intended,” as she leaned over and sucked Johnnie’s very hard dick into her mouth within less than 10 minutes getting a mouthful of his hot slippery cum, that she absorbed in her mouth for a few minutes before swallowing it. She held his dick in her mouth until it became all shrunken and completely softened. Johnnie of course was showing his pleasure at his Mom’s sucking him off with the glowing expression on his face.
    As soon as he had filled up his Mom’s mouth with his hot load of cum, Mary leaned over, kissed his lips and with her tongue massaged the roof of his mouth. He shivered and the returned the favor.

    Judy and her Dad had been watching the movie and shortly into it, her Dad, Jim, was already hard again. She got up and kneeled between his legs, staring at his hard dick.
    She said: “Daddy, I love you so much, and I just love your nice beautiful dick. I never knew that dicks would look so pretty. I only saw yours once before when you left the door open a little while you showered and I watched as you left the shower and dried off.
    But it was so soft and floppy then, so I was so surprised at how much bigger and harder it could get. Now I am eager to have sex with my big brother, I love him so much too, I think it will be wonderful.” With that after lovingly caressing the long hard dick that had just taken both of her virginities, she began to lick the shaft, suck up the head and as she swirled her tongue all around the head and under side of it, slowly inhaled it into mouth. She got every inch of it into her mouth, all eight inches, and swallowing a few inches into her throat.

    “Jim said: “My sweet darling little girl, no big girl I mean, you make your Daddy feel so wonderful with your loving attention to me. I just never realized how beautiful and sexy you are until I saw your body for the first time today. You are just heaven to me, and what you are doing now is so special because it is you, my baby girl with my dick in your mouth, and wanting to swallow all of my seed, the same seed that created you when I squirted it into your Mommy just like I squirted it into your virgin pussy earlier and like I am going to do in your mouth again in another minute,” as he gasped sighed, breathed deeply and released another hot load of spunky sperms into his little girls hot succulent mouth.

    Everyone had finished eating their meal and were now mostly eating each other. Joannie had gotten Nancy to lay down on the carpeted floor and was vigorously sucking and tongueing her virgin pussy. It’s clit was at full mast, standing up and glistening redly, peeking out of its shell like hood with the labia descending from it and standing proudly up. Joannie was very busily flicking her tongue over every part of the lips that were sticking way out of the 15 year old girl’s sex slit. Nancy is thrashing around madly, accidentally hitting her head on a leg to the nearby seat. She said: “Ouchie” but moved it away and continued her moaning and thrashing as Joannie brought her to a shattering blasting climax.

    Joannie then repositioned herself over Nancy’s face bearing down on her mouth and tongue with her hot sixteen year old very wet cunny. She said as her breasts heaved heavily bouncing around with her nipples sticking straight out and hard as pencils, and she leaned over toward Nancy’s hot wet soaking pussy lips: “Oh Nancy, you are so hot, you taste so good, I think I love you, girl” Nancy is sucking those lovely pink labia surrounded with red hair completely into her mouth and massaging them with her tongue for minute upon minute. Joannie is heaving her breaths faster and faster, and wiggling her ass and pussy around on Nancy’s face. Nancy’s nose actually is pressing hard into Joannie’s asshole, then she starts trying to fuck her ass with Nancy’s nose.
    Nancy has to tell her to let her have room to breath, just before Joannie bursts loose with a hot jet of girl cum right into Nancy’s mouth. Joannie collapses on top of Nancy with her face buried in the crack of Nancy’s pussy again. They lay there for minutes, as they try to recover to natural breathing and wind down their hot heaving bodies to normalcy.

    Sam has left the room for a while. Soon he returns with some papers in his hand. He asks everyone to return to a seat and listen. He says: “As you all know the penalty we have stated for non compliance, we have no need of contracts or any other legal documents. Our staff would just do it. But we now feel very confident that you all now know you are on the road to not only riches but the most wonderful sexual times you will ever and may never again experience except with each other.

    “I do need to be able to have a way to pay you. Alicia’s family will get payment as a direct deposit into Jim and Alicia’s bank account. Since their kids are all minors still, it is up to them if they want to set up separate savings accounts for each of them. As to the unexpected lovely additions to our movie cast, you girls are sisters, so it is your option to take separate payments or one joint payment. Money will be deposited into your accounts at least monthly, and perhaps as sales pick up, more frequently, maybe at some times weekly. So I ask you, Jim to make arrangements with me in my office for receiving payments, and also Mary and Joannie separately in my office right after Jim and I are finished. The office is down the hall that also goes to the smoking room
    .
    I have one more surprise for you. No, it does not involve guns! Just kidding people, I mean porn stars, as that is what you all have become now. As soon as we finish this shoot, no later than Monday, there will be a deposit in your account of $50,000 for Alicia’s family, and $25000 for Joannie and Mary. I have to also state, that it is possible it may require one or more additional weekends of vigorous sex and acting to complete the film. With as many porn stars as we have here (Mary giggles and grins) there are so many possible combinations of people together that right now with the script writers working furiously for the revisions it is hard to say exactly how long it will take. We are very well funded from all our previous endeavors so that same rate of payment will be made for each weekend that we work on the movie.

    It is also possible that on a given weekend, we may not shoot film with all of you, but you will all be included as if we did, and we require you to be here unless, and I emphasize, unless, there is a pressing reason that you could not be here due to activities and business that absolutely cannot be postponed. So rest assured, even if that occurs, you will still be paid. Our porn stars are treated better than any in the industry that we know of. A happy star makes a great selling movie. Since sex makes everyone feel good, you should all be feeling on top of the world. I apologize for the way we had to shanghai you, but I believe from looking at all of your naked panting bodies, wet cunts, stiff nipples and dicks that you are now rather glad we did. Just for the hell of it, everyone that feels that way, stand up please.”

    The room was filled with sound as all seven of the new PORN STARS, leapt out of their seats and stood up. Judy’s hand was still hanging onto her fathers stiffly standing out dick, Alicia’s hand was wrapped firmly around Johnnies big stiffy, while Jim and Johnnie had their hands occupied with the girls titties. When they stoodup, there was a big thump and a loud buzzing. Alicia bent over and retrieved the dildo that had fallen out of her pussy as she stood due to her slick wetness. Mary managed to keep hers inside by squeezing tightly. Sam asked them all to sit back down, and asked Jim to accompany him to his office.

    Joannie walked over to Mary and said: “Hey sis, we have to talk now.”

    Mary disengaged herself from Johnnie, leaving him to his loving mother’s ministrations, and the two girls took seats next to each other, after a long hot kiss and good tittie rub.
    Mary couldn’t resist sticking some fingers into Joannies hot little cunt before they sat down. Mary said: “Joannie we can’t let our parents know about this and we can’t let them know we have so much money, what are we going to do?” Joannie said: “I think I know what we can do, especially after we finish fucking and sucking Nancy’s Dad till he drops. One thing for sure, we will never have to worry about college costs again.”

    “OK genius girl, what is your plan?”

    “We should go down the hall and barge into Sam’s office while Jim is in there, let’s move.”

    So the two girls run naked down the hall and without knocking open the unlocked door and rush inside, interrupting Sam in mid-sentence. Sam is taken aback, and says: “Mary, I thought you knew I wanted to see you after Jim.”
    Mary said: “Sam, we just had a conference and don’t see any other option than to let Jim front for us. Jim would you please please do it so our parents don’t find out?”
    Jim replied to Mary: “I guess you girls would like for me to set up an account for you where Sam can deposit your money, and your parents wouldn’t know anything about it, is that it?”
    Joannie says: “Oh Jim we thank you so much if you would do that for us.”
    Jim tells Sam: “So for this week just put their money in the same deposit as mine with the account information I gave you, and Monday I will set up a separate trust account for them. I will email you and give you the account number for subsequent weeks deposits, is that OK with you?”
    “Jim that is fine with me and we must protect our interests here so that their parents and no one else EVER finds out about our operation. You need to figure out some kind of tax plan that makes this money show up as some sort of business where you can legitimately take some deductions for it. Some of our porn stars have set up non-profit organizations to take the money as donations tax-free, and that might be a good solution for all of you.
    It takes some legal work but as you are an accountant anyway, I am sure that will give you no grief.”

    “Thank you Sam, that is a marvelous idea. I will have the accounts done before the end of the week.”

    “One other thing, Jim, when the movie comes it out it will appear to have been produced offshore in the Carribean, and all names on the credits will be fictitious.”

    “Now girls and Jim, I guess we covered everything businesswise that we needed to, welcome aboard to our enterprise, you will see no more threatening acts toward you. I am still awaiting the revised scripts. But we can go ahead with another shoot or two. Go back where the others are, and I will rejoin you. I have more things to present.”

    Jim and the two young girls get up and the girls go over to Jim. Mary gets on her knees, sucks him in and Joannie kisses him and puts his hands on her tits. After a minute or two, Mary gets up, gives him a lover’s kiss and they all walk back to the movie room, where they take seats with Jim in the middle. Both girls are now grappling to grasp his now hard dick again.

    They look over at Alicia and see that she is lying on the floor in 69 with her son, Johnnie. Jim says: “Wow, honey, that looks pretty damned hot to me.” She responds with: “Believe me you wouldn’t believe this kid, what a sexpot he is. I think in eating me out he has already started to catch up to you, and you are the best.” Then she spasms into a huge orgasm and Johnnie just merrily keeps on eating his mothers pussy, with his hard staff buried completely in his mother’s mouth. Then he fills her up with his juice, and they all see her swallow it avidly.

    She says: “Jim I can’t believe I didn’t do this with Johnnie before, but I thought he was too young and of course didn’t really think about my son in a sexual way. It seems he always thought of me sexually though. This is so wonderful to me, to be sucking off both you and my son now. I can hardly wait to have him fuck me, but I am saving it for the movie,and then I want both of you in me at the same time, mouth and pussy, mouth and ass, and ass and pussy. Maybe we can get Sam or one of the other guys to volunteer to fill up my other hole, at the same time.”

    Sam had just returned and heard Alicia make her last statement. He said: “Alicia, that is a great idea you have. How would you like to have a replay with Joe and Bill again, and we can film it?”

    “Sam, that has me all hot and bothered just thinking about it. Bill and Joe gave me feelings I had never had in all my 36 years of life, I am eager to have them back inside me, any and all holes to fill. Maybe we could shoot a rape scene too for my first time on camera. Of course I know now they wouldn’t do anything to actually hurt me – it would all be pretend and I bet I can scream real good on camera, too.”

    “What a good idea, Alicia, I will be sure to include Bill and Joe with you and your hubby, maybe one shoot with all of you in it. The rape is good, because for some perverted reason they always sell well, must be a lot of really perverted people out there, ha ha, as if we all aren’t too!” Alicia just giggled. Johnnie said: “ Mom, are you serious, you really want to do a pretend rape with 3 or 4 guys? Can I be one of them too?”

    Johnnie, you know I would love to have you too, I guess that makes five, a real gangbang rape scene. Are you sure you can pretend well enough to make it work?”

    “Mom, why don’t I be the innocent kid that the rapists force to fuck his own Mom? I can act really terrified, and with the help of the other girls, I can even pretend to not be able to make my dick hard.”

    “Oh I see, we just have them keep on sucking you off between the sections of the scene, so you are soft, did you have anyone particular in mind, or do you want all of them?”

    “Oh Mom, all of them sounds great to me, I always had the hots for Nancy and Judy. I think Mary and Joannie are sexy as all get out, or I mean get UP,(laughing).”

    Sam addresses Alicia and Johnnie and Jim again: “The innocent son forced to fuck his mother is a great idea I will send it over to the writers, as well as the rape scene.”

    Sam takes the floor again and addresses everyone, the movie staff has also joined them.
    There is not one of the porn stars sitting who does not have another ones hand either on their dick or in their pussy. The exception is Alicia who has opted to sit between Bill and Joe, and has taken both their instruments out of their pants, then made them rise up while she pulled their pants and undies down around their ankles. As they returned down in their seat, she has one hand on each dick. Rubbing the tips with her thumbs. They are both as hard as nails, and leaking juicy slippery fluids from the peeholes at the end of their dicks. She rubs it all over the stiff members.

    Sam says: “Ok everyone, listen up. Tonight we will shoot maybe one or two more segments, then retire for the night. The well furnished bedrooms are on the side of the hall opposite my office. There are five bedrooms each with a kingsize bed, and extra pillows to be used as you see fit. Mary and Joannie, you aren’t in the original script, but I have decided to let Mary substitute for the original part where Nancy was written in for the next segment. Our script writers will be working all night and will immediately forward the new completed script to me, it will have parts for everyone.

    “Now Joe is going to be standing by during the shoot, and others may wander in and out, you of course know to pay them no mind and act as realistically as you can to the screen prompts and dialogue. I know you all now have the best of incentives to do your very best. Spontaneous orgasms will be plentiful, I am sure and we have no problem in the movie with that, so feel free to let yourselves go all you want to.

    “We have not written anything in for this, but I want to know if any of you would mind doing what the industry calls water sports. It isn’t water, but pee. However since the providers of the pee are well stocked with water in advance, the pee is more like water than normal pee. It doesn’t even taste bad either. This is one thing we won’t do without your willing unforced consent. So now it the time to let me know if you are willing to pee on someone and let them pee on you, and even drink their pee. Please stand up if you wish to participate. By the way, pee pic shoots pay an extra 10%.”

    As he stood there and watched the crowd, first one to stand up was Mary, followed quickly by Johnnie. Nancy and Joannie saw them, looked at each other, waited a few seconds and joined them. Alicia said: “Might as well, come on Jim,” and they both stood up. That only left Judy, the twelve year old. When she saw that everyone else was standing she rose to her feet also.

    Sam beamingly looked on them and said: “You know, I think this is going to turn out to be one of the best pornography movies and the best cast I have ever worked with. Congratulations to all of you, you will find I am sure that you also really enjoy something you may not have even known existed, the water sports, as we call it in the industry.”

    “OK people, I mean Porn Stars, guess we should get moving on the next shoot. I think it would be nice if you grapplers just sit her and watch the filming it will give you all some idea of how better to make your own shoots. Getting carried away with each other and the filming is certainly to be expected. But this is a sound set, so we have this sound proof fully transparent curtain we can drop between you and the set. That way you don’t have to feel stiffled. Nothing can be heard through this curtain, so we have the set sound piped in to your side of the curtain. Also we are dropping another slave prompter on this side of the curtain for you to watch along with the action. So let us begin.

    “This shoot calls for Mary, and Johnnie and Jim. Johnnie and Jim you are both going to fuck each other and have your asses filled with cum. Mary you will be the surprised girl who walks in on them and gets turned on and joins them. We have a costume in the next dressing room for you to don so that you walk in catching them while clothed. These are tear away repairable clothes so expect some items to be ripped off of you.

    “Mary go ahead and get dressed, Jim and John go ahead to the bed on the set. Before we start I want you to prepare yourselves so are comfortable with buttfucking. I had Fred put two dildos with condoms on them on the table on the other side of the bed. You didn’t notice as he did it from a pass through that we have in the wall there. There is also some astrolube on the table. You need to each put some astrolube on your fingers and then grease up your own butts real good with it. Next push out with your asshole as you push your index finger in, putting more lube on the inside. Keep fucking yourselves with your fingers until you can add two more fingers. It may even hurt a little, but as you continue, you will begin to feel more and more relaxed and comfortable about sticking your fingers in your ass. One caution, if you are FOS you better go to the restroom down the hall first, and I will have my secretary you haven’t met yet, Miss Donna Farley, give you enemas until you pass clear water. You will really enjoy the feeling I assure you.”

    Both the guys nodded yes, and headed for the toilets. Sam called over his handheld for Donna to meet them there.

    They walked into the toilet room, saw a line of stalls and urinals, and something they had never encountered before, a bidet. There were two of them in the open area. There were also two more toilets out in the open. As they looked around, looking for the enema equipment which was not to be seen. In walks a drop dead gorgeous nude stacked redheaded woman with tits that had to be D’s. They were nicely swinging as she walked.

    “Hi guys, do I get to fuck your asses with the enema?” They both sheepishly answered her with a yes.

    “OK boys we are going to have a little fun here too. She had two enema bags in her hands with the nozzles appearing to be instead of the normal one, ones that looked like a penis with a hole in the end where the pee hole is in a dick. She went over to the counter under the wide mirrors, and opened a drawer, taking out three tubes of something. She told them that this was the lubricant they would use in here, same as in the set. Meantime the male minds are only half on her speech and the other half on her magnificent redhaired pussy with some lips sticking out pouting and her big red clit sticking up. Needless to say, both dicks were standing at attention in short order.

    “Now now boys, we can’t have any of that.” She walked over to them and suddenly slapped the end of their dicks, and they wilted almost instantly. “Bet you didn’t know about that little trick, did you?” Both nodded yes and looked down at their shrunken dicks forgetting her bush for the moment. She took the bags to a stand and hung them on the stand, then approached the sixteen year old boy, Johnnie. “Johnnie is this your Dad with you? You really are going to be fucking each other’s asses.” They both nodded yes, not saying anything. Johnnie’s face was beet red, and he was looking at her magnificent rack and pussy, so his dick started its rise again. She reached down and slapped it again harder this time. It wilted.

    She said, now the reason you can’t have a hard dickie right now is because I need you both to pee into this container. She picked up two glass containers off of the counter, grabbed Jonnies little dick and pointed it into one of the containers, handing the other to his Dad, Jim.

    “Miss Donna, I don’t think I can pee in front of you” “You better or you will be delaying the shoot.(laughingly) and that could get you your own shoot!. At the horrified look on his face, she said: “No, no, just kidding, I know how they got you to become a porn star. That’s all over now, you will be rich and famous, just not famous around here for your own protection.” His little dick was behaving itself and she finally was able to get him to start peeing in the container. He wondered silently what does she want with the pee? After he started peeing he saw and heard his Dad filling his own container, then Johnnie was able to let go and fill the jar quickly.

    Donna took both containers from them, went over and set them on the the counter and then took one enema back, pouring Johnnies pee into it. She took the bag and put it back teh stand, right beside the open toilets. The nasty looking prick was hanging down from the bag on the hose. She stuck the pseudopenis into the open top of the bag, she said Jim this is your bag for your first pass. Come over here and wait.

    She went back to the counter and got the other pee container and poured it into the remaing enema bag with the penis attached to the end of the hose. She took that bag, put on a hook and said Johnnie this is your bag.

    “Miss Donna that’s my Dad’s pee, didn’t you get them mixed up?”

    “No Johnnie, you are going to fill your little hot ass with your dad’s pee, and he is filling his with your pee. How is that for togetherness?(she laughed.)

    She moved back to the counter, picked up a tube of lube and proceeded to stand behind both of them who were beside the two toilets. She got her fingers and hand all slippery, wiped lots of lube on both assholes, then stuck her fingers in the father and son, and stirred her fingers around inside getting them well greased. She then proceeded with one hand in each asshole, to insert another finger, then a third then a fourth. By the third finger, Johnnie seemed to be hurting a little but he enough to stay as quiet as he could.

    Jim said: “Donna that feels pretty damned tight with my ass around your fingers, I didn’t think I could do this without real pain.” She kept on hand fucking both assholes for few more minutes, and said: “I think you are both ready, insert the enema cocks into your assholes.” While they did that rather slowly as they were the equivalent of a good sized 8 inch real cock, she went to the counter and washed her hands. She came back to their backs and told them to actually make out like they were being fucked now. They did and she told them: “Now let this fill you up, try to hold it all in, and I am opening the clamps now.” She watched as the bags slowly deflated from their puffy filled size down to the empty skinny shape. “Now both of you straddle the toilets, pull out the fake cocks and clamp on them as you do so you don’t accidentally spill any thing out of you.” With a “pop” they each pulled the penises out of their poopers. She told them to sit and shit. They did, she handed them some wet baby wipes and said: “You must clean each other.” They also did that. She said after they flushed away the shitty water and wipes: “Drink this down fast,” handing them a big glass with tinted water in it. “This is a fast acting diuretic and will make you pee heavy real fast.” They gulped it down and she said tell me when you have to pee, and if you get hard again I will just have to bat you back down again, this time maybe with a real bat” as she winked at them. Jim smiled and Johnnie looked frightened again. Jim said: “Son, that was a joke.” At that, Johnnie’s face took on a silly smile. They waited for a bit.

    “I have to go now” said Jim. Johnnie said: “me too!” She said: “Johnnie stand in front of your Dad. Jim stick your cock in your son’s ass and fill him up with your piss.” Jim complied and Donna said: “Now Johnnie you go around behind your Daddy and pee inside his asshole just like he did to you.” Johnnie slowly shuffles around to behind his Dad, but has a little trouble. He says: “Miss Donna, it won’t go in.” She comes up to him, spins him around toward her, sucks his soft dick in her mouth for a minute, takes his now semi hard dick out of her mouth, and says: “Now stick it in your Dad.” This time he plugs right into his Daddy’s asshole and pisses hard, filling his Dad up with his pee.

    Donna says: “OK guys, sit and shit!” they squirt the piss out of their asses and she hands them wet baby wipes again and says clean each other off good. Then she hands Johnnie a bottle of alcohol and says put this on the clean wipe and wash him down good. He does and she retrieves the bottle gives it to Jim and says: “You know what to do.” Jim finished washing down Johnnie. She has taken the bags over to the sink, rinsed them out several times with water, and then refilled them. She lovingly coats the cockheads with lube and brings the bags back over to the boys. She says: “OK this is the last time, slip them in, fuck yourself a little, and then release the clamp here,” showing them.

    They get themselves filled up with the water in short order since they are now completely empty, having had two full rectum-fills of piss (no vinegar included!). She again says: “Sit and shit!” to them, they squirt all the water out in heavy streams splashing plentifully in the toilets. They flush them, and she walks back to them with more clean wipes and a bottle of alcohol. After they wipe each other’s asses with the plain wet wipes, she soaks another set of wipes with alcohol and says: “You know what to do with each other, go to it.” They wash each other off again. Donna says: “Now that you know each other’s ass intimately it will make the movie shoot much more pleasant for you since you know you have nothing to be afraid of about each others butthole. Now get out of here and fuck yourselves silly on each other for the shoot.”

    They depart and go back to the movie set. Mary is sitting the bed patiently waiting for them and squeezing her tits.

    SCENE III JIM AND JOHNNIE WITH MARY

    The director says: “Places everyone, watch the prompters and follow exactly what it shows you.” Mary you leave through that door, pointing to one on the other side of the bed, and watch the prompter in the other room so you know when to enter, then you watch this one. That one is set up so you can fast forward so you know ahead of time what’s coming, take the first few minutes in there doing that, then push the button that says NOW on it. That resets it to where we are in the shoot. OK boys, start greasing each other up, take those dildos and fuck the hell out of each other for a few minutes. Judy and Nancy, get in her, I need you to harden the guys up. Nancy take your Dad, Judy take your brother.”

    What a scene two guys, father and son, standing up against the bed facing the bed. Each one has a hand on a dildo crammed into the others butt, and fucking away like rabbits.
    Two naked girls, one fifteen, and the twelve year old preteen, laying on, their backs with the dicks of their father and brother in their mouths, each of the girls has one hand rubbing her own clit and the other hand with fingers inside the other’s pussy hole. What a sexy perverted picture, can’t you just see it all. We hear the camera sounds, the director says: “Keep it up, this is too good to miss filming, we will find someplace to use it.” He films for 15 minutes then says: “CUT!” and “PLACES!” “Thank you Nancy and Judy, go now through the curtain and enjoy the show. Your Dad and brother are going to fuck each other to kingdom come, and then “Along Comes Mary!” go on now and watch.”

    Johnnie and his Dad take out the dildoes from each others buttholes and lay them down on the table, out of sight from the camera. A hand reaches through the pass through and retrieves them. A new tube of lube is laid on the table. Johnnie climbs up on the bed and
    gets on all fours facing the camera in front at the side of the bed and toward the curtain.
    Another camera is being positioned on the other side of the bed and a third camera at the foot of the bed. The head of the bed is against the wall with the pass through.

    Both dicks are straight and sticking straight out, they both have a coating of slippery juice on the ends and Johnnie’s is actually dripping. Jim takes his position behind Johnnie and begins to inch his steely dick into his little boy’s bunghole. He has it all the way and begins roughtly thrusting in at out as the script calls for. The prompter has him say: “Robert, my son, I am so glad you like me doing this to you. I just love you to death and will totally fill you up with my hot smoking cum like right…………now!” and he squirts his lovejuice into his son’s cornhole. The prompter tells Johnnie to say: “O Daddy, now let me fuck your ass, it feels so great, much better than Mom’s pussy or even Susy’s pussy.
    I want to so cum inside you now.” And Johnnie gets up, his Dad takes his place, and teenager Johnnie starts fucking his old man’s asshole.

    Suddenly the door bursts open and Mary rushes through it, looking aghast at seeing her Daddy and brother fucking on the bed and with no clothes on either. Johnnie looks at her and says: “Susy, what are you doing here, you were supposed to be at the exhibit.” She says: “Robert, I got tired of that old exhibit and wanted to come home and fuck your brains out, I was so horny. What are you and Dad doing, anyway?” “You silly girl, can’t you see I’m fucking Daddy with my teenage prick you so love to suck and fuck yourself?”

    “But Robert you never told me that you did this? Does Daddy fuck your ass too?, I didn’t know two guys could even do it, but watching you is making me get so horny, even though I was already at the exhibit. Can I join in and get you both to fuck me too?”

    “Little sister, just get your panties off and jump up here next to Dad, I am going to fuck you both in the ass, the sooner the better!” Susy jumps up on the bed after pulling her panties off and thowing them on the bed in plain sight but out of the way of the action. She gets on her hands and knees next to her father, and “Robert” pulls his stiff dick out of his Dad’s butt and plugs it into her own little asshole after throwing her dress up over her back, and letting the camera get a good closeup of her spread legs, pussy, and ass. He drives all the way in gives six strokes per script then pulls out all but the head, leaning back for another cam shot, as he slowly buries his solid hot dick inside his sweet sister’s asshole, but finishes inside her.

    He continues with the role doing as the script says but before he can get there, she reaches it first, that hot sexy Mary, and screams her orgasm out at the top of her voice.
    That sends “Robert” over the edge and he ejaculates a big load into his little sister’s sexy cute teenaged ass.

    The script says for him to pull out, plug back into his Dad, and then for her to squirt the cum out or her anus. But they are going to do a little trick first. The director orders a hold on action, one of the crew comes out of the door Mary used and has a douch syringe in his hand, he walks over to Mary, tells Johnnie to spread her cheeks, plugs the nozzle in and squeezes the bulb until empty. He then withdraws it and leaves. The director orders them to resume action. Since Johnnie went soft after blowing his load, the Director calls for Alicia to come and get him hard again. Johnnie’s mother comes through the soundproof curtain, wipes him off with wipes and alcohol, then inserts his now softened prick into her mouth for the second time ever that night. In a few minutes with his mom sucking and jerking on him, Johnnie is rock hard again.

    The Director says: “PLACES!” Alician goes back through the curtain licking her licks and tasting the precum she got from her son Johnnie. Johnnie resumes his place behind his Dad, with Mary right next to his Dad, and both their asses sticking up in the air, as they are both on all fours. The Director calls “ACTION!” Robert takes his hard dick and stabs his father’s asshole with it, before the shooting begins. As it resumes, Robert is still plugged into his Dad’s ass, and looking at Mary’s butt, as she squirts the contents of her bowel out onto the bed and her legs. It has a fluorescent green shininess to it. That was the dye and liquid they injected her with. Quite an effect as it shimmers dripping down her legs. “Robert” says per script: “My God, Susy what is wrong with you, its GREEN!” She shyly turns to him and says: “Well Robert you aren’t the only one who fucked my ass today, there was this guy I saw and he had a 15 inch, skinny, funny looking dick with a strange end on it. I let him fuck my ass. He put it all in my butt, all the way, and squirted and squirted hot fluid into me. When I asked him about his dick, he said: “That’s normal for my people we aren’t from this world, but I do love to fuck earth girls, and one good thing, you can’t get preggers from us. We also heard on our world that Earth girls are easy, I think that is true.”

    “Robert, I made arrangements with him to meet him again next Saturday, want to come with me and I’ll see if he will bring one of their girls with him for you?”

    “Sis I think I would love that, out of this world pussy, what a treat that will be.”

    While they are talking, Johnnie is fucking the hell out of his father’s asshole and soon blows another load of cum into his Dad’s ass.

    The director called out: “CUT!” and told them all to rest a minute. Mary started fondling Jim’s dick and sucking on Johnnie’s after she cleaned it off with the alcohol and wipes that magically appeared on the table.. She knew not to make them cum as they would be shoving them into her in the next scene, so she stopped short of that. “Johnnie will you eat my pussy until we are ready again?” she said. Johnnie turns over her on all fours so he can do her while she does him in the classic 69.

    The director says resume places. They all get back on the bed in proper script directed positions and he says: “ACTION!”

    Jim is still on all fours next to Mary in the same position, the green slime is still on her and an assistant comes in and sprays more on her just before the action call. Johnnie is on his knees with now re-stiffened dick back in his father’s ass. He withdraws it and sits down as his Dad rolls over to his side and stretches out his legs over Johnnies legs.
    Mary rolls over the opposite way and Jim and her are now facing each other on their sides, her legs behind Johnnie. She speaks: “ Daddy, you absolutely have to fuck me, I want you so bad. I can tell you now that Robert and I have been fucking since I was 13 and he was 14. We have done it every chance we had, sometimes two or three times in one day. I want to do it with you too, but first please let me suck your cock until you squirt your babyjuice down my throat. It must be so good since it is what I am really made from.” So Jim rolls over onto his back and Mary now gets on her knees on his side and sucks his stiffened hot dick into her mouth. She says just before engulfing him:
    “Daddy I have wanted to do this for so long, you and Robert are all I ever think about.”

    Since Johnnie has nothing to do at the moment the script calls for him to move around the bed to the top, get back on it and stick his cleaned dick into his father’s mouth while his father’s dick is in his screen daughter’s mouth. All are to go to orgasm with lots of loud sound effects from each. Fortuitously, they all cum at once since Mary has been furiously frigging her clit and cunt while sucking off Jim. It got pretty loud there for a minute.

    The next thing is for the father to reach over grab her dress and in trying to get to her tits, tear the top off her as the dress splits down the predetermined seam. She is now topless since she forgot to put her bra back on after fucking the alien this afternoon at the museum behind the caveman exhibit. She rolls over shoving her tits into her father’s face and he voraciously sucks up her nipples pushing them together with his hands so he can get both in his mouth at once. So she is bending over his face, ass in the air, his mouth covering both nipples and “Robert” moves over behind her, kneels and impales her red hair covered pussy with one thrust as the cameramen catch it all. The then fucks the living hell out of her until he spurts what he has left into her hot pussy. Just as he does his father also erupts into her mouth. They all freeze, quivering for a few moments. When his dick softens enough to fall out of her, camera on closeup, followed by a stream of white cum sauce dripping and flowing out of her widely opened hairy lined cavern onto her pretty forested pudendum.

    She did not swallow Jim’s cum as there was more camera work to follow. She lifts her face up facing the camera, opens her mouth now full of cum, sticks out her cummy tongue, goes back down sucking his spent cockle up in to her mouth again, returns to the up position, re-opens her mouth and shows it full of cum again, then slowly swallows it making mmmm noises and several well defined swallows. She really didn’t have any left by the second swallow but the script called for 5 swallows so she did it, and no one in the audience would be the wiser unless they had Xray vision.

    The director calls out: “CUT!” “WRAP!” “ Good show guys, that’s all for tonight get yourselves a good nights sleep, and don’t fuck all night, you need some rest for tomorrow is a very long day and you will need your stamina, especially the guys. It is really better if you play celibate tonight, at least as far as your cocks go, so they can recover for tomorrow. Girls for you it doesn’t matter much, but do try and sleep at least for 6 hours. We start work at 11:00 it is now 7:10pm. Everyone will get a chance to return to the bedrooms and nap when they aren’t needed. Breakfast will be laid out in the front room where you were held hostage. Hope it doesn’t scare you any more.

    Good evening, if you want snacks call the kitchen at 22 on the phones in your bedrooms and it will be brought to you. This is a first class hotel with excellent FREE room service even if you can’t tell by the outside appearance. There is someone in the kitchen 24/7. See you tomorrow.”

    And he turns to leave the room; as he goes Mary runs up to him and hugs him and gives him a tongue filled kiss plus rubbing over his cock area with her hand. She pulls back and says: “Can I fuck you tonight?” “He says: “Yes, but you have to share with my wife, we live here.” She squeals out: “Ohh Goody, a threesome, something I wanted to try, uh, oh, I just did, didn’t I? Great I get to do it again.” So she waltzed off arm and arm with the director.

    Johnnie is thinking: “Who is that masked man anyway?” since the Director’s name was never mentioned.

    So they all leave their seats heading for the hallway door to the bedrooms.Alicia has Jim’s arm on one side and Johnnie’s on the other. Judy tags along behind them, but Nancy and Joannie are walking arm in arm at the rear. Judy feels sort of left out since she has no one to be with both the guys are with their wife and mother. Joannie notices Judy’s aloneness and calls out to her to join Nancy and her. She falls back and latches on to Nancy’s other hand. The three girls go to the first bedroom and Alicia and her two men go into the second one. They are amazed at the layout, and the size. Alicia said: “I didn’t ever think this old farmhouse was anything but a total wreck. I guess they have to keep up appearances on the outside. Wonder how they handle any nosy officials poking about.

    FIRST EVENING NANCY, JUDY, AND JOANNIE

    The three girls opened the door to their bedroom, and Judy said: “It’s a Palace!”:Joannie and Nancy looked around in awe at the beautiful furnishings and kingsize bed. The girls all headed to the bed and piled into it. They looked at the wallhung 81 inch TV screen opposite the head of the bed. Nancy jumped up and ran to the closet she saw on one side of the room. She opened the doors the rest of the way and said: “Oh you have got to see this, come here!” Inside the closet were the most gorgeous dresses, skirts, tops, and sexy lingerie. Nancy looked at the labels and most of them were Victoria’s Secret or Frederick’s of Hollywood.

    There were some foreign ones too that looked Italian to her young eyes and one that looked like the tiny amount of Swedish she knew. It was a big walk-in closet, it could have had a dressing table in it too, it was so big. All three of the girls were checking out clothes, and looking for their own size. Judy was the first to find one that might fit her, even though she was the smallest being only twelve. She took it out of the closet and took it off the hanger. Then she tried it on. It fit her perfectly. It was a black gown down to her ankles with red roses and green stems and leaves embroidered on it. It appeared to be silk. It felt so good against her bare naked skin underneath. She danced over to the full length mirrors and admired herself as she did pirouettes in front of them.

    Joannie and Nancy also finally found things that fit them too. Then they noticed that there was shelf in the closet and all the clothes they wore over here were there. It looked like they had been washed, ironed, and folded neatly. Joannie and Nancy took their newfound things out to the room and began trying them on too. They admired each other but Judy had the sexiest outfit of all. They decided to watch TV still dressed, and noticed a rack of DVD’s. Judy noticed the DVD player in the TV and said: “Let’s look at these DVD’s and watch one.” The other two agreed so they put several on the bed and looked at the titles and synopsis. Nancy said: “ Do you notice something odd about these, girls?

    Joannie said: “Odd how?” Nancy said: “I think they are all movies about sex , look at what they say on the back of the boxes” The girls studied some of the blurbs on the DVD’s intently for a few minutes and Judy said: “ You are right Nancy. Now that we are porn stars too, why don’t we watch one. Nancy said: “OK I choose this one, it has 3 guys and two girls in it. Maybe we can learn to be better porn stars from it by watching.”

    Judy said but we don’t have any boys to practice on.” Joannie said: “Ha, wait until tomorrow Nancy, I bet by noon none of us will be virgins any more. I can’t wait to fuck your Dad and brother. You know I think we should really be getting our holes loosened up tonight while we watch the movie.” She went over the huge dressing table; checked out the drawer, then moved on to the big dresser and looked in all of it’s drawers.
    She shrieked: “IEEE, look what I found.” The other two girls ran over to her and inspected her find; taking things out of the drawer. There were soft skin dick shaped vibrators in different colors, something funny looking like a blue snake. Judy pulled it out said: “hey this thing has a dickhead on each end of it.” She stretched it out and it was about 24 inches long. It had little bumps all the way from end to end. Judy said: “Nancy is this what I think it is, that two of us could stick it in us and we could both fuck each other with it?” “Nancy looked at it and said yes you are right but I don’t know what it is called.”

    Joannie said: “Girls I think we should really try these out. How about Judy and I use the two ended thingy and Nancy, you try out some of those dick shaped ones. We should also put a dick shaped one in our asses too. I will grease up your butts and put them in before Judy and I do the other thing.”

    So Judy and Nancy bend over with Joannie sitting on the bed with tubes of lube nearby.
    She covers them liberally inside and out, sticking three fingers in each ones asshole.
    Then she tells Nancy: “Now do my butt, please.”

    Nancy sits on the bed and Joannie takes Nancy’s former place. Nancy picks up the lube, squirts it on her hand and with one hand spreads Joannie’s cheekc and with the other hand covers her with lube all over her little pink pucker. She inserts one grease covered finger, moves it in and out then a second one with it, then finally a third one. Joannie says to Nancy: “Girl that feels pretty good, but that third finger is a little much.” Nancy says:
    “Tomorrow you may have something bigger in your ass.”

    Nancy takes a penis shaped dildo and sticks into Joannies ass. Then she does the same to Judy. She used the vibrating ones and turned them on full speed. She asks Joannie to put one in her ass too. So Judy and Nancy get on the bed sitting opposite each other with their legs spread and start slipping the double dildo into each others pussy. Next thing they scoot closer together so it goes in as far as they can stand it. They also start squirming around on the vibrators stuck in their assholes. Nancy said: “Judy I want to try to move it with my hand.” So she grabs it and starts moving around so that they can both feel the movement in their pussies. They both grab it and move it more and faster. Not very long after, both girls are having a simultaneous screaming orgasm.

    Meanwhile Joannie is using two vibrating dildos, one in each hole, and getting a little crazy herself. Not more than ten minutes, she is also screaming out a terrific orgasm herself.

    Nancy then tells the other two girls that the director told her that they should sleep with buttplugs in their buttholes tonight, so they will be nicely open and loose for tomorrows
    assfucking scenes. Nancy goes over to the dresser and finds the buttplugs, showing them to the other two girls. She says: “These are what he meant, they are shaped so they won’t accidentally squeeze out during the night.” She calls the other girls over to her to let her insert the buttplugs in their nether orifices. Then asks Judy to do the same for her.

    The girls watch the porn movie playing with each others tits and pussies for an hour, then decide it is best to go to sleep now. But Nancy takes a vibrating penis-dildo and sticks it in her and says she is going to sleep with it. Seeing that both Judy and Joannie also grab
    one and stick them into their own pussies. Then they get back on the bed, crawl under the covers and with Judy in the middle cuddle up with their arms around each other and on the nearest breasts. The room is filled with the soft buzzing sound of three vibrators buried deep in the three girl’s hot pussies. Soon sleep overtakes them.

    FIRST EVENING ALICIA JIM AND JOHNNIE

    Alicia walks into the bedroom with a hand on each cock, one her son’s, and one her husband’s. She tells them to lay at the end of the bed with their knees at the edge, side by side. She gets on her knees and takes short turns of sucking each cock. It isn’t long before she is rewarded with Johnnie’s squirts into her warm mouth and instead of swallowing it, she climbs up and spits it all into Jim’s mouth. She says: “See how your like your son’s cum. I think it tastes great.” Jim moves it around in his mouth before swallowing and then says: “You are right darling, our son’s cum does taste good. Give him mine to taste, too.”

    Alicia then gets back down between Jims legs. Jim puts his feet over her shoulders, and she sucks on him until he fills her mouth up with hot juice. She immediately moves over to Johnnie’s mouth and spits it into him. He savors the cum taste for a minute then swallows it. He says: “Hey Mom, I like that stuff, does it make me gay?”

    Alicia says: “Well today I watched you do everything gays do. You got buttfucked by a guy and you buttfucked your own father’s ass. But no, son, it doesn’t make you gay, I do want to see you two do a 69 right now on this bed for me. I have always wondered how I would like to see two guys. And this is even better, it is my own two guys!”

    So now having no more fear of penises, Jim and his son Johnnie get on the bed laying on their sides, facing each other toe to head. Both are still soft, but they insert each other’s soft cocks into their mouths and start nursing them. Not much later, they are both standing hard again. Johnnie cums first, and almost immediately Jim cums. When Johnnie cums, Alicia says: “Don’t swallow, boys, I want all of it from both of you.”
    So after Jim has cummed, then Alicia gets on the bed lays down and tells them to spit it into her mouth. She doesn’t swallow until both men have given her each other’s loads of cum. After she swallows their cum, she says: “That was so exciting for me to watch you two, that I am sopping wet. Now I need your dicks inside me right now, one in each hole. Jim you take the back.” Since they both wilted, she gives each of them a reviving blowjob, keeping her hands on the one she re-erected first while she does the second one.

    She has Johnnie lay down on his back. She moves over him and puts his hard dick into her pussy, facing him. She then lays down on top of him and tells Jim to get over Johnnie’s legs and stick it in her ass. They get into a rhythm of coordination both going in at the same time then back out at the same time. They feel their dicks rubbing each other through her membrances, adding to the feeling since their frenulums are rubbing each other as well as Alicia. She is getting very aroused, and panting hard. After a few minutes she gets her full release, and as she does it triggers both of the men to also squirt their seed inside her, filling both holes.

    She tells Jim to suck Johnnie’s cum out of her pussy and spit it into her mouth. He gets between her legs and licks her clit then slides his mouth down to her vagina and covers the opening with his lips, then sucks hard. He feels the liquid leave her and enter his mouth. When he has it all, he moves up over her and places his lips on hers. They both open their mouths and he lets the cum flow into her mouth from his.

    FIRST EVENING THE PRODUCER AND HIS WIFE AND MARY

    The producer and Mary leave the set and walk down the hall to a door which goes to another hall. There is an elevator at the end of it. They get into the elevator and go down.
    Mary said: “I didn’t know this old house had a basement.” The director said: “We did a humongous amount of work surreptiously on this place. We didn’t use any workers closer than 100 miles away and brought them here blindfolded. We moved the equipment in ourselves, and had the whole are cordoned off with a high continuous wooden fence. We put signs up that said U.S. Government Property – Keep Out under threat of Deadly Force. It worked, no one bothered us. We kept the workers on site until the work was finished. Then we again blindfolded and took them back to their hometown. They were paid so well, they never mentioned a peep to anyone about the government project they worked on. By the way, Mary, my name is Kenneth West, I have been a well known Hollywood director and producer, but out here I never mention my name. You may see my name on some credits of movies you watch. I trust to your discretion also.”

    As they left the elevator and walked down a long hallway with enough doors to look like
    a hotel, she said: “You can count on me Mr. Director, thanks for your confidence. Does your wife really mind you taking me to join you in bed?” He said: ” My wife is also well known. Her name is Cindy Rivera, I am sure you have heard of her. We decided to just take an early retirement here. We make so much more than we ever did in Hollywood, even without her acting anymore, except for when she feels like getting into our movies.
    So she is used to having sex with other people, and I have no objections to her doing it either. I am pleased that you were willing and eager to join us. Well here we are.”

    He unlocked a door, opened it and called out: “Cindy, I am here and I brought you a present.” Mary heard: “Be right there, honey, I am still busy in the kitchen, just a second.” A few minutes later through the door into the dining room, this absolutely knockout woman with auburn hair walks in smiling at what she sees. She says: “Oh,
    you really did bring her for me? She is so lovely.” He says: “Cindy, this is Mary, one of
    our new porn stars. We did several wonderful shoots today and she was in one of them.
    She will be working with us for a while, a long while I hope.”

    Cindy said: “Welcome Mary, join us for dinner, and then we can all party for a while before we sleep, and you will be sleeping with us. I always love it when Ken brings someone else home for us to play with.” Mary answered: “That sounds like a plan to me!” She asked: “Cindy, can I help you with dinner in the kitchen?” She was answered with: “Of course, I welcome your help, dear.” So the two women adjourned to the kitchen where Cindy had Mary make salads for all of them, while she finished the main course.

    In about 20 minutes, Cindy called to Ken, who had taken a quick shower and was in a robe now: “Dinner’s ready, love, come on out.”

    AFTER DINNER AT DIRECTOR KEN’S CINDY & MARY

    Cindy, Ken and Mary, sat at the table and ate their fill. They then adjourned to the bedroom, with Cindy taking Mary by the hand and leading her. All this time Mary was stark naked except for the apron Cindy gave her in the kitchen. Ken cleared the table while the girls went into the bathroom after Cindy stripped and took a quick shower together. While they were in the shower, Cindy got down on the floor and began eating Mary’s pussy. “Mmmmmm good” she said as she lapped at the teenaged pussy. “How old are you, girl?” Mary replied: “Just 17.” Cindy said: “You certainly are beautiful. Have you been fucked yet in the movie?” Mary said: “Yes, I was buttfucked tonight, and my first time too. I didn’t know it could feel good before.” Cindy said: ” I always like to have both holes filled, I get Ken to use a vibrator in one while he fucks the other one. Sometimes he brings home one of the male actors and I can get two dicks at once. He even brought two home one time, and I had all three holes filled at once.” Mary said:
    “I bet you that he is going to do that this weekend for you. We have a father and son. He got them to fuck each others butts tonight in the shoot. They are my friends brother and Dad.” Cindy said: “That sounds wonderful, maybe I can take a part in the movie too, I should ask him.

    Ken walked into the bathroom as the girls were out of the shower drying off. He went over to the toilet and started peeing. Cindy said: “Stop Ken, lets play with it. Mary, have you ever been peed on before?” Mary said: “No, never thought about it. What did you have in mind?” Cindy said: “Go lay down in the jacuzzi tub, dear, and let Ken pee all over you. See how you like it. Hold your pussy open so he can piss on your clit and folds, too.” Mary walked over to the tub, laid herself down in the tub on her back and said: “OK, I am ready, Ken.” Ken walked over and stood by the side of the tub and started spraying piss all over her freshly washed body, even her face and hair. He still had plenty to give her pussy a real hosing.

    Then he said: “Open your mouth now, and drink some.” She opened her mouth wide, he leaned over and she sat up and put her mouth on his soft dick and let him fill it up with his pee. She swallowed it as it went in until he was empty. Then she started sucking him until he was hard. He took the hand sprayer and began to spray her body with warm water and shampooed her hair all the while his dick was now sticking straight out. He told her to get back into the shower to rinse off, then come to the bed. She took one last suck on his dick, then got into the shower alone, this time.

    Ken and Cindy went into the bedroom, got into bed and Cindy began sucking on Ken’s balls and rubbing him all over. She then sucked on his nipples, making them stand up. He reciprocated with her nipples, and also played with her shapely tits. Mary finished her shower dried off and came into the bedroom watching Cindy with Ken. She was fascinated by his dick. It was very white, and looked to be about 8 inches long and maybe an inch and half thick. His pubic hair was red like his head hair, and like a jungle. His balls were at least an inch across, and his bag was totally bald. She went over to inspect it closer, but lust got the better of her and she just sucked it into her mouth. As she engulfed it, he let out a loud moan. Then he said: “Mary you feel wonderful.” Cindy said:
    “You go, girl, suck him dry like a vacuum cleaner, I love to watch.”

    Mary began to move her head up and down his thick stick, then wrapped one hand around it and jinked it up and down the shaft, pushing it so far into his body she obtained another inch in length. She tried and succeeded in swallowing all of it. She kept on working him until he gave up the fight and landed what turned out to be a huge load into her throat. All the fucking and sucking he watched every day made him cum-full when he went home. After receiving his benediction, Cindy and Mary began both working on his body, trailing their nails up and down his sides across his belly, and kissing his lips, neck and nipples. After about 20 minutes of this treatment he was hard again.

    Cindy said: “Ken, now I want you to fuck both of us. Mary is going to lay on me, both of us facing up. You get between our legs and give us each 5 strokes then go to the other. But first stick a vibrating dildo in each of our assholes. So with their asses in the air side by side, Ken took the vibrators, coated them with lube and shoved them deep into each girls rectum. Then he gave another push each and they were totally inside the girls.

    The girls lay down. Cindy on the bottom facing up, Mary laid on top of her also facing up. Their two pussies were lined up one above the other. You could hear the vibrators buzzing loudly. Ken moved over kneeling between their legs and inserted his cock into
    Mary, giving her the five strokes slowly. Then he eased out of Mary and slid his cock into Cindy, giving her the five strokes. After about 20 minutes of this and after both girls had orgasmed at least twice, he couldn’t take it any more. He said: “I can’t last any longer, what should I do with it, Cindy?” She said: “Pull out, come up here and squirt into Mary’s mouth, then she will give me half of your hot spicy juice to swallow.

    Ken knee-walked up to the top of the girls, and shot his wad into Mary’s mouth, she sucked hard until she could get no more out of him, also jerking him off with her hand.
    Then Mary moved off of Cindy and turned over, kissing Cindy’s mouth. She then spit half of the load into Cindy’s mouth. They both swallowed and then they kissed tongues lashing for another few minutes. Cindy said then: “Mary I want to do 69 with you, while Ken watches us.”

    So Cindy was still laying on her back and Mary got over her, pushing her pussy down on Cindy’s face. Mary then using her hands and laying on Cindy’s belly, spread Cindy wide open and began massaging her pussy with her tongue. Meanwhile Cindy was tongue fucking Mary’s hole and getting a lot of liquid to swallow. Mary sucked hard on Cindy’s clit and it was swollen to an inch long. The girls continued to suck each other until they had both orgasmed again. Ken was sitting in a chair jacking off slowly while watching them after his dick recovered again. The two girls then told him to get back on the bed, and they took turns sucking him until he shot off once more. They swapped his cum several times then each took half and swallowed it. After that they all snuggled up together and went to sleep.

    When they woke up in the morning, Mary asked Cindy: “How do we get the vibrators out, they have been in all night and the battery died while I was asleep?” Cindy said:
    “Just sit on the edge of the tub put your hand behind you and push it out.” So both girls went into the bathroom sat on the edge of the tub and squeezed the vibrators out of their assholes. Cindy said: “Now we need to wash them off, so I use anti-biotic soap to do that with. They took the vibrators over to the sink and washed them. Then Cindy said: “Now we need to put fresh batteries in now so we don’t have to do it while in the middle of play.” She got batteries out of a cabinet and the girls replaced the vibrators’ batteries with new ones. Cindy said: “Now lets go fix breakfast while Ken shaves and showers.”

    BREAKFAST AT DIRECTOR KEN’S CINDY AND MARY

    So the girls adjoined to the kitchen where they fixed a good breakfast of oatmeal, orange juice, bacon and eggs. Ken came in and they all ate. The girls cleaned up after eating.
    Ken said: “OK Mary, are you ready to go back to the set now?” She answered: “Any time.” Cindy said: ” Mary said you had two guys, son and father, let me get into this movie too, honey. Ken answered her: “I see no reason why not, I am sure we can have your parts worked in easily. Do you want to do both at once?” Cindy said: “You know me, dear, the more cocks in me at once, the merrier.” Ken laughed: “OK my dear, you win, come along with us, then. As usual we will call you Kelly, and not let anyone know you are my wife, so you enter after us.” “Right dear,” she said. ” Let me come along after a few minutes, I still need to fix myself up a little.” Ken replied: “OK we will go now.”
    With that, Ken and Mary returned to the set up the elevator and down the hall upstairs.

    While Ken reviewed the scripts, Joannie, Judy, Nancy, Jim, Alicia, and Johnnie were in the front room eating from the buffet style breakfast. When all had finished they returned to the movie set room taking seats in the viewing area. Cindy walked in from the hall then. Ken said: ” this is one of our other actresses, Kelly, she has made a lot of movies with us, and she will be joining us for today’s shoots. Ken decided on a substitution in one scene of Kelly for Nancy, and in another scene just to add her to the scene with Judy, Nancy, Joannie and Mary. He was thinking that having five girls in one scene would be very exciting to the audience, and began thinking of ways to use all five, since he had the freedom to modify the scripts.

    Johnnie looked at Kelly and thought, I am sure I have seen her somewhere before. But he couldn’t place her. He also thought: “She is really hot, wonder if I will get to fuck her too?”

    SCENE IV JOHNNIE AND KELLY (CINDY RIVERA)

    The Director said the first scene will involve only Johnnie and Kelly. Johnnie about shit his pants when he said that. He was going to fuck the most beautiful girl he had ever seen. At least that is what he hoped. “How many guys my age ever get to fuck a grown woman, anyway, and especially one built like her.”

    So he told them to watch the monitors. It would say Nancy, but that is Kelly’s part.
    Johnnie thought: “So I was going to get to fuck my sister in this one. Oh well, bet I will later anyway, according to what the director said yesterday. But damn, I wonder WHO that lady is?”

    The Director said: “In this shoot, Johnnie you are a nervous timid teenage virgin afraid of girls. She is the older woman that seduces you. You should change your attitude to more confidence as the movie progresses, and you are in charge near the end.

    He noticed an adjoining room had been opened up to the set, and it was configured like a living room. There was also a monitor in there but not visible to the cameras. The Director told Kelly and Johnnie to go into the living room and follow the monitor.

    Johnnie walks through the “front door” to the “outside” and waits. Kelly is sitting in a chair. Johnnie rings the doorbell and Kelly gets up to answer it. Johnnie says: Miss Green, my mom said you needed to tutor me in math. Kelly says: “Yes, Bobbie, I was expecting you. Come right in and sit down on the couch. Would you like some tea, soda, or something?” “Yes Miss Green, I would like a Dr. Pepsi.” “OK, I will get it, make yourself comfortable, do you want it in a glass with ice or just the can? “Glass with ice, please, Miss Green.”

    She brings the drink and also one for herself. She had changed into the clothes for the scene which let her breasts nearly hang out of the top, and her skirt barely below her cunt.
    Johnnie had changed into the assigned shorts with nothing under them and a tee shirt.
    It was expected that his dick would be sticking out the leg when it got hard.

    Kelly said: “Did you bring your book and papers with you?” He said: ” Right here, retrieving the little bag he had carried in with him. He put the book and papers on the coffee table. She said: “OK Bobbie, come over and sit beside me so we can both see these easily. She leaned over to the coffee table so her tits were hanging free and nearly out of the top she had on, as he sat down next to her about a foot away. She said: “That won’t do, you have to sit against me.” So she scooted over to touch hips with him. She had one of his papers in her hand, and turned toward him making her tit graze his shoulder. She said, now this problem needs to have one more step shown in it.

    Johnnie is by now starting to harden. Bobbie is supposed to act very embarrassed and shy, trying to cover his growing erection with his left hand while using his right hand to take the paper from her. She wiggles against him some more, deliberately knocking the paper out of his hand. She reaches for it and presses hard on his now hard dick, at the same time making sure her tits are rubbing against him as she leans over him. The Director calls “Cut.” The assistants come over and put some stuff on Johnnie’s face that make him look like he is blushing. The Director says “Action.” Bobbie make strangled sounds. Miss Green grabs his dick and squeezes it and says: “Oh my, what have I found here. This looks promising.” By now his dick is hard enough and long enough to reach the hem of his shorts. Miss Green pulls his shorts back exposing the head of his dick.
    “What a fine piece you have here, Bobbie.” Bobbie groans and mutters something unintelligible. “I think we should relieve the pressure so you can study better, Bobbie, don’t you? Again he stutters and mumbles: She says: “That’s a good boy,” still stroking his hard as nails teenage cock. Miss Green says: “Bobbie stand up.” He does and she pulls his shorts down to his ankles. She says: “Oh what a lovely cock you have, Bobbie, we must take care of it. Have you ever been with a girl?” Bobbie manages to stutter out;
    “No, Miss Green.” “Have you ever played with this lovely hard thing before?” “I don’t know what you mean, Miss Green.” “Oh my, a real virgin. I think something should be done about that.

    SCENE V JOHNNIE & KELLY

    Johnnie is so excited knowing he will be having Kelly sucking on him and fucking him shortly. He is leaking precum so much it is dripping. She leans over and licks all of it off of his cock. She says, “Bobbie, I think you need to come with me.” She grabs hold of his dick and starts pulling him around the coffee table with it and then pulls him into the bedroom by his cock. She says: “Bobbie, sit on the bed and watch me or help me.”

    She pulls her blouse over her head and her large tits swing free. The nipples are standing up hard. She walks over to Bobbie and says suck on these, putting one of them into his mouth. He sucks on it and then she puts the other one in his mouth. She takes her hand and wipes the precum off his dick and licks it off her hand. She backs away and takes off her skirt. She still has lacy panties on, they are white but thin and her red bush shows through them. She says: “Bobbie, haven’t you ever seen a naked female before?”

    He stutters: “Nnnno, Miss Green.” “Do you like what you see?” “Yyyyyes, Miss Green.” “Bobbie I think we can stop the Miss Green, just call me Dot, OK?” “YYyyes, Miss Gr, I mean Dot.” “Now take off that tee shirt, and your shoes and socks. I want you comnpletely naked for our next lesson. Is that clear?” “Yyyyyyes mmm, Dot.”

    “Now, Bobbie I want you take off my panties carefully.” She moves over to the bed in front of Johnnie and he reaches out and slowly slides her panties down her legs. She steps out of them. She says: “Now, young man, you just slide up there with your head on a pillow and relax and watch me.” She slowly turns around, bends over, swings her tits back and forth, and bend over away from him, reaching back and spreading her ass cheeks far apart. Johnnie’s dick is throbbing and beginning to get painful from the engorgement. He is checking out her pussy as she spreads it for his inspection.

    Next thing she gets on the bed, straddles Johnnie and moves up to where her pussy is right in front of his face. She says: “Now Bobbie, I want you to take your hands, pull my
    pussy open and stick your fingers inside me, then rub the top side inside.” He does that; his dick is hurting bad now. She says: “Now your next lesson is to see how a pussy tastes, so take that little pink thing at the top and suck it into your mouth, rubbing your tongue on it for me.” He complies. She says: “Now lick all over me and suck those little flaps into your mouth too and rub them with your tongue. He does that. She says: “Now stick your tongue into that hole you see as far as you can and stick it in and out.” He does that too.

    She says: “Now Bobbie, you just had your first hair pie, or eating pussy. Did you like it?” He says: “Dot, I never tasted anything like that before. Yes.”

    Knowing she has tortured him long enough and watching the monitor for instructions. She is told to straddle his body with her pussy over his face and to suck on his dick.
    The script calls for an orgasm in two minutes. Johnnie may have to fake it, or maybe not.
    At the two minute mark, Johnnie pretends to orgasm. The Director calls “CUT.” The two assistants come over and jack off into her mouth; both of them,with her holding the cum.
    The Director says: “Action,” and she resumes her place. She opens her mouth to let the camera see that her mouth is full of cum. She swallows it very obviously.

    SCENE VI JOHNNIE AND KELLY

    The next instruction is to fuck Johnnie. She slaps his dick to make it go down, so he won’t cum too quick. While she does that the director has put the filming on hold again.
    They take 10 minutes rest. While they are resting, Johnnie talks to her saying: “Kelly, you are the prettiest woman I have ever seen, yet you look familiar in some way.” She replies: ” I have been in a few movies so maybe you saw one.” Johnnie says: “You mean real movies?” She says, keeping up the cover: “No, just porn movies.”

    Johnnie says: “I never thought I would ever get to have a girl as beautiful as you.” She says: “This won’t be the last time Johnnie, either. Now let me get you ready again.”
    She gets down on the floor between his legs and starts sucking on his now soft dangly dick. It doesn’t take long for him to be hard again.

    The Director calls: “Places,” then “Action.” She lays on her back missionary style but holding her ankles over her head on the bed. He is to get between her legs ready to fuck her, but to allow the camera to capture lots of pussy shots and dick shots. As he puts his dick against her pussy, and rubs it up and down her slit, the cameras are doing close-ups to catch it all. As he puts the head of his dick against her vaginal opening he is to hold it there for a few seconds for filming, then put only the head in, holding it again, then another inch, etc. inch by inch until he is entirely engulfed. The next instruction is to pull out completely, camera again catches his wet shiny dick and her wet pussy. Then he is told to begin to really fuck her, but not cum. He has to call STOP when he starts to get any feeling of cumming.

    So he fucks her for 6 minutes, then yells STOP! He pulls out and sticks his hard wet prick in her mouth, she sucks on it, then pulls it out and slaps it. It wilts. He plays with and sucks her tits and in a few minutes he is hard again. So they resume filming, at the appropriate time per the script, he pulls out, just before he squirts and shoots cum all over her tits. He is required to lick it all off of her, but feed her some from his finger. They aren’t done yet, however. She is to suck him back to hardness. As soon as he is hard he is to tell her: “Now I want to feel your other hole, Dot, will you let me?” She answers: “I never did that before, I don’t know.”

    He says: “If you don’t, I am going to tell my mom that you molested me.” She says: “Well putting it that way, I guess I have no choice, and after what I did for you so far, too!”

    So she tells him she will get on her hands and knees at the edge of the bed and he is to fuck her pussy for a few minutes to get wet, then very carefully stick it into her asshole.
    She says: “I hope you don’t mind shit on your dick, because you might get some.”
    He says: “If I get to fuck your hot tight ass, I don’t care. It will wash off. Maybe I’ll make you lick it off, if I do.” She replies: “That won’t be necessary, I will wash your great big hard hot dick off for you, and then suck you off again. Is that a deal?”

    He says: “How can I refuse?” So he walks up against the bed edge and starts fucking her dripping pussy with his hard teenaged dick. After about ten strokes he pulls it out and pushes it against her tight pink puckered tiny little asshole.” Johnnie is thinking: ” What the hell, she really is an asshole virgin, and I am getting to be the first!”

    He hesitates looking at the head of his slippery dick right up against her spider web sphincter. According to script, he then pushes the head in. Then he pulls it out. Then he pushes it in again, the camera has to get lots of proximity shots, and also the slow penetration shots, as he shoves his hard hot dick into her virginal tight little asshole.
    Script says now fuck her to death. So he goes into overdrive pounding the devil out of her smoothly rounded butt, slapping hard against her with loud slaps on each thrust. His balls are hitting her labia hard with each slam into her. Again when he is ready to cum, he has to pull out and cum on her back, with the camera getting it all. Next he is to lick all of his cum off of her back, holding it in his mouth, letting the camera see, then she rolls over and he kisses her transferring the cum to her mouth, camera shot again with her mouth open, then the camera sees them split the cum between them, both mouths open again and cum filled. Then they both swallow on camera.

    The assistants comes over with shooting on hold, paints some brown washable paint on his dick. Shooting resumes, she has to wash him off in the adjoining set bathroom.

    After she has washed his again hardened dick she takes him back to the bed and tells him to lay down near the side edge. He does so. His steel-like dick is sticking stgraight up in the air and leaking precum which is running down the shaft. Dot spreads his legs wide and puts her face against his crotch. She sucks the right nut into her mouth and presses it with her tongue until he groans it hurts. Then she spits it out, and engulfs the left one. Once more she puts pressure on the swollen ball inside her mouth until he protests. She again spits it out . She tells him to turn on his side facing her. She is on the carpet on her
    knees. She sucks his entire prick into her mouth, then she sticks her pre-lubed finger into his anus and starts fucking his asshole vigorously. Since he had already cum so much for this shoot, he didn’t shoot again very soon. It took about 20 minutes of her playing with asshole and licking and sucking his cock before he finally came for the last time. She swallows it this time, and holds him in until he shrinks to tiny again. Then she releases him, the cameras get closeups of all of this.

    The Director says: “CUT.” and the scene is over, the homework forgotten.

    LUNCHTIME JOHNNIE AND HIS SISTERS

    Then Sam tells everyone that we should have some lunch and after lunch watch the scene just shot. So everyone orders their favorites for lunch. Then eating and simultaneous orgy time is going on. Johnnie is sitting between Judy and Nancy his sisters, when he isn’t eating he has fingers in both snatches, and they are grabbing and jacking his peter.

    After they have all three eaten their fill. Nancy says: “I want you for dessert, brother.”
    She gets down on her knees between his legs and slowly circles the head of his dick with her tongue. Then she licks up and down his stiffened shaft. He is wearing a silly grin.
    She cups his balls in her hand and massages them as she inserts the end of his hot prick into her warm wet mouth. She purses her lips tightly around the shaft just behind the ridge and moves it in and out of her mouth, while her tongue is tickling the underside of the end of his prick. She then slowly sucks the shaft farther and farther into her mouth until she has completely engulfed it. Judy says: “Wait Nancy I want to try that too.” Nancy removes his dick from her mouth and says: “OK Judy.”

    Nancy gets up and Judy takes her place. Judy starts tongueing the head of Johnnie’s dick like she saw Nancy do. Then Judy plays with her brother’s balls,and starts sucking more of his dick into her mouth. She takes it out and says: “Johnnie did I do that right?” He tells Judy, his 12 yr. old sister: “Sis, you are very good at what you are doing, just keep on.” She puts the hard cock back into her young mouth and continues working on it.
    After a few minutes Nancy who has been watching her 12 yr. old sister suck off her 16yr.
    old brother says: “Judy, I said I wanted him for dessert. That means I want to drink his cum. So stop now and let me finish. You can get his next time. After all, we never have tasted him before, and I am eager to see what his cum tastes like.”

    Judy reluctantly took her brother’s dick out of her mouth, and said: “I bet it tastes like Dad’s. I got to do that yesterday, you know.” Nancy replied: “Yes, I thought you did a real good job on Dad. He certainly enjoyed having his little girl suck and fuck him and swallow his cum, but Johnnie is mine right now, so get up. Judy got up and Nancy took her place between her brother’s legs again.

    Nancy once more slowly circled his dickhead with her tongue while playing with Johnnie’s balls, then rapidly engulfed his entire dick into her mouth. She tongued his frenulum and within minutes he was unloading a large set of squirts into her not quite virgin mouth. This was the only the second load of male cum she had ever tasted, since she sucked off Jessie the day before on her bed. She savored it, swirling it all around her mouth to get a good taste of it before swallowing the whole eight squirts.

    Nancy got up and said: ” Now sweet little sister, it is your turn. Take my place, get him hard again and make him blow into your mouth. Just think we both get to fuck him soon, wonder if he or Dad will get my virginity? Not fair you got fucked before I did.”

    Judy couldn’t respond as she was too busy sucking on her big brother’s dick. She was also squeezing his balls and in a surprise move had stuck a finger in his asshole and was rubbing his prostate. That had him squirming and panting, and pretty soon he erupted large gobs of cum into his little sister’s mouth. She savored them for a few minutes before drinking them down. After he had retracted his dick, she let it go and got up. She sat down again beside him. She said: “Brother, that was good, but it tasted a little different from Dad. I liked it though. I wonder who is in the next scene.”

    LUNCHTIME ALICIA AND MARY

    Alicia sat next to Mary. The first thing she said to Mary, was: “How did you like fucking
    my husband yesterday?” Mary replied: “He was super. Much better than my brother.:
    Alicia: “You mean you fuck your own brother?” Mary: “I have been for two years. We do it every chance we get but no one else knows it except your daughters.” Alicia: “Have you given them ideas about Johnnie, not that it makes any difference now?” Mary: “No I hadn’t suggested that they fuck Johnnie, but I sure wanted to. Have you ever thought about sex with a woman, Alicia?” Alicia: “No, I never gave it a thought, I have always been only into men for sex, women just never attracted me that way.” Mary: “Looks like you are going to find out very quickly, so how about a little sample as soon as we finish eating?” Alicia: “Guess I had just as well get used to it, you ought to be a good teacher from your experience with my daughters.”

    They eat, then Mary says: “Are you ready from some girl pussy, Alicia?” Alicia responds: “Guess its now or never.” Mary says, ok, lets get naked. So they disrobe, in full view of everyone there, no secrets anyway, since they were all naked yesterday when they were brought in and until they left the set. Mary says: “OK now lay down on the carpet on your back and I am going to get over you with my pussy over your face. You do to me what I do to you. You should become an expert pretty quick, I bet.”

    So Alicia lays down and Mary gets over her. Mary spreads Alicia’s labia and starts rubbing inside the slit. After she starts getting wet, Mary sticks two fingers inside Alicia’s vagina, rubbing the g spot on the top. Alicia follows suit doing the same to Mary. Both of them start breathing heavy and making sexy sounds. Then Mary sucks Alicia’s hard rubbery pink clit into her mouth and sucks and tongues it until Alicia cums hard. Mary is right behind her with a huge orgasm of her own.

    AFTER LUNCH

    Sam calls everyone to pay attention. He says the next shoot is going to involve Johnnie, Jim, Judy, Nancy, Mary, Joannie, Alicia, Bill, and Joe. This is going to be a progressive
    gang bang starting out with just Jim and Nancy. Remember Nancy is a virgin and Jim is going to take his other daughter’s virginity like he did with Judy yesterday. Next Joannie will enter the scene and he will deflower her too. Before we are through this afternoon every one of the girls will be thoroughly fucked in every hole simultaneously, at some point in the shoot. We have four girls and four studs for this shooting.

    SCENE VII JIM AND NANCY INTRODUCTION AND FELLATIO

    Nancy is sitting in the living room of the set. The doorbell rings. Jim is outside, she invites him in. She says: “Oh Uncle Donald, how nice to see you. Were you looking for my Dad?” He replies; ” Sandra, actually I was wanting to visit you, I hope you are here alone, I have some things I want to talk privately to you about, now that you are 16, and a young lady.” She says: “Dad has been away on business and won’t be back until Saturday, he left yesterday on Sunday, so I am all alone this week, and we have a week off from school; that works out great for me.” Her uncle replied: ” That works for me too.”

    “Why don’t we get something to drink and then get comfortable to talk in your room.” Sandra replies to her uncle: ” OK, what would you like?” He says: ” I would like a coke with some Jack Daniels and lime juice in it. If you want something stronger than coke, I won’t object.” She says: “I think I will have the same. I don’t any chances to drink alcohol with my parents around and they won’t let me date till next year.” So she fixes them both a drink and they go into her room.

    Uncle Donald is sitting on the recliner and she sits facing him on the edge of her bed. Her uncle tells her: “I talked to your Dad and he thinks that you should get some experience sexually by someone trusted, he meant me, and that is why I am here. How do you feel about that?” She says: “I don’t know if I’m ready yet. I am still a virgin, but I think that if you teach me about sex it would be good. I don’t want to start going out with boys and being ignorant. Mom started me on birth control pills last month.” He said: “Your Dad told me that he had talked to your mom about your sexual education, and they both agreed that I should do it, that is take your virginity, and in both bottom holes, as well as teach you how to give a good blowjob.” She said: “What in the world is a blowjob? and do you mean to have sex with me in my butt?” He said: ” A blowjob is also called giving head or dick sucking, you do know what a dick is, don’t you? and yes, I will also fuck your asshole, just get used to those words, when you are having sex they are common.”

    By then they had finished their drinks. She said: “Uncle Donald would you like another drink? I better not since I’m not used to alcohol, but I liked that, thanks for telling me about it.” He says, “No, I think we better get started. Do you have anything you need to do today later on?” “No, uncle I am clear for the whole week.” He said: “Good then let us start. First thing is for both of to undress. I think it will be more fun if we undress each other. Have you ever been naked in front of anyone else before, I mean since you have grown up?” She says: “No, no one has ever seen me naked before since I was little.”

    So following the prompt screen step by step they proceed with Nancy’s devirgining by her father.

    “Sandra, come over here and stand in front of me.” He tells her to bend over and he pulls her blouse off over her head. She is wearing a lacey bra, so he tells her to turn around, and he unfastens the snaps. He has her turn around again and he removes her bra from her arms, exposing her luscious ripe teenage tits. Since she was a little excited, the nipples are sticking up like little candy drops. She has puffy nipples, with the areola swollen like a little hill on top of the mountain of her young tits.. He has her bend over and sucks each nipple in turn into his mouth as the prompt screen calls for. He puts his hands around her waist while doing this. She is asked by the screen to make noises, but she doesn’t need the prompter, she does it spontaneously as her father sucks on her nipples for the very first time.

    He treats each one for a few minutes, then he reaches out and unfastens the belt of her cutoff shorts, unzips them and lets them fall to her feet. She steps out of them.
    Now she is only wearing bright red panties with lace at the legs and waist.

    He reaches out and takes hold of the waistband and pulls them down slowly, gradually exposing her hairy little mons and the bright red hair surrounding her love box. She steps out of her panties and shorts. He tells her to take off her shoes and socks. She goes over to the bed and does so. He tells her to sit on the edge of bed, gets up and walks over to stand in front of her. He tells her: “You are very beautiful, my dear, to tell the truth I have lusted after you for some years now. For me this is a godsent gift, I hope it is just as pleasant for you. Now will you be so kind to remove my pants, not my underwear?”

    She reaches out and unfastens his belt, and unzips his pants, they fall to the floor, and he removes them from his feet. He is now standing there in his shirt, a loud flashy short sports model, and his underwear, jockey shorts with a bit wet spot at the end of his projecting dick inside the shorts. Next he says: ” You never felt or saw a dick before, did you?” She says: ” No,uncle yours is the first one, can I see it now?” He says: “Not yet, I want you to remove my shirt for me, and suck on my nipples.” So she unfastens the buttons and takes the shirt off his arms. His hairy chest and projecting nipples are now exposed. She bends over and sucks on the left nipple then the right one for a few seconds each. His dick is throbbing and trying to break out of his jockeys. He tells her: “Now, Sandra, take hold of my shorts and pull them down. She does and his big hard dick, dripping with precum is sticking out about 7 inches.

    He moves over to sit on the bed and she is told to remove his shoes and socks. So she does. She has been licking her lips per script and staring at his penis, the entire time while removing his footwear.

    He tells her to sit back on the edge of the bed and he stands in front of her. He says: “Sandra, my sweet niece, rub your hands up and down my body from my armpits to my hips. She does so. His dick is bounding up and down and leaking profusely. “Now Sandra, feel my penis and testicles.: She does, then he turns around bends over and spreads his ass cheeks., “Now Sandra, you see my asshole?” “Yes, Uncle Donald, why is it brownish, is it not cleaned off?” He says: “No Sandy, some assholes are pink and others are brown, I assure it is clean enough for you to lick it, and that is what I want you to do. Smell it first, so you are sure.” She puts her nose near it and says: “I don’t smell anything bad.” He says: “OK now lick me.” She puts her tongue on his asshole and licks all around it. Next her uncle tells her: “Now you lay down on the bed near the middle so we have room.” She does. He gets over her with his balls hanging in her face. He tells her: “Now suck each one of my balls into your mouth and be very gentle. Rub them with your tongue, and be careful of your teeth.” She does so.

    He says: “Now take my dick put your hand around it, rub it lightly up and down, then put the end in your mouth, and keep on doing it.” She follows his instructions. Now Nancy has her Dad’s dick in her mouth for the first time. He tells her to get in as far as it will go.

    She actually managed to suck his entire dick into her mouth without gagging. “Sandra, now move your mouth up and down on it and hold the bottom of my dick with your hand, use your other hand to play with my balls, but lightly, no pressure.” She is now moving her mouth up and down her father’s dick and feeling his balls. He says: “Now in a minute, you are going to get a mouthful of nice warm slick juicy cum straight from your uncle’s dick. I want you to move it around in your mouth to taste it well before you swallow it.” She keeps on sucking on her father’s dick and jacking it off into her mouth.

    Soon he says: “Sandra I am going to cum now! Get ready! Uhhhhhhhhh, Uhhhhhhhh, Uhhhh, Uhhhh, Uhh, Uh.” as he shoots six squirts of cum into his virgin daughter’s mouth.” Nancy swirls it around in her mouth and under her tongue for a few minutes before swallowing it. The cameras weren’t required to shoot her mouth full of cum this time. He says: “Sandra, hold my cock in your mouth and it will get soft. When it does you can suck on me while you pull me out of your mouth.” So she follows instructions and does so. The Director calls out “CUT!” and they both sit up on the edge of the bed. The director says time for a 10 minute break. “Nancy, keep playing with your Dad’s dick, he will need it hard to fuck you with in the next scene.” So they spend the next ten minutes with Nancy fondling her Dad’s cock and balls. By the end of the ten minutes he is back up hard again. But the director says: “Jim, take this pill, you are going to need it. It will keep you hard for 2 hours, and you will be doing a lot of fucking over that time. Do not let the pussies get dry on you or you will be sore and we can’t have that.”

    Jim takes the pill from the director with a coke he hands him. Soon they are ready to begin the next scene.

    SCENE VIII JIM AND NANCY CUNNILINGUS

    The Director tells Nancy to lay spread out on the bed with two pillows under her butt.
    He tells her Dad to get placed to eat her pussy. They take their places, both totally naked, and first Nancy’s Dad per the script sucks both her nipples to hardness, then he drops down to her pussy and first runs his fingers up and down her hot virgin slit, followed by his wet tongue. She is pretty wet. His dick is also wet from the precum after her fondling her Dad for the last ten minutes. He takes his tongue, and slowly rubs it up and down on the left side between his daughter’s inner and outer lips.. Then he moves to the right side and does the same. He inserts two fingers into his virgin 15 year old daughter’s fuck hole and starts twiddling her twat. At the same time he starts sucking on her clitty, by now very stiff and elongated, poking out of its hood. He sucks hard on her clit and she bursts into an explosive orgasm, panting and screaming, a little before the prompter calls for it. But the Director told them all that spontaneous orgasms were acceptable and desired.

    Jim (Uncle Donald) keeps working on his daughter (niece Sandra in the film) until she has two more orgasms. The third one just after the second one. The director calls “CUT.”
    and they return to sitting on the edge of the bed while Nancy tries to normalize her breathing. She says: “Dad that was fabulous, I never knew it could be so good, even Joannie and Mary didn’t make me cum that hard. Maybe it was because it was you.”
    Jim says: “Nancy my little girl, I really loved these last two scenes with you. Now I understand men who fuck their daughters. I always thought it was criminal before, now I can’t wait to take your virginity. Did you like my cum? was it better than your brother’s?”
    She said: “Well Dad, I like both of you, but you don’t taste exactly the same.” He said: “That’s what your mom said last night too.”

    SCENE IX JIM AND NANCY THE END OF VIRGINITY I

    The Director says: “PLACES!” Nancy resumes her position with her ass up on two pillows while her dad, “Uncle Donald” takes his place between her legs which are spread wide. Her Dad is instructed to continue eating her pussy for two minutes. Then the prompter tells her to get on the edge of the bed on her hands and knees and her ass in the air with her Dad standing behind her, the cameras are moved to get good shots from both sides, a small one is placed under her to get the view from below of his dick entering her virgin pussy for the first time.

    When everything is set up, the Director says: “ACTION!” and Jim places the head of his dick right against his daughter’s hot pussy. He moves it up and down her slit, resting it for one shot on the underside of her clit. Then he is to start insertion. Jim puts his dick against his daughters virginal opening and hold it there for some shots. Then he begins to slowly push his hard prick into his little virgin girl’s cunny.

    Just the head in: “Oh Uncle Donald that really feels good, do you think you can fit in me?” “Of course my dear Sandra, this should really be wonderful for you, as it is for me.” He begins to slowly slide his engorged swollen prick deeper into his little girls virgin hole. When he is all the way in, (accompanied by much moaning and other sounds from both of them for the sound track), he says: “I”m all the way in, honey, how does that feel?” She says: ” I can’t believe how nice and full my pussy feels, uncle. are you going to start fucking me now?” He replies per script: “Sandra, if you are ready I will.”

    She says; “O Daddy,” “CUT!” from the director. “Nancy, follow the prompt, in this movie he isn’t your daddy, he is your uncle. OK, 2nd take, action!” She says this time: “Oh Uncle I want you to fuck me good, you feel so nice and big and hard inside my hot wet little pussy. Nothing ever felt this good, not even my vibrator Mom gave me to exercise my pussy with.” So Jim starts fucking his now devirgined daughter in earnest. He bangs her hot pussy for ten minutes then both cum together. The camera gets his dick withdrawing with cum on it and then cum dripping out of her pussy. He is to suck all of it all out her and then put it into her mouth, with lots of camera shots. He kneels down behind his daughter and sucks all of the juice up that he can. She turns over, lays down at the edge of the bed with her head and over the edge and he kisses her giving her all of the juices from both of them. After the camera gets her mouth full of cum, she swallows it on cam, and then he sticks his wet drippy dick back into her mouth. She sucks everything off of it. With the pill he took, it never went down.

    SCENE X JIM AND NANCY THE END OF VIRGINITY II

    Nancy is instructed to go to the big toilet room where she will be enemized by Sam’s secretary and chief enemizer, Miss Donna Farley. She enters the toilet room, and the naked Donna meets her. Donna says: “Hi Nancy, I get to fuck your ass with this nice enema, it will feel good to you. She tells Nancy to bend over, and she takes a gloved hand and rubs lots of lubricant all over and into Nancy’s asshole. Then she puts two fingers in and says: “Does that hurt any?” Nancy says: “No, its OK.” Donna sticks a
    third finger into Nancy’s asshole and moves her hand in and out and asks: “Still OK?” “Yes” Nancy says.

    Donna takes the penis shaped enema nozzle, and fills the bag up then inserts the nozzle into Nancy’s butt slowly, and wiggling it around as she does so. Nancy says: “Oh wow, that really feels good, maybe I will like getting my ass fucked.” Donna says: “I’m sure you will love it, everybody else does.” Nancy is filled up with the warm water and Donna says her well known phrase: “Sit and Shit!” Nancy plops down on the toilet and evacuates her bowels with a few plops and lots of squirting water sounds. Donna says, you get one more time. So they repeat the performance, and this time it just sounds like pure water squirting out Nancy’s virgin asshole. Donna wipes her off with soapy water, then alcohol and tells her to return to the set, after lubricating her very well.

    Nancy returns to the set. The director says “PLACES!” and Nancy again takes a doggy position at the edge of the bed where she lost her virginity a little while ago to her father.

    Jim is ready, the cameras are set up, the director calls “ACTION!” and Jim again stands behind Nancy’s ass in the air with his dick this time resting on her little pink rosebud.

    The cameras get the shot, then Jim pushes into his daughter’s virgin asshole with the tip of his hard dick. The cameras get that shot, then he moves it another inch into his daughter’s asshole, another shot, this continues shot for shot for all 7 inches until he is balls against her pussy, and totally buried inside her. She says: “Uncle Donald, I really like that, it feels so good.” He responds: “Now my pet, we are ready to begin the real thing.” With that he pulls his hard boner back out of her ass completely, then quickly buries it again to the hilt. She says: “Ohhhhhhh!” He says: “Uhhhhhhhhhh” and they follow the required sound track non verbal dialogue as he fucks his daughters ass to kingdom come. Suddenly he feels his balls lift and his dickhead expand and he pushes into her hard as he can and squirts several large shots of cum into his little girl’s formerly virgin asshole. With the pill he is still stiff, so the cameras film his slow withdrawal from her ass. After he gets his dick all the way out, it is quickly cleaned off with alcohol, and she turns around this time on camera and sucks it all into her mouth. A good ass to mouth faked shot. They actually put some chocolate on his dick before he fed it to her. The script calls for her to say: “Oh Uncle Donald I didn’t know shit could taste that good!”

    The Director calls “CUT!” and they sit in the adjoining viewing room chairs to rest.

    SCENE XI JIM AND NANCY AND JOHNNIE

    Coming soon to a forum near you!

    [/b]


  • The Barbie Lez Fantasies – Week 33: The Steamy Shower

    Font size : +


    A quick and kinky lesbian fantasy!

    Author’s Note 1: These short fantasies started off as weekly mini-stories for my readers, but the newsletter was shut down because autoresponders do not accept adult content. I thus decided to publish these fantasies for free for my readers to enjoy. It is meant to entertain, so please do not leave hateful comments if everything is not perfect. I am only human after all.

    Author’s Note 2: Although this fantasy can be read independently, it was written as part of a series. For full enjoyment, please read “The Barbie Lez Fantasies: Week 1-32”.

    ***

    Have you ever had one of those fantasies? You know, the ones that feel so real you begin to wonder if you are actually imagining them. Well, I do… because I have them all the time! Sometimes, they turn into a story, but mostly they remain trapped inside my brain. That is, until now…

    I racked my brain to try and figure out a polite way to say this. But then I realized something; I don’t give a fuck! So here it is: I returned home from a day of shopping with a pressing urge to pee. Not exactly the type of thing you would shout from the rooftops. Then again, it is not as bad as if I had to… well, I assume you get the point. Anyhoo, back to the story. So I felt like my bladder was about to explode. Rushing into the apartment, I chucked my things onto the counter and hurried to the bathroom. Normally, finding the door closed meant the bathroom was in use, but given my pressing need to use the facilities, I decided to throw caution to the wind. Reaching for the handle, I sighed as I felt it turn.

    When I opened the door, I felt a gust of hot air flow forth, but I was too busy struggling to keep from wetting myself to notice. I hurried inside and was halfway through pulling down my shorts before I noticed a few things. First of all, I noticed the shower curtain was drawn. That, combined with the fact that the air was heavy with humidity and the sound of millions upon millions of water droplets hitting the bottom of the tub told me I was not alone. It was not until I noticed a silhouette I had no trouble recognizing as woman’s through the translucent shower curtain that it all hit me; someone was taking a shower! My first instinct was to sneak back out before my presence was revealed, but that soon became impossible when I heard a voice.

    “Is anyone there?” asked an all-too-familiar voice from behind the curtain. I immediately recognized it as my roommate’s and realized something; there was no way in hell I could leave now! Not because I make it a habit of violating people’s privacy, but because I could feel wave after wave of arousal wash over me at the thought of seeing my roommate naked. I had often wondered what she would look like clotheless, but given the fact that she had a boyfriend, I had never actually thought I would ever find out. But when I felt a powerful fantasy grow within me, I knew I was about to get to know my roommate in a much more intimate manner than ever before. I barely had time to think something along the lines of, “this is the worst possible time to have a fantasy,” before reality faded, giving way to an identical fantasy world. Though visually identical, I knew full well that the laws of etiquette were quite different than in the real world. Because of this, I let go of all my worries and focused on the only thing that mattered; my arousal! Without a moment of hesitation, I reached out and pulled the shower curtain aside, revealing my roommate’s naked body.

    “Wow!” I could not help but gasp as I looked her up and down. Though her boobs were not as ample as I would have liked, her thin waist and lack of any and all body fat totally made up for it. Plus, the water running across her smooth skin helped make her sparkle like a diamond in the sun, making her that much more beautiful. Having completely forgotten about my pressing need to relieve myself, I felt my cunt grow wet at the sight of my gorgeous roommate.

    “What are you doing?” she asked. Apparently having realized I was getting turned on at the sight of her nude figure, she did her best to cover herself up. Unfortunately, that did nothing to stop me.

    “You’ll see,” I said with a smile and a wink as I quickly slipped out of my shorts and tank-top. Before she could even figure out what was happening, I hopped into the tub, joining her beneath the curtain of falling water. Without a moment of hesitation, I pulled her in for a long, passionate kiss.

    “Mmmmm!” I moaned as I felt my lips make contact with hers. Once more bypassing all hesitation, I thrust my tongue into her mouth and started exploring her oral cavity.

    My roommate remained frozen in shock for a few seconds before she finally found the strength to react. But instead of pushing me away, she started reciprocating my eager tongue strokes. Though tentative at first, her thrusts soon grew in both strength and passion. Within seconds, we were passionately making out, our tongues dancing the waltz of love on the dance floor of our mouths.

    Unfortunately, the blissful experience was soon cut short when she broke the kiss the shoved me back. Struggling to comprehend her sudden change of attitude, I staggered backward until I reached the end of the tub and felt my back make contact with the tiled wall. Peering up at my roommate, I could not suppress a relieved sigh as I found her brimming with lust. That meant she had not suddenly changed her mind; she had only attempted to escalate things. And from the determined look that was plastered across her face as she strode toward me, I could tell her plan had not changed. Sure enough, she soon reached me and dropped to her knees. Moments later, I watched her force my left nipple into her mouth.

    “Mmmmm!” I moaned as I felt her suck on in with surprising skill for a girl with a boyfriend. Then again, it was not really my roommate suckling on my tit but a fantasy version of her. Still, her skills were impressive and left me wanting more when she eventually got bored of alternating between my left and my right nipple and moved on to bigger and better things. Okay, maybe not bigger, but defiantly better! For you see, she had just dropped to her ass and, now seated before me, peered up at me with lust-filled eyes as she buried her face in my pussy.

    “Oh god!” I moaned as I felt her tongue slither back and forth against my lower lips. But the labial teasing soon came to an end when she thrust her tongue deep into me, forcing another powerful moan past my lips.

    “Don’t stop! Please don’t stop!” I begged as she thrust her tongue in and out of me with surprising speed. Fortunately, she did not. In fact, I soon realized she had done the exact opposite. Though I was totally oblivious to how, let alone when, she had managed to accomplish this, I could now feel two of her fingers slide in and out of my asshole, forcing the arousal that filled me to skyrocket.

    “FUCK!” I moaned as I felt a powerful orgasm grow within me. Though the dual stimulation had only just begun, I knew it was only a matter of seconds before I climaxed. Sure enough I soon felt my pussy start to convulse.

    “FUUCCCKKKK!!!!!” I shrieked blissfully as I climaxed. I felt my first wave flow up my cunt and gush into her mouth. But since she was busy thrusting her tongue in and out of me, the hot liquid did not remain contained for long. However, due to the millions upon millions of water droplets that rained down upon us, it soon became impossible to tell what was cum and what was water. But that did not matter; all that mattered was the way my roommate’s skillful tongue strokes and finger thrusts made me feel. At least, they were until I was snapped back to reality by the sound of my roommate—the real one, not the fantasy one—once more asking if she was alone.

    “Fuck!” I mentally swore as I felt the arousal from my fantasy give way to a pressing need to pee. Glancing around, I realized I was still fully clothed and, unfortunately, about to be discovered.

    “Sorry,” I said as I saw my roommate’s silhouette reach for the shower curtain that separated us. Realizing I was not entirely to blame for my intrusion, I added, “The door wasn’t locked.” And with that, I hurried out of the bathroom. The next few minutes were agonizing for me as I once more struggled to keep from wetting myself. After what felt like an eternity, my roommate finally stepped out of the bathroom. Without even saying a word, I pushed past her and, not even taking the time to lock the door behind me, I pulled my shorts down and slammed my ass down upon the toilet seat.

    “Ahhh!” I sighed as I let ‘er rip—or flow, whatever. Though not quite as pleasurable as an orgasm, the feel of that hot, golden liquid flowing past my lower lips came in close second.

    ***

    Thanks for reading and I hope you enjoyed. A new fantasy will be published each week, so make sure to check back every so often.

    Have a horny day,

    Barbie Lez


  • The Loan

    Font size : +


    Daughter gets into financial trouble, needs to go to dad for help.

    The Loan

    Frank was just about to finish his phone call, but Robert brought up another topic.

    “Oh, Mr. Capelli, there’s one more thing. Your daughter Julie has been coming in and placing bets.”

    “How’d she even find the place?”

    “We’re popular with the college kids, maybe one of her friends.”

    “How’s she faring?”

    “Win some, lose some. Best I can figure, she’s up a couple of hundred bucks.”

    “Anyone coaching her?”

    “She’s a pretty girl, a couple of guys wanted to get close to her, but once they found out who her father was, they backed off pretty quick.”

    “Can you get someone to help her out? I want her to place a big bet and lose, so she can learn a lesson and stay away from there.”

    “It’s possible. She likes the local team, and they have the big rivalry game coming up.”

    “Do we control that game?”

    “We’ve got a ref and the assistant coach in our pocket, we’re going to put their star player on the bench in the first period, they’ll have no chance to take this game.”

    “Do it, see if we can get her for a few thousand. Keep it off the books, but make it look real. When she loses, get what money you can from her then put the pressure on. I want to scare her away from this kind of activity. Pull this off and I’ll make sure you get a bonus.”

    “Dad, I need some money.” Julie sounded nervous about making her request.

    “What do you mean? It’s only the fifth and you just got your allowance a couple of days ago. How much do you need?”

    “Uhm,” she paused, afraid to divulge the answer. “Three thousand dollars.”

    “That’s quite a bit, why so much?”

    “I owe some people.”

    “Why is it so much?”

    “I…,” she faltered a moment, then lowered her voice, “I made a bet on a game and lost.”

    “You mean to tell me that you’ve been taking your living expenses, that I provide to you, and then you’re gambling with it?”

    Her voice was barely more than an embarrassed whisper when she answered, “Yes.”

    “Then I don’t know what it is that I can do for you.”

    “You could loan me the money.” Julie sounded weak with her request.

    “I don’t think so.” Frank’s tone of voice was resolute, he’d already made his decision.

    “But…”

    Frank cut her off, “I provide you with funds for living expenses, and what you’re telling me is you took that money and squandered it. I don’t see why I need to be the one to take care for your bad decisions.”

    “But…”

    “Julie, you’re twenty-two, an adult. You know full well I expect you to be responsible for your decisions and, you need to suffer the consequences for those actions.”

    “I know, but…”

    “But nothing, you need to find a way to work this out on your own. If you placed a bet and lost then you need to find the means to cover your losses. That’s the risk of getting involved with gambling.”

    “I’ve been trying dad,” she explained, “but I haven’t been able to get the money to pay the whole thing off.”

    “What do you mean the whole thing? How much did you lose?”

    “Five thousand.”

    “Five thousand? That didn’t just ‘happen’. How long have you owed on this?”

    “A couple of months, maybe a bit more.”

    “And you’re just now coming to me with this?”

    “They said they were going to hurt me, or worse, if I didn’t make good. I’ve got a week to pay the rest of it back.”

    “Why do I feel like this is an ambush? You come to me at the last minute with a desperate request. That gives me no opportunity to work out the means to help you get funds to recover. This isn’t fair to me and I’m not going to just jump in and solve your problem.”

    “Please dad,” Julie pleaded, “I know you’ve got the money and…”

    Frank stopped her short again, “Me having money doesn’t automatically mean I’m just going to hand it out. And I’m not obligated to resolve your financial problems, especially for something as reckless as a gambling debt.”

    “Dad, I’m afraid,” a tear formed in the corner of her eye, “I think they mean to kill me.”

    “That’s pretty serious, and I’m not happy about hearing that.”

    “Then you can help me?”

    “I didn’t say that. I’m not in the habit of just handing money out.”

    “But dad, this is serious, I know I made a mistake and I need help. And I know you have given Mrs. Thompson some money a couple of times since her husband left.”

    “It’s different with her, I don’t just give her money.”

    “What do you mean?”

    “Figure it out.”

    Julie couldn’t imagine what he meant. More than once, she’d seen Mrs. Thompson leaving the house with a check in her hand. And she knew the woman didn’t have the means to pay back a loan. She suddenly made a realization. “Is she…? I mean do you…? With her?”

    “Call it a mutual agreement, we each have something the other wants or needs. We’re comfortable with the terms.”

    Julie took a small step back as she came to fully understand the terms of that arrangement. Mrs. Thompson was sleeping with her dad, in exchange for some financial support. Her face flushed at the thought of it. She felt trapped. She knew she couldn’t have that kind of arrangement, at least not with her father. The people who wanted to collect their money weren’t going to give up, and her dad wasn’t going to give in. She didn’t know what to do.

    The following afternoon, Julie got a call from an unknown number. She knew she shouldn’t answer it but she took the call anyway.

    “You’ve got five days left.” The caller hung up immediately.

    Julie was on the verge of a full-blown panic attack. They were coming for her, and she had no means to keep them away other than paying them off. Her dad wasn’t going to help, and she couldn’t go to her friends for support – none of them had that kind of money to loan out. Even if she got a job today she couldn’t make enough money to pay the debt on time, she wouldn’t even get a paycheck for at least a week or two anyhow and that excuse wasn’t going to be accepted. She had pills, antidepressants. If she took enough of them she could get away from this problem, it might be an easier way out than what she imagined what was planned for her. She wasn’t going to do that now, but if it came down to it…

    “Three days.” The caller hung up again.

    The stress of that message hit her hard. Julie took two of her pills and then went to find a bottle of wine. Between her meds and the alcohol, she could numb herself into oblivion for a short while.

    That evening, when her pill and wine induced high was just starting to fade, Julie thought about the deal between her dad and Mrs. Thompson. With anyone else, such an arrangement wouldn’t be too bad of an option, but with her dad…, she didn’t see that as acceptable as she wanted it to be. And even if she could bring herself to suggest it, she didn’t think he would go there. She took a couple big gulps of wine to renew her buzz.

    Frank saw his daughter hovering at the door of his home office. He held his finger up, indicating he wanted to finish his phone call before she came in.

    “Okay, so we’re up to date with the protection payments, where are we at with the collections?”

    The voice on the other end of the phone gave a report in a matter-of-fact presentation, “We’re down to just the one, the girl that owes three bills. We call her every day and give her the countdown warning, but we haven’t heard anything about getting paid.”

    “Keep it up then. Are we prepared to take this further if she doesn’t pay?”

    “Yes, but do we really want to go there? It could bring a lot of heat on us if the cops find out. They could consider it the result of a gang war and there’d be an investigation.”

    “We’ll make that decision then when it comes time.”

    When he hung up the phone he glanced over to Julie and saw she was wearing a nearly sheer satin robe that was a little lighter in color than her blonde hair. He saw she wasn’t wearing any shoes. He looked at the clock and saw it was just about twelve, he didn’t realize it was so late, that would explain the nightgown.

    “Julie? What is it?”

    The clock chimed midnight as she took a couple of steps into his office and stood there with her head down and hands clasped in front of herself. “I was kind of thinking…”

    “Get over here to I can hear you.” Once she was near his desk he prodded her to continue.

    Julie kept her head down and started again, “Well I was thinking…”

    “And?”

    “What if we could work out some kind of arrangement like you have with Mrs. Thompson?”

    “Do you realize what it is you’re saying?”

    “Yes.”

    “Then tell me what it is.”

    “She’s having sex with you so you’ll help her out.”

    “Are you saying you want the same thing?”

    “Yes.” It was barely more than a whisper, but she said it. She was both embarrassed and afraid for having made the offer.

    “And you understand that this is not a demand on my part, that you are the one offering to make this agreement.”

    “Yes.”

    “And you think you can handle that?”

    “Well honestly, I’m desperate, I’ve only got two days left now and I’m really scared. I thought if we could do this one time then I would never get into any trouble like this again.”

    “No.”

    Julie was shocked. It was hard enough for her to suggest having sex with her father for his financial support, and now he just refused her again. She didn’t think there were any other options other than taking all of her pills.

    Frank continued, “It won’t be just once.”

    Julie’s face flushed, she hadn’t expected that.

    “To me, this is a business transaction, and that means there has to be some value in it for me to agree to it. A guy can go to a strip club and get laid for one-fifty to two hundred dollars, less if he goes out on the street. I’m not going to pay three thousand dollars just to get my dick wet.”

    “What about, well you know, me being your daughter…?”

    “In business, I only see business partners, no other relationships are considered. I will assign you a value of three hundred dollars, and given what I just told you then you can say I’m being generous. That means you will come to me as a sexual partner ten times to repay your loan. Do you still want to proceed?”

    Julie’s voice dropped down, “Okay.” She didn’t feel she had any other options.

    “Then prove it.” Frank pointed to her robe. “What are you wearing under that?”

    “Just my panties.”

    “Then come over by me and open your gown and show me.”

    Julie was slow to walk around the desk. She fidgeted some with the tie on the front and then let it fall open.

    “Hold it open, let me see you.”

    Julie blushed as she pulled the front panels of her gown out so her dad could see her nearly naked. He looked her over, she had a nice body. At 5’6” with 34D tits she had some appeal to her. He had to admit she looked a lot like her mom at the same age and he found that alluring. Her low-rise panties had a snug fit that accentuated her figure.

    “Step closer to me.” He gave her a firm order.

    Julie stepped in and he ran his fingertips over the satiny fabric of her panties and down to her crotch. He pressed his fingers against her clit. After a moment, he got ahold of her waistband on either side and yanked the panties down to her knees.

    Julie caught her breath, but she held her pose before him, face turning deep red as her father looked at her smoothly shaven pussy.

    “Tell me why you’re here.” Another order.

    “To have sex with you so I can have some money.”

    “You’re willing to give me some pussy so I’ll help you?”

    “Yes.”

    “Then say it.”

    “I’ll give you some pussy for your help.”

    “And you want to do this, correct?”

    “Yes.”

    “Say it.”

    “I want to give you some pussy.”

    Frank pushed the panties down to her ankles, “Step out of those and lean back against the desk.”

    Julie did as she was told.

    “Spread your legs and then spread your pussy open. I want to see where you get wet.”

    Julie gasped at the command, she was slow to move as she had been told to do.

    “Did you think we were going to go out for a candlelight dinner and champagne like a date? You’re offering sex for support, and you’re going to do it on my terms. That means you do what I tell you, when I tell you, and the way I tell you. You’ll also do it without hesitation or inhibition. Now show me your pussy.”

    Julie reached down with both hands and pulled her pussy lips apart. Frank made her hold that pose, then he stood up and loosened his belt.

    Julie knew what was coming, although she didn’t expect it to happen right away. Between her pills and the wine, she wasn’t especially sexually excited, but when his boxers came off and she saw how hard he was, she started getting wet. He had to be at least eight inches long and a couple of inches around; none of the boys she had been with before were that large.

    Frank stepped in between her legs and slid the head of his cock up and down her slit to get it wet, then he thrust into her and went deep as possible in one stroke. Julie let out a low groan as she felt him press against her cervix, he drew back and slammed into her again. Despite the shock she was feeling, mixed with her fear and the intensity of letting her own dad fuck her, she was starting to get even wetter. He didn’t pause as he fucked her deep, and she felt like she was one step short of being raped. She buried her face in his shoulder as he slammed into her.

    At one point he grabbed her hair and pulled her head back. “Look at me.”

    She did as she was told, staring up into his eyes, he had a fierce look.

    He drove into her again and held himself there, “I’m cumming in your pussy.”

    She felt warmer and wetter deep inside of herself. Frank pulled out of her and she saw his cock was glistening and slick with the mixture of her juices and his own cum.

    “That’s one.”

    “Does that mean you’ll write me a check now?” she tentatively asked.

    “No. Not until I fuck you again. And there’s going to be some rules. From now on you’ll be sober when I fuck you. And, your pussy has to cum too. Do you understand?”

    Julie knew she had just been fucked. She wasn’t sore, but she also wasn’t enjoying the afterglow like one feels after good sex. It wasn’t what she had expected, or even hoped for. She felt embarrassed and demeaned, but she also felt like she deserved it. She knew she had fucked up, she was well aware of the extreme danger she was in if she didn’t get the money. Offering herself to her dad and submitting to his sexual demands was suitable punishment for allowing herself to get into this situation. She laid in her bed and considered the last demand that her father made – she had to cum when they fucked. She was willing to show off when he wanted it, and give herself to him but she never had any sexual dreams about being with her dad. The concept was never a fuel as a masturbation fantasy to bring herself to orgasm as may be true for other girls that wanted to test their allure with the first man they knew in their lives. She rubbed her clit a little and realized she just wasn’t feeling it; maybe if she wasn’t on her meds…

    Frank knew his wife was out shopping when he heard the upstairs shower kick on.

    Julie shut the water off, stepped out of the shower and wrapped herself in a towel. When she got into her bedroom, she found her dad sitting on her bed.

    “Drop the towel.”

    Her eyes opened wide, seeing him there caught her completely off guard. Remembering that he wanted immediate action to his demands and she let the towel fall.

    “Hold still.”

    Frank got up and walked around her like her was doing an inspection. He released the towel that was wrapped around her wet hair and tossed it to the floor. When he got behind her, he slipped his fingertip into her pussy.

    “Let your pussy get wet. I’m going to fuck you again.”

    Julie felt herself getting fingered and experienced a spontaneous rush of fluids getting her ready.

    Frank sat on the bed again, then he reached out and grabbed her by the wrist.

    “Get over here.”

    He yanked her arm to cause her to fall forward over his lap. He positioned both of her arms behind her and held her by the wrists with one hand then slid his finger back into her pussy. Despite his abrupt commands, and the rough treatment the night before, his touch was surprisingly gentle, even sensuous. He circled his fingertip just barely inside of her pussy then slid it up between her pussy lips to tease her clit before going back to her wet little fuck hole.

    Julie started feeling a rapidly building tension in her crotch. She’d never felt anything like this before and she knew that if he kept it up, she was going to cum hard. She rolled her hips a little, and started raising herself to get his finger to go deeper into her. He kept his finger from getting too deep into her as he continued playing with her pussy.

    “You’re going to let your pussy cum for me aren’t you?”

    Julie moaned, and then answered with a breathless voice, “Yesss.”

    “You want to cum for me don’t you?”

    “Yesss…” She raised her hips again, she was close to a release.

    “Not yet,” he commanded her. “Don’t you dare cum yet.”

    Julie groaned, she wanted to cum hard and he just denied her. She felt him, probing her, rubbing her, still playing with her pussy and finding the things that made her want to respond to his touch. She needed to cum and he was making her hold back.

    “I liked fucking your pussy, and I’m going to fuck it some more. You want that don’t you?”

    “Yesss.”

    “Are you ready to cum for me?”

    “Yesss, please… I need to cum…”

    Frank released her wrists and used his free hand to spread her pussy open as he circled her clit with his fingertip. “Do it, do it now. Let your pussy cum.”

    Julie’s whole body tensed up as she came harder than she had ever known before. Her entire crotch was soaked from her gushing pussy juices. Frank watched as her pussy contracted and quivered from her orgasm. Another flood of her juices soaked his fingertip.

    Frank got up and took his clothes off while Julie laid face down on the bed while trying to catch her breath.

    “Good girl, that’s what I wanted from you. Now get up onto the bed and spread your legs.”

    Julie moved into position and caught sight of his cock, rock hard and ready to fuck her again.

    “Show me where you get wet, do it.” He was commanding her again.

    Julie didn’t hesitate, she reached down with both hands and spread herself open. Doing that motion this time got her hotter. The night before she was embarrassed and nervous when she showed herself, but this time she wanted him to see how wet she was, she needed him to fuck her and she wanted it now. She just came harder than she’d ever known before, and she wanted more.

    Frank got onto the bed between her legs and moved up to get onto her. She was so soaked it was easy to fully get into her, she was slick and hot inside. He drew back as far as he could without coming out of her and gently slid back in, he was being deliberately slow with his actions.

    Julie moaned, she needed to fuck. She wanted him to drive into her like he did last night but he was holding back, taking his time, making her suffer each pleasurable stroke in the same way he had used his finger. In no time at all she could only focus on what she was feeling in her pussy. She tilted her hips and tried to get him deeper, she pushed her clit into him and tried to hold him there, but he would pull back again almost to the point of coming out completely before he slid back into her.

    “Do you like the way I played with your pussy?”

    “Unhh, yesss…”

    “Did it feel good to let your pussy cum for me?”

    “God yesss…”

    “You’re going to cum for me again, aren’t you?” He pressed himself in hard and held there. He felt that she was ready to cum again. “But not yet, don’t cum yet.”

    Julie whimpered a little.

    “You know it only counts if I cum in your pussy. But there will be one time when you will let me cum in your mouth. Do you want that?”

    “Yes… Yes, I want you to cum in my mouth, I want to suck you.”

    “Good. Not this time though, your pussy feels good to me and I’m going to cum in you again.”

    Julie took advantage of him pressing into her and wrapped her arms around him and tried to pull him deeper.

    “Are you ready to cum again?”

    “Yes.., please. Let me cum, I need to cum for you.”

    “Do it, do it baby. Cum on me while I fuck you.”

    Julie clamped him tight in every way she could, arms, legs, even her pussy locked down on him as her pussy exploded with another powerful orgasm. Frank kept himself deep inside her as she erupted.

    Once she was starting to relax from her contractions, he got ready to let himself spew into her again.

    “Look at me.”

    She looked into his eyes and felt what was happening inside of her.

    “I’m cumming in your pussy again.”

    Where she hadn’t imagined before that letting her dad fuck her would be erotic or pleasurable, she was already thinking about doing this again. Even now, after two deep orgasms, she wanted more. She had felt new things and enjoyed doing that. She definitely wanted to fuck her dad some more.

    Frank pulled out of her and got off the bed. He started to reach for his clothing but changed his mind and moved to where he was standing next to her where she laid on the bed. Julie looked up and saw he was still pretty hard.

    “Just for practice,” he told her. “I want to know how your mouth feels.”

    What Julie really wanted was for him to fuck her again, but she was just as eager to suck him. She was going to show him how much she wanted him inside of her and didn’t hesitate to take him in her mouth.

    Frank felt the slick warmth of her mouth on his cock. She worked at taking him as deep as she could, and she used her tongue to excite the sensitive flesh under the shaft near the head of his cock. He let her work at sucking him then drew back.

    “Good. I look forward to you making me cum like that. When you get dressed, come down to my office and I’ll write you a check.”

    Julie felt much better now that her debt was paid, she hadn’t taken any pills in a couple of days, and she wasn’t drinking to escape her fears. She laid in bed with her hand in her panties, she was trying to make herself feel like it did when her dad had her over his lap and played with her pussy. It just wasn’t the same. She wondered if he was in his office space, it wasn’t too late and she thought maybe she could get him to fuck her again. What she really wanted was for him to make her cum like before. She looked at the clock, it wasn’t too late….

    “Dad?”

    Frank looked up from his desk to spot Julie at the door to his home office, wearing nothing but her sheer nightgown again, “Yes?”

    “Do you think that maybe you would want to, well you know, do it again?”

    “Do you understand that it only counts as a loan payment if I’m the one that asks for it?”

    “Uhm, I guess, yeah.”

    “Then do you still want to do this?”

    Her pussy was already wet, and she just spent the last twenty minutes wanting it to cum like the other day on her bed. “Yes, I want to do it.” Without being prompted she entered the room and walked around to the side of his desk. She opened her robe and Frank saw she wasn’t wearing any panties this time, he kept his eyes on her as she spread her legs then reached down to open her pussy for him.

    “Stay like that,” he ordered her. Frank raised his hand to her face and slid his middle finger into her mouth, up to the second knuckle. “Suck it.”

    After a few moments of Julie treating his finger like a smaller version of his dick, he drew his hand back the reached down and slid the wet finger into her pussy that she was still holding open for him. He flexed his finger to press into her g spot, and she let out a pleasurable moan. When he brought his thumb up to press on her clit, she moaned again.

    “Your pussy needs to cum doesn’t it?”

    “Yesss.”

    “Say it.”

    “My pussy needs to cum.”

    He pressed his fingertip and thumb closer together and lightly pulled a few times, gently jacking her off. Julie shuddered from the sensation.

    “Could you… I mean would you make me lay over your lap again like you did on my bed?”

    Frank smirked. He’d gotten the impression that she liked that a lot, and he wasn’t surprised that she would ask for it. He got up from his chair and led her to a couch that sat near the side of the room. He sat down and told her to remove her gown.

    Julie shed the outerwear and held her arm forward, Frank saw the gesture and grabbed her wrist so he could yank her forward.

    “You like it when I make you do things, don’t you?”

    Julie fell into place and put her arms behind her back like before. “Yes. I like it. I want you to make me do things.” She knew he wanted to hear her say such things in detail and she accommodated his interest. “My pussy needs to cum, it needs to have you make it cum.”

    Frank pressed his hand between Julie’s thighs and rubbed her clit, she immediately arched her back and moved her hips so she could press into him.

    “You like being my slut, don’t you?”

    “I want to be your slut, I’ll do what you want. My pussy wants to be slutty for you.”

    “Good, I like that.”

    It didn’t take long to make her cum. Frank noticed she was swollen and sopping wet from her sexual excitement. He told her to lay on the couch and he got up to remove his pants. Julie like seeing that his cock was rock hard and standing straight out.

    “Spread your pussy again.”

    Julie didn’t hesitate a bit, her fingertips slipped a little because she was so wet but she got herself spread open for him.

    “Tell me what you’re doing.”

    “I’m showing you my pussy.”

    “That’s secondary. You are showing me that you are ready and willing to do what I want from you. Do you understand?”

    “Yes. I’m ready for you and I’m willing to do what you want.”

    “Whatever I want.”

    “I’ll do whatever you want.”

    Frank got onto her and slid his cock in deep. Julie angled herself to get as much of him as possible into herself.

    “Because this time doesn’t count, I’m going to fuck you until you cum again, then you’re going to suck me.”

    Frank liked fucking his daughter. She was slick and hot, and her tight pussy wrapped around him like a glove on a finger. He knew if he stayed in her, it’d be easy to cum into her again. He waited until she came on him, then he pulled out and got up onto his knees.

    Julie didn’t need to be told what to do, she immediately sat up and got his cock into her mouth. She wanted to make him cum as hard as possible, a payback for the things he made her feel. She sucked and licked him with a passion, taking some moments to find the things that made him harder, or want to thrust into her mouth.

    Frank watched his cock disappear into her mouth and come back out. For any number of women that sucked him before, his own daughter was one of the better ones. He held back as long as he could before letting loose and having his cock spray into her throat. “Swallow it all.”

    She was almost greedy about getting his cum out of his cock and into the back of her mouth to swallow. She felt proud that she could make him cum hard. She imagined doing it again sometime, whether it counted as a loan payment or not.

    Frank caressed her face once, then ran his hands over her tits. He pushed her back onto the couch and played with her pussy a little. She was ready to go again. He laughed a little and got up to dress.

    “Next Tuesday, get up, eat breakfast and then shower. I want you in my office at 1 pm.”

    Julie finished drying off. She sprayed a little perfume on herself and began brushing her hair out. She was excited, she knew her dad was going to fuck her again, and she was already getting wet at the thought of it. She mused about how she had been so afraid to ask him if he would trade sex for financial support and now she almost didn’t care if the money was involved or not. She liked the things he was doing with her and the way she felt from it.

    She arrived on time. She wasn’t there a moment gone by when the doorbell rang. Frank told her to stay put and went out to answer the door. When he came back, he had Mrs. Thompson with him.

    “Beth, I think you know my daughter Julie. Julie this is Beth Thompson.”

    Julie knew who she was, she was the one sleeping with her dad, which was where Julie got the idea to propose letting her dad fuck her for his support. She couldn’t guess why she was here now.

    Frank stood next to his daughter, then told her to sit down. Julie went to go to the couch, but he caught her arm.

    “No. Right here where you’re standing.”

    Julie felt uncertain, she didn’t know what was going on. She sat down feeling nervous.

    “You,” he pointed to Beth. “Pants and panties off now, show her your pussy.”

    Beth was quick to act, apparently Frank’s demands for a quick response wasn’t just with his daughter. Beth spread her legs and parted her pussy lips.

    “Get over here,” he commanded. “Right in front of her.”

    Julie’s face flushed. She’d seen plenty of naked girls in the high school locker room when they were about to shower, but certainly nothing as intimate as this. She looked up and couldn’t help but stare at the moist pink flesh in front of her face.

    Frank nudged Julie, “Put your finger in her and see if she’s wet.”

    Julie’s eyes widened. She raised her hand and nervously put her middle finger into Beth. Frank let her work her finger into Beth, then knelt down and put a finger in behind hers and pressed on her fingertip. Beth let out a short moan. Julie felt it when Beth’s pussy gushed with juices, she also felt her own pussy doing the same thing.

    Frank got up and told both of them to strip. Short moments passed before both of them were naked, waiting for their next orders. Beths’ 36C tits weren’t as large as Julie’s, but her nipples were rock hard, as were Julie’s.

    “On the couch, side by side.”

    The women did as they were told. Frank got his clothes off then got in front of Julie. He moved her to be sitting on the edge of the cushion, then got on his knees between her legs.

    “Beth, put me in her.”

    Beth reached over and guided his cock into his daughter’s pussy. She watched as he slid all the way into her. Julie caught her breath. This was the most intense thing she had ever done, seeing and fingering another woman’s pussy and then being watched as her dad fucked her. Her pussy was flooded, and her nipples were hard enough to hurt.

    Frank got up, and stood in front of Beth. “Suck me.”

    Beth didn’t hesitate to get him in her mouth. Julie watched as his dick, slick with her own pussy juice, slid between Beth’s lips. He fucked her mouth for a few strokes then told Julie it was her turn. When he was on his knees again, she held his cock and guided it into Beth, then watched closely as he fucked her. She knew any moment now she was going to suck his dick too.

    Frank pushed his cock into his daughters willing mouth. Right away she could taste Beth’s pussy juices mixed with her own. Her head was spinning, all of this happened so fast she was as feeling totally lost in the moment. She sucked his cock, savoring all she could taste there. She almost gagged when he pushed all the way into her, but she adjusted her neck to let him get into her throat.

    Frank pulled out and sat on the couch, he pulled Beth to lay face down over his lap and spread her legs.

    “Julie, stand here and watch.”

    Frank played with Beth’s pussy. Julie recognized what he was doing and knew how it felt, she like doing that with him, a lot. She reached down and pressed on her clit as her dad barely pressed his fingertip into Beth and then moved through her slit to tease her clit too. Beth started raising her hips, trying to get more of his touch. When she got close, Frank spread her fully open and told Julie to watch her cum.

    Julie had seen guys cum while watching internet porn videos, but she’d never seen a pussy cum, not even her own. She saw Beth’s pussy clamp down and release multiple times, she could tell Beth was completely soaked and cumming hard, and it made her want to do the same thing. She felt a slight tickle on her thigh and realized she was so wet that her juices were running down her legs.

    Frank gave Beth a moment to catch her breath, then positioned her to be laying full length on her back as she laid on the couch. He got Julie by the arm and pulled her to stand by Beth’s shoulder.

    “Get your leg over her, straddle her and sit close to her face.” He looked at Beth, “Make her cum in your mouth.”

    Julie’s face flushed again, she got into position and looked Beth in the eyes. Beth looked back and gave her a nod, she wanted to do this. They moved about a little to get into the best position and then Beth ran her tongue from Julie’s pussy hole all the way up to her clit. Julie watched as she felt that soft, wet, warm tongue slide up her crack. She put her hands on either side of Beth’s head and pulled her closer as she felt Beth sucking her clit. It didn’t take long, Julie was panting, and so wound up with the scene being so intense that she came after only a few minutes of Beth eating her pussy. Julie saw Beth’s face was wet from all the pussy juice pouring out of her.

    Once they regained their composure, Frank put Julie to be kneeling again and had Beth stand in front of her. “Julie, make her cum in your mouth.”

    Julie looked up at Beth and returned the nod she got earlier, she wanted to do this also. Beth was as wet as Julie, her tongue easily slid all over her pussy and clit, She did what she could to press the tip of her tongue into Beth’s pussy, and pulled her open to suck her clit. Julie liked her light, and musky taste. Beth liked getting sucked a lot, she started rocking her hips, grinding herself into Julie’s mouth. Julie started sucking harder and Beth grabbed her head and pulled her snug and bore down into her mouth; she shuddered as she came.

    Frank didn’t give them a break, he had both of them bend over from the waist in front of the couch with their hands on the cushions. “My turn.”

    He started fucking Beth from behind, pushing his cock into her to fuck her deep, when she started pushing back against him to increase the pressure, he pulled out and started fucking Julie the same way. He teased their pussies with his cock, when they started getting hot for it and wanting to cum, he switched to the other girl. Both of the women were so wet, his ball sack ended up getting soaked as well as his cock.

    “Both of you, turn around, sit on the edge of the cushion.”

    He started fucking them both again, and even used the edge of his thumb to press on their clits to get them hotter. It took a little longer to switch between them, because he was working from his knees, but he fucked them both. They liked watching each other taking his cock, and knowing they were wet from each other.

    Frank took Julie’s face in his hands and turned her to look up at him, “I’m cumming in your pussy.” Julie pressed down onto him, trying to milk his cock for everything she could get from him. But he pulled out and got his cock in a tight grip, then put himself into Beth and let go as he stabbed into her. “I’m cumming in you too.”

    It took a few minutes for the charged atmosphere to dissipate. Frank held his hands out for the women to take to rise. Standing together, he asked them, “Do you want to do it like this again?”

    Julie blushed, and she answered shyly, “I’d do it.”

    Beth didn’t say anything, but she reached down and started rubbing Julie’s pussy. Julie grabbed her wrist with both hands and pulled her tight. “Put it in me,” she groaned.

    Beth finger fucked her a little, then pulled back.

    “Good. Both of you get dressed. Julie, escort our guest to the door.”

    Julie held the door as Beth touched her arm and told her, “You should call me sometime.”

    “I will, I want to.”

    Julie went back to her dad’s office, when she got there and saw the open door she realized that her dad never did close the door the whole time they were all fucking each other. She knew her mom was home.

    “Doesn’t mom ever come down here?” she asked while pointing at the door.

    “No. We have an agreement.”

    Julie couldn’t imagine how that would work. Frank saw her perplexed expression and commented, “What’s your mother’s favorite hobby?”

    Julie couldn’t think of anything, all her mom did was play with the decorations in the house and go shopping, a lot. Oh… “Shopping.”

    “Yes. She gets her shopping and I… satisfy my interests.”

    “So, she knows what you’re doing?”

    “Yes.”

    “Does she know about me?”

    “No.”

    Julie was nearing the end of her ‘loan payments’. She wondered what would happen after this. She was letting her dad fuck her as a matter of paying him back for the money he put up to pay a gambling debt. She’d experienced a lot of new things, discovered that she liked submitting to her father’s sexual demands, and she started seeing Beth Thompson as they explored each other sexually. She was due to be downstairs in a few minutes and she was already getting wet as she imagined what may happen this time.

    Julie walked into her dad’s office as was surprised to see a young man sitting in one of the chairs by her father’s desk. He looked to be in his twenties. He was fit and clean shaven. Julie could see how girls would find him cute. She thought he looked a little familiar, but she couldn’t determine from where.

    Frank pointed out a spot on the floor, Julie knew to stand there.

    “Show him your pussy.”

    Julie blushed a deep red, but she didn’t resist the command. She got out of her pants and panties then spread her legs and her pussy for the guy to see. Frank told her to lean back against the desk, then told the guy, “Fuck her.”

    No time was lost, the guy was quick to get on his feet to drop and step out of his pants. His dick was already hard and his boxers were tenting. His cock pulled down then sprang back up as his underwear came off. He got between Julie’s legs and put it in her.

    Frank reached over the desk from behind Julie and opened her blouse, then he pulled her bra to be up and away from her tits. He pinched her nipples as he whispered in her ear. “You’re letting him fuck your pussy, you like it don’t you…”

    Julie’s hips surged forward to meet the incoming thrust, “Yesss.”

    “I’m watching him fuck you.”

    Julie moaned and bore down on the strange cock again.

    “This one counts, just as if I were fucking you. He’s going to cum in your pussy.”

    Julie moaned again. This guy wasn’t as large as her dad, but her felt good and Julie was hot from the intensity of the moment. She knew she’d be required to cum, and that wasn’t going to be a problem. The guy pushed in hard and held himself there as his cock shot cum into her wet hole. Julie felt it and her pussy gripped his cock as she came.

    After a moment, the guy pulled out and started getting dressed again.

    “Are we good?” Frank asked.

    The guy nodded, zipped his pants and left. Julie noted that he never said a word the whole time she was there.

    “Do you want me to do anything for you?” she asked.

    “You can get dressed. You did good.”

    “What did he owe you to do that?”

    “Nothing, I was giving him a bonus.”

    ‘That’s some bonus.’ Julie thought. She wondered just what kind of work her dad did to provide a bonus like that. She had her suspicions about what her father did, he always had a lot of money, and he seldom left the house. She was certain it was something sketchy or some kind of darker business dealings, but she never asked and wasn’t going to.

    Julie adjusted her bra and straightened her clothing and asked again, “Are you sure there’s nothing I can do for you? I’ll suck you if you let me.”

    Frank pursed his lips as he got an idea. “Take your pants and panties off again. Then get over here.

    Julie stripped as directed and came around the desk. Frank told her to kneel, then got his dick out.

    Julie pulled his cock down to meet her mouth, then took him in to suck him.

    “Get it wet, really wet.” He told her.

    She ran her tongue all over his cock, leaving saliva trails all over it.

    “Stand up and lean over the desk.”

    Julie got into position, her pussy was twitching with anticipation, she liked letting her dad fuck her.

    “You need to relax yourself.” Frank used both hands to spread her open. Julie realized that he wasn’t spreading her pussy, he was spreading her asshole. She got confirmation of her suspicion when she felt the head of his cock pressing into the tight muscular ring of her ass.

    She got nervous, she never did anal before and she was certain it would hurt and be joyless for her. Frank bumped himself into her by degrees, it didn’t take too long to be fully into her ass. When she felt him fully into her and he started stroking, she let out an “Ohhh.”

    It felt good. She never realized that sex in the ass could feel like this, it was like fucking but just a little different in a way she couldn’t describe. She knew she could cum from this.

    Frank was gentle with her, using the skin of his cock to act like a sleeve that he moved within as he pumped her ass. She found herself wanting more as the sensations built within her. The point of pleasure was like getting fucked in the pussy from behind but there was also the new sensation of feeling it in her ass. She started to tense up.

    “You’re going to cum aren’t you?”

    “Yes, my ass is going to cum, and I want to feel you cum in me.”

    Frank was already deep into her, but he started pressing harder as he fucked her. Julie moaned and started pushing back into him. Frank slammed into her, “Do it, do it now.”

    Julie broke loose and let herself orgasm, then she felt that warm squishy sensation of her dad cumming in her ass at the same time.

    “Looks like one to go.” Frank noted.

    Julie was keeping count too. The terms of the loan meant she had to let her dad fuck her ten times, they just did number nine.

    Julie was sprawled out on her bed, warm, comfortable and deep asleep. She dreamt of the ocean, and being on a warm beach where she laid in the sun and watched the waves come in to lap at the shore. The waves held a particular fascination for her, each time one came in to meet the sand of the beach, she felt a pulse of warm pleasure. She became focused on the waves, soaking up the sensation that came with them. She felt a warmth in her midsection, gradual at first, and then becoming more intense. She realized that she was building up to cum.

    She started to wake as her orgasm came on. She felt fingers in her pussy and a thumb rubbing her clit. Julie pressed her legs together, and grabbed that hand that was fondling her with both of hers, pulling it tight to her pussy. She started to moan and another hand covered her mouth to muffle the sounds.

    She never woke to an orgasm before, it was a deep and intense feeling, and pleasurable in ways that she wouldn’t have expected. She felt the blanket get pulled back, then her dad positioned himself to lay on her, between her legs. She felt his cock easily slide into her.

    The loan was repaid. Julie laid in her bed and recalled all the deep and intense orgasms she felt with her dad. Even though she was wet from her own fingers and sexual memories, this moment still didn’t some close to anything she’d done with her dad. Two weeks had gone by and she still never came hard like she’d done before. She looked at the clock, it wasn’t too late…

    Frank sat at his desk, and saw Julie appear at the door, dressed in a sheer nightgown and not much more. “What is it Julie?”

    “I was wondering if I could borrow some money?”

    “How much?”

    “About ten times worth.”


    :: Comments have been disabled on this story ::
  • Boarding School Encounter 07: Henrietta’s Pussy Tentacles Molests Her Class

    Font size : +


    Henriette’s secret is out. Her entire class has seen her tentacles, and the horny bunch of girls are eager for their turn to enjoy them.

    Boarding School Encounter
    Chapter Seven: Henrietta’s Pussy Tentacles Molests Her Class
    By mypenname3000
    Copyright 2016

    “Answer me, Miss Henrietta,” panted my Latin teacher, Miss Erma. She stepped back from the desk. I lay stretched over it, my ass burning from the spanking she gave me, my small breasts rubbing naked into the desk. Why does she have tentacles? I heard her thoughts echo in my head, one of my new powers since I met Merita, the lesbian alien. And out of her cunny?

    I was naked, along with my new friend and lover Tabitha. We both were late arriving to Miss Erma’s class. We had been out in the countryside, looking for the missing core to Merita’s ship. We found it, but all the nanites—which were small automatons like the ones inside my body repairing mys pine—had escaped, eating the core in the process.

    Merita feared they had encountered a human and were causing all sorts of problems.

    And I wanted to help her, I did, but I had problems of my own. While Miss Erma spanked Tabitha and me, she excited us. There was something so erotic about her hand smacking over and over on my bottom, the loud crack, the heat reaching into my pussy and making me shudder with bliss. It was ecstatic. Amazing.

    And that excitement made my pussy tentacles squirm. I tried to control myself while the class masturbated, watching our discipline. She spanked us until we had our orgasms. Tabitha came first, gasping and moaning. I tried to fight it, but Miss Erma was so insistent that I also achieve my release.

    She made me cum. And I lost all control over my pussy tentacles.

    Since the alien merged with me, I gained the tentacles and something Merita called telepathy. Now I had four squirming, writhing, and sensitive tentacles, as purple as Merita, in my cunny. They burst out of my pussy, eager to touch and caress a woman, to drive her wild with passion.

    Before the masturbating class, I fucked Miss Erma with my tentacles, looking control of them when I climaxed. I plunged them in and out of her holes, ripping her dress off in the process. She gasped and moaned, my appendages reaming her asshole and pussy while the other eighteen-year-old students watched wide-eyed. Before, only Peony and Tabitha knew my secret.

    Now they all knew.

    What would they do? Would they think I was a freak? Something that belonged in a traveling menagerie and not in a school for educating young woman. Yes, the school had liberal policies on sapphic delights, encouraging faculty and students to explore each other’s bodies, to relieve each other’s hysterics.

    To make love to each other in the most wicked of manner.

    But this? I could hear the shock in Miss Erma’s voice as she stared at my pussy, trying to spot my tentacles. I didn’t know what to do. Help me, Merita, I plead to the voice that occupied my mind. What can I say?

    I don’t know, Merita answered, her voice sluggish. She was despondent. Losing the core meant the possibility of being stranded on my planet. As much as she loved me and was glad she met, my world was so primitive. She talked about things I couldn’t even understand, that English didn’t even have words for.

    I mean, there wasn’t even electricity in our school. It was too far from London or any other large city. We were lucky it had a railroad and a telegraph post in the nearby town.

    “Miss Henriette, you will tell me what those are this instant,” insisted Miss Erma. “They were like the tentacles of an octopus. And the things they did to my body…”

    “Wonderful things,” Tabitha sighed. My redhead friend rolled over onto her back, her round tits pillowing into two freckled mounds. “Weren’t they, Miss Erma? You loved them. You had such a release. Etta really cured the hysterics stirred by spanking our bums.”

    “Yes, she did,” Miss Erma admitted. She patted her hair gathered in a severe bun. It was still severe, held in place by several hairpins, but more than a few locks had escaped as she thrashed. “I cannot deny that. But her…tentacles are…unusual.”

    I bit my lip. “I am sorry, Miss Erma,” I said, a shudder running through my body. “I…I…” Tears fell down my cheeks. “I tried to keep them under c-control. B-but when y-you made m-m-me org-gasm, they c-came out.”

    Tears fell hot down my cheeks. My voice choked up. I covered my face with my hands, feeling all the eyes on me, my red butt, and my pussy. The class all had to be staring at my cunny, trying to see the tentacles.

    “T-they’re n-new. I…I…”

    Yes, yes, tell them about me, sighed Merita. Just…leave out where my ship is.

    I tried to keep speaking, but the tears came faster. Tabitha put a comforting hand on my shoulder as I squirmed on the desk. They would lock me up. Send me to one of those Sanitariums. There was one near my house. So dark and foreboding. You could hear the people inside screaming.

    Then Miss Erma grasped me with gentle fingers and pulled me onto my feet. She turned me around and hugged me. She still wore her heeled boots, giving her a few more inches of height. My face pressed into her ample bosom. It was such a comforting gesture as her hands stroked my back.

    “There, there. It’s okay. I didn’t mean to frighten you. I was just…shocked. I have never seen anything like that in my life. And what you did with them… I have never had my hysterics cured with such vigor. Don’t cry.”

    “E-everyone m-must think I-I’m a f-freak. A-a d-disgusting…”

    “You’re not disgusting, right girls?”

    “Right, Miss Erma,” the girls chorused.

    “This morning, she took my maidenhead in the bath,” Peony spoke up. Her tentacles were ever so delightful and gave me such an effervescent release. It was quite satisfying. Even if it did disappoint Nurse Paige that my cherry was already plucked.”

    “They do look…fun,” Kayleigh said, a curvy girl with strawberry-blonde curls.

    “Yes,” nodded a raven-haired, pale-faced girl with wide, blue eyes. I didn’t know her name. She licked at her sticky fingers, her gray skirts clearly hiked over her knees.

    “Where do they come from?” another girl asked, an eager smile on her face.

    “Can anyone grow them?”

    “Did you get them in Africa?”

    “Or China? I bet they’re from China. Or Japan.”

    I swallowed. “No, no. I’ve never been to any exotic place. They’re—”

    “Did a gypsy curse you?” another girl asked. “Or was it a fairy?”

    “The gentle folk do have a sense of humor,” nodded Kayleigh. “I bet one of them did that.”

    I froze, squirming. I thought Merita was a fairy when I first met her. That she had taken me inside her silver egg as part of her mischief. That sounds like a great story to tell, Merita said, her voice slightly more involved. Not so depressed. Tell them that.

    “Yes.” I swallowed. “Last night, I went for a walk in the fog.”

    Tabitha nodded her head in support.

    “And while I was walking, a shooting star fell. It burned so bright and so hot, so I went to find it.” That part was true. “And I found this silver egg. It was so beautiful. I went to the egg and touched it and it…it…”

    “Hatched,” supplied Tabitha, taking my hand as I rested my head against Miss Erma’s round breast. Her nipple was hard, rubbing on my cheek. “It hatched and out came a fairy.”

    “And she was beautiful.” I pictured Merita as she appeared. “Purple skin with absolutely no hair.”

    “Even on her head?” the raven-haired girl asked.

    “Yes. She didn’t even have eyebrows. And her breasts were round and her nipples were even darker purple. She was so beautiful. Enchanting, even.”

    I was?Merita asked.

    You were. You were gorgeous. As frightened as I was, I still noticed that.

    “And she hovered over me with these tentacles. And she touched me with them. She sensed my hysterics were building, and she caressed me, kissed me, and took my maidenhead. I writhed in such wonderful bliss. Ecstasy.”

    “Wow,” Peony said.

    All the girls nodded their head. Since attending school, the had all discovered the joys women could share with each other. They squirmed on the desk, several still rubbing their cunnies, eager to have their first orgasm or a second.

    “That does sound amazing,” Miss Erma said, still stroking my back. A tingle rushed down to my pussy.

    Heat blossomed and the tentacles writhed inside.

    “Her tentacles pumped in and out of me,” I continued, loving the feel of Miss Erma’s naked body against mine. Her nipple was right by my lips. I could lick her, nuzzle at her. “I gasped and writhed, and when I had my release, that wonderful moment of bubbling paroxysms, she merged with me.”

    “What?” Miss Erma asked. Merged? With a fairy? How remarkable.

    “She’s inside me now. We’re one person. And the tentacles are her gift. Now I get to play with them. I get the joy of stroking a woman and plunging my appendages in and out of her cunny. To embrace the wonderful feel of silky flesh caressing me.”

    I shuddered. “It is such a wonderful feeling. I had such joy when my tentacles cured your hysterics, Miss Erma. I had my release, too.”

    “I heard, you wicked girl.” The older woman shuddered. “So you are possessed by a fairy. And one with tentacles. I am not familiar with that kind.”

    “But there are so many,” I told her. “And I bet there are even more lost to history, not recorded down and were lost as the Christians stamped out the local pagan beliefs.”

    “Quite right you are,” she nodded. “Well, class, this is a remarkable turn of events.”

    She broke away from me, stepping back, her body flushed as her heeled boots clicked on the floor. She stared down at the tattered remains of her dress clinging about her hips, a frown appearing. She bent down, grasping a torn scrap of fabric belonging to her undergarments.

    “I am sorry about the dress, Miss Erma.” I swallowed. “I’m afraid by holding my tentacles in, by trying to fight my orgasm, it caused me to lose all control when it did finally happen.”

    “Well, in light of the satisfaction your tentacles gave me, I am more than gracious enough to forgive you.” She smiled, licking her lips. “I think all of us can agree that we experienced such delight today.”

    “Definitely,” Tabitha nodded, standing naked beside me.

    The other girls in the classroom nodded, their eyes all staring at me. It made me feel so self-conscious. My dress was folded on the desk. I wanted to pull it on. A shiver ran through me. And a twinge of excitement increasing the heat. The tentacles writhed more, caressing the walls of my pussy.

    The black-haired girl gasped. “Her groin just moved. Was that your tentacles, Henrietta?”

    “Yes,” I blushed. “Um…”

    “Christine,” she answered, blue eyes wide.

    “Yes,” I nodded. “Between everyone looking at me and embracing Miss Erma’s naked body has made me more than a little hysterical. And they do get active when I feel those flutters.”

    “Wow,” a few of the girl’s said.

    “Miss Erma,” Christine said, her eyes eager, “may we have another demonstration of her tentacles? I think we would all be so grateful if we could see them. Observe them. They are a remarkable discovery.”

    “Hmm,” Miss Erma said as she seated herself on her desk and crossed her legs. Her large breasts jiggled, her nipples so hard and inviting. “I think that is a good way to spend class. I rather doubt any of you girls are in the state of mind to learn Latin today. And I, for one, and far too aroused to want to teach it right now.

    “You may go ahead with a demonstration, Miss Henrietta.”

    “Thank you,” I smiled.

    A demonstration, giggled Merita. More like an orgy. I think we are about to have a lot of fun.

    I’m glad you’re feeling better.

    She sighed. Well, wallowing in self-pity isn’t going to help with my situation. We just have to find those nanites before they cause too many problems. Besides, it is not terrible here. I have pleasant company. I rather like being bonded with you.

    As do I, Merita. I would miss you greatly, but I also want your happiness.

    Such a wonderful girl. I felt her emotions beating with love.

    I smiled.

    “Um, Henrietta, why are you just standing there daydreaming?” Christine asked.

    “Are you okay?” Peony asked.

    “She’s just talking to the fairy,” Tabitha said. She hugged me from behind. “When they talk, Henrietta gets all dreamy.” But it is so sexy when she’s dreamy, especially the way she wiggles her hips. I could stare at her backside all day. No wonder men love watching women walk.

    My smile grew as I read Tabitha’s thoughts. I sensed hers more than others, probably because I felt so close to her.

    “So, this is how you get her pussy tentacles out,” Tabitha said. “It’s really not hard. You just have to tease her.” Tabitha lips kissed at my neck. With my blonde hair in two pigtails, it was easy for her to do.

    I moaned, the soft touch of her lips sending wonderful pleasure rippling down my body. I undulated my hips, grinding back into her. She let out a purr of delight, her fingers tracing slow circles around my stomach while I felt her hard nipples against my back and her fiery down of pubic hair tickling the cheeks of my bottom.

    “Then we just slid one hand up and the other down,” Tabitha purred.

    I groaned as her fingers trailed across my body. One came up and brushed the bottom of my right breast while the other stroked down. My pussy clenched and my tentacles undulated inside of me, caressing my sensitive cunny walls. Her finger reached my golden down and stroked through it, curling fine hairs about her digit. She kissed me again, her touch still teasing me. Juices wept down my thighs as one finger went higher, the other lower.

    I gasped as she brushed the edge of my areola, swirling across the pink patch for my nipple. Her other finger moved lower and lower, reaching between my thighs and stroking past my cunny’s slit. I trembled in her embrace as her finger spiraled into my nipple, caressing it.

    “Look at how she trembles and moans,” Tabitha purred.

    Everyone watched. Their eyes wide. The girls licked their lips and fidgeted. Some resumed masturbating, letting out their own sighs. It was…enthralling. The way they watched me with rosy cheeks and glossy eyes.

    I excited them.

    “Tabitha,” I moaned as she stroked her finger up my slit, pushing between my plump vulva to caress my inner delight. She brushed my clitoris, the pleasure shooting to my sensitive tentacles. They reached for the entrance of my pussy.

    “Mmm, I love it when you moan my name, Etta.” She stroked my clitoris faster. “She really loves it when you do this. It really makes her go wild.”

    “I see,” Christine said, licking her lips, her blue eyes focused on Tabitha’s finger dancing around my clitoris. “I have discovered that spot to be quite…stimulating myself.”

    Tabitha laughed, rubbing harder. “I bet you have, saucy girl.”

    I moaned, arching my neck. Tabitha pinched my nipple, adding more trembling delight to my body. My tentacles pressed out the entrance of my pussy. Girls gasped, spotting the four purple appendages as they wiggled out, dripping with my juices.

    “That is astounding,” Christine said.

    “They are coming out of her.”

    “Look at how long they are.”

    “And they’re dripping with her cream. I bet they must taste remarkable.”

    “Yes, yes, yes,” Peony moaned, her face contorting as she came on her fingers, her desk rocking.

    Christine bit her lip. “May I…touch one, Henrietta?”

    “I think I would like that very much,” I purred and stepped forward, my tentacles reaching before me.

    Christine reached out with a hesitant hand. She brushed my tentacle, which sent a wonderful shiver through me. I groaned as her finger stroked me, gathering my cunny juices glistening like dew on the purple appendage. She brought her finger to her lips, sucked on it.

    “Mmm, you taste sweet,” she said, a blush on her cheeks. “I can’t believe this school. And now this. It’s all…so much.”

    “I know,” I said as I stood naked, the other girls leaning forward in their desks or craning their heads to see over their classmates. “It’s all so intoxicating to do these naughty acts.”

    She nodded her head and touched my tentacle again. She stroked her fingers up and down it as I shivered. My pussy clenched about my tentacles, the other three wiggling and writhing as her soft touch stirred delicious tingles down the appendage.

    “You shiver when I touch you.” Christine licked her lips. “What’s it feel like?”

    “Like someone’s touching my nipples or cunny,” I answered. “Or my clitoris.”

    “They’re that sensitive?” another girl asked, her eyes wide.

    “Yes, they are. They’re like…extensions of my pussy. It makes me feel amazing to touch and stroke others with them.”

    “And take their maidenheads?” Peony asked.

    “That is definitely a treat,” I nodded. “Like Christmas pudding.”

    Christmas? asked Merita.

    Just a holiday. Where we—

    My thoughts were scattered by Christine’s tongue licking at the tip of my appendage. She circled it, gathering the juices beading on my purple tentacle, her blue eyes flashing up to mine. Color burned even brighter in her pale cheeks as she made my other three tentacles lash and writhe.

    I moaned in delight. Her tongue was so delicious on my tentacle. And then she opened wide and sucked on it. I groaned, my back arching and my small breasts jiggling before me. The desks creaked as the girls squirm.

    “It’s like she’s sucking on a prick,” one girl said.

    “Eww,” another gasped. “That’s disgusting.”

    “But this isn’t.”

    The girl who squealed let out a breathy, “No. No, it is not.”

    The brunette sitting beside Christine suddenly seized a second tentacle, both her hands wrapped about it, stroking up and down the undulating length as she opened her mouth wide. I pressed my tentacle past her lips, savoring her warm, sucking mouth.

    I shuddered as two girls sucked my tentacles. Christine’s tongue danced while the brunette’s cheeks hollowed. She sucked so hard, loving my tentacle while her hands pumped up and down my length for as far as she could reach, her fists gliding along thanks to my cunny juices.

    “Wow, look at her face,” Peony said. “She looks like she is in heaven.”

    “Uh-huh,” I groaned, my hips shifting. The sucking sensations shivered down my body.

    “What’s it feel like?”

    “Like someone is sucking on my tentacles,” I gasped. “Better than having my nipples sucked on. Oh, yes, yes, please, keep sucking. Oh, you are making me feel all fluttery.”

    “She’s going to orgasm,” chuckled a girl in the back.

    “Definitely,” Tabitha purred as she pressed up behind me again.

    This time, both her hands cupped my breasts as she nibbled on my shoulder. My small tits were the perfect size for her to cup. Her fingers swiped across my mounds and brushed my hard nipples. They throbbed, shooting bliss down to my pussy.

    Juices dripped down my thighs. I squirmed, my two free tentacles writhing. I arched my neck as Christine and the brunette sucked hard on my tentacles. They worshiped them. My stomach fluttered as the pleasure built.

    But I needed more. And I had two tentacles free.

    Fuck their cunnies, Merita moaned in my mind. Oh, yes, let’s make this into one wild orgy of delight. You know you want to.

    I did. So badly.

    I lowered my two tentacles. It was easy to control them both. I reached out beneath Christine’s and the brunette’s desk and brushed the bottoms of their skirts. The girls sitting behind them craned their necks forward, huge smiles on their lips.

    “Her tentacles are going up their skirts,” one said. “Oh, Henrietta, you are so naughty.”

    “Uh-huh,” I moaned then shuddered as Tabitha pinched and rolled my nipples between her fingers.

    “Fuck their cunnies,” my redheaded lover whispered in my ear, her tongue flicking out and licking a lobe. “Do it.”

    Yes, do it, Henrietta, moaned Merita.

    It’ll be so hot, thought Christine. To lose my maidenhead to her fairy tentacles. This is amazing. So hot.

    She’s reaching beneath my skirt, came from the brunette. She sucked harder on my tentacle. She’s going to violate my cunny. Oh, yes. That sounds wonderful.

    Their thoughts poured into me, making me tremble with excitement. My tentacles disappeared beneath their skirts and petticoats. It was warm beneath their clothing. I brushed their stocking-clad calves, sliding up their legs to their knees and then to their bare thighs.

    Oh, she’s touching me, thought the brunette. Her eyes squeezed shut. She stroked her hands faster and faster on my tentacle she sucked, shooting pleasure down to my pussy.

    I was so close to cumming.

    I stroked up both girl’s thighs. I wrapped my tentacle around Christine’s leg since I stood closer to her. I savored the feel of her silky thigh as the tip of my tentacle reached both girls’ cunnies. Their curly pubic hair massaged the ends of my tentacles. It was such a wicked delight.

    I came.

    “Yes, yes, yes,” I gasped suddenly. “Oh, that’s so amazing. Suck my tentacles. And then I’m going to fuck your cunnies so hard.”

    “She’s had her release,” Peony groaned. “Look at her.”

    The effervescent pleasure bubbled through me as both my tentacles pressed against their pussies. I slipped into the brunette without any effort, her hymen already pricked. Her hot, tight cunny engulfed my cock. She moaned and spasmed. The tight feel of her pussy caressing my tentacle sent another burst of paroxysms through me.

    I trembled in Tabitha’s arm as the brunette thought, She’s fucking me with her tentacle. Oh, Lord, this is so wrong. So wonderfully wrong.

    As she sucked harder on my tentacle and squirmed as my other fucked her cunny, my third tentacle pressed on the entrance of Christine’s virgin pussy. I know I promised the Headmistress not to pluck any more cherries.

    But I couldn’t help it. Not when Christine moaned in my mind, Yes, yes, take my maidenhead. I need it in me.

    As my orgasm peaked inside me, bathing my mind with pleasure, I rammed my tentacle forward. Christine’s hymen gave a valiant fight. The black-haired girl moaned about my tentacle, her tongue fluttering hard against it as her membrane stretched and stretched.

    And snapped.

    I’m a woman now, Christine screamed in my thoughts as my tentacle penetrated into the hot depths of her virgin snatch. I shuddered in Tabitha’s embrace, moaning again as I fucked both girls cunnies with my tentacles, pumping them in and out of their depths.

    “Oh, yes, fuck them,” Tabitha moaned. “This is so hot. Oh, yes. I love you.”

    “Love you,” I answered as I shuddered, more orgasms bursting out of my pussy. The pleasure radiating down my tentacles were enchanting, leaving me shaking and shuddering as I savored the hot, tight embraces of their cunnies.

    Ooh, Etta has such a nice ass, thought Tabitha. It was so hot when I licked her while Miss Erma spanked her. Mmm, so sour and yummy.

    “Do it,” I moaned. “Lick my ass, Tabitha. I would love for you do that again.”

    “Ooh, you’re reading my mind again,” she giggled. “I will. I have such a letch for your pretty bum.”

    Tabitha, and her wonderful breasts, slid down my back as my four tentacles writhed in heaven. They fucked in and out of Christine’s and the brunette’s tight, slick cunnies faster and faster. I savored the velvety press of their flesh on mine. Tabitha’s tongue ran down my spine. I groaned, loving how wicked it felt as she traced lower and lower.

    And then her hands reached my butt-cheeks. She squeezed both of them, bringing a gasp of pain from my lips, reminding me of Miss Erma’s wonderful hand falling over and over on my backside. I squirmed, my eyes fluttering. Whimpers of delight burst from my mouth. I trembled. My eyes fluttered. Such wonderful, delicious pleasure.

    Her ass is so beautiful, thought Tabitha as she pressed her mouth between the cheeks of my ass.

    Your ass is beautiful, Henrietta, Merita giggled. I thoroughly enjoyed licking and fingering it in your dream.

    That was nice, I agreed as Tabitha’s tongue licked lower and lower through my crack, nearing my dirty sphincter.

    “Oh, yes,” I gasped as my friend rimmed her tongue around my puckered opening.

    It felt so naughty to feel her tongue circle it. Trembles shook my body and then wiggled down my tentacles. They pumped harder and harder in and out of the two girls’ cunnies, my body shaking. The shudders popped my appendage out of Christine’s mouth.

    “Oh, yes, yes, yes,” she gasped, her body quaking as my free tentacle writhed in the air. “So good. She’s wiggled her tentacle so deep in my pussy. This is amazing. So much better than rubbing at the outside.”

    “Yes,” I agreed in agreement.

    “It so is,” Peony nodded, her skirt bunched around her waist, her stocking-clad legs spread wide. I could see her fingers pumping in and out of her cunny.

    “You have a tentacle free,” gasped a cinnamon-haired beauty whose name, I think, was Leonora.
    She ripped her fingers from her pussy and darted froward, her dark-gray skirts swishing about her thighs, part of her hem stuck on her petticoats, showing the snowy garment beneath. She reached me and hiked up her skirts and petticoats, revealing a bright-red bush just like Tabitha’s.

    “Fuck me,” Leanora moaned.

    “Do it,” Tabitha moaned between licks of my asshole.

    I couldn’t resist Leonora’s proffered cunny. I shoved my free tentacle between her legs, stroking at the hot flesh of her sex. I groaned, savoring how juicy she felt, a line of cream trickling down my appendage. Such pleasure ran down all of my tentacles. I grinned and then shoved it into her pussy.

    My eyes widened. My tentacles were buried in three different cunnies, and they all felt different. Warm, wet, and silky, yes, but they were tighter in different places. I panted, ramming my tentacle deep into Leanora’s pussy as the girl stumbled forward, her sticky fingers grasping my shoulders.

    “Oh, yes, yes, yes. She’s fucking me with her tentacle. Cure my hysterics.”

    “Yes,” groaned Christine, her head lolled back. “Oh, sweet Lord. I…I…”

    “Enjoy your release,” I panted, reaming all three of my tentacles faster and faster through the three girls’ cunnies.

    The brunette’s hands clenched on my tentacle. I turned my head. Her face contorted with pleasure she convulsed. Her pussy spasmed about my tentacles, shooting sweet delight down my appendage to my pussy. My cunny clenched about my tentacles and my sphincter ached as Tabitha probed her tongue into my bowels, her fingers digging into my ass.

    So many inputs. It was all so much.

    The brunette convulsed again. She pulled my tentacle out of her mouth, gasping, “I’m cumming. Her tentacles are wonderful. They’re the best. Henrietta…you’re amazing!”

    I beamed as I savored all the wicked delights shooting through my body. Tabitha’s tongue probed into my asshole, sliding in and out of it like a many tentacle, sending the hot, burning bliss to my pussy. The brunette’s cunny spasmed a final time, and then she slumped out of her desk to the floor, eyes fluttering as she gasped for breath.

    “So good,” she groaned.

    “Free tentacles,” squealed the girls.

    It was a rush to get to me as I pulled my appendage out of the brunette’s spasming pussy. Juices dripped from it as the girls surrounded us. Another blonde, her hair in ringlets, reached me first, seizing the tentacle fresh from the brunette’s cunny. “Please, please, me next.”

    She shoved the tentacle down with one hand, the other frantically yanking up her gray skirt. I shuddered as a saucy-lipped girl with huge, green eyes reached the fourth tentacle, her skirt already hiked up, those eyes begging to be fucked.

    “Yes,” I groaned, my head spinning as I thrust my tentacles into the two new pussies. They engulfed my appendages in hot, tight, feminine delight.

    Four pussies, Merita!

    Yes, yes, it is such a delight.

    Leonora’s hands tightened on my shoulders as her face twisted with passion. She leaned over and kissed me hard on the lips as her hips writhed, her pussy clenching on my appendage. The saucy-lipped girl moaned, her mouth opened wide as she shuddered. Tabitha licked my asshole harder and harder, the pleasure bursting through me.

    I came again.

    “Yes, yes, yes,” I moaned, breaking the kiss with Leonora, my voice echoing through the room. “It’s soooo good. Four cunnies on my tentacles.”

    Enjoy, Merita groaned. Oh, yes, savor this.

    My tentacles pulsed as I orgasmed. The swells rippled down the appendages and into the four girls’ pussies. All four of them shuddering in shock. Their thoughts spilled into my mind, all four girls screaming their bliss as they writhed.

    Cumming, Christine’s thoughts gasped the loudest in my mind as her mouth sang out wordless bliss for the entire school to hear.

    As my tentacle pulsed in her cunny, her flesh spasmed about my appendage. I swayed, my mind exploding with so many sensations. Stars danced around my head. The room swam. Tabitha’s hands clenched on my ass, the pain the only thing keeping the pleasure from carrying me aloft.

    It was wonderful. Wicked. I needed more. I wanted to keep cumming.

    “Me next,” someone moaned as I pulled my tentacle out of Christine’s pussy.

    A new cunny to fuck. I rammed my tentacle into the girl, not even knowing who it was. I didn’t care whose pussy I reamed. I just had to pleasure these naughty girls. Leonora’s cinnamon hair swept across my breasts. Her lips latched onto my nipple. She sucked on my nub.

    One more sensation swirling through me.

    Etta’s ass taste so good, thought Tabitha.

    Oh, I love sucking on her nipple while she fucks my cunny.

    Her tentacle is so deep in me. I’m going to have my release.

    Yes, yes, yes, yes, yes.

    Someone came on my tentacle, hot cunny massaging my appendage. I shuddered, swaying. Only Leonora and Tabitha kept me standing as another orgasm burst through me. My tentacles were so sensitive, and the girl’s cumming pussy had set me off again.

    The room reeked of hot pussy. A wonderful, passionate scent. Girls’ hands touched me, stroked me. Someone else nibbled on my second nipple. A hand caressed my free tentacle, guiding it to another cunny. A girl moaned as I penetrated her.

    I fucked them all. I came and came as the room swam over me. My tentacles moved from girl to girl, coated with an ever-increasing cocktail of juices. Puddles of girl-cum dribbled on the floor. My toes clenched in it.

    Tabitha licked and tongued my ass the entire time.

    I lost track of my orgasms. I was so dizzy. The moans of girls serenaded me. I caught glimpses of naked, girlish flesh pressed together. Kissing, licking, fingering. Those not being fucked found their own ways to entertain themselves.

    Miss Erma was in the middle, holding Leonora and Peony to her breasts while the brunette tongued her pussy. She had a look of delicious joy on her face as I fucked and writhed and came so hard. It was an orgy of passion.

    When it was over, I sank into a desk chair. The room spun around me. Girls panted all over the room, their faces red and flushed. They had such huge smiles on their lips. They all had been satiated. I gave them all pleasure.

    Tabitha sat on my lap. “That was so hot,” she groaned before she kissed me with sour lips.

    My ass. I loved it how naughty it was to taste it on her lips. Today was such a wonderful day.

    No, it is not. The containment. Remember, Henrietta.

    I sighed, breaking the kiss with Tabitha. I forgot. But I don’t know what we can do about it.

    We have to get back to my ship. Perhaps the computer has ideas. But I fear the nanites have infected a local. And…

    What does that mean. What will it do to them?

    Merita hesitated. I don’t know. It could mutate them. Change their bodies on a molecular level.

    Mole…what?

    Merita sighed again. Everything is made up of tiny particles divided into elements based on their composition. These elements bond together. Like Iron or Gold or Carbon or Oxygen. These are elements. And when they bond together, they form molecules. You breathe a combination of gases. The most prominent is made of a pair of Nitrogen atoms. The next most is made of two Oxygen atoms, which your body breaks down to fuel your metabolism, and in the process you exhale a gas made out of a Carbon atom and two Oxygen atoms as waste.

    Really? I blinked. Wow.

    Your body is made up of more molecules, mostly Carbon and Hydrogen, with Calcium, Potassium, Iron, and other elements. The nanites can modify these molecules. It is how they’re replacing the Calcium in your spine and repairing the nerves severed in your body. But if they’re not controlled…they can do other things.

    Sounds scary. Okay, we’ll sneak out after dinner. Only one more class to go. Philosophy taught by Miss Marilynn.

    Okay, Merita agreed.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    …connect…

    The words whispered through the mind of Marilynn Gully as she walked with the three others. Their minds were connected through the metal tentacles. Two sprouted from Marilynn’s pussy, connected to Daisy and Geneva, with Daisy also connected to Emaleine. They had to find more connections. The voice needed more.

    The four didn’t question it. Their thoughts ran from one to the other, mixing, sharing, thinking. They had to find the ship. They had to be complete again. But they had no idea where the ship was or how to make themselves whole.

    So they would connect.

    They strode the hallways of Kensington Boarding School. Marilynn knew she was a teacher here, Daisy a maid, and Geneva and Emaleine were students. There were more girls and women to connect to here. The third tentacle sprouted from her pussy undulated beneath her skirt, eager to connect.

    …connect…

    “Yes,” the four said in unison. “Connect.”

    Loud footsteps thudded behind them, heeled boots ringing on the stone of the building. Someone walked with a brisk stride, skirts swirling. The four turned in unison, excitement throbbing through their pussies. Connection was such a bliss. It was wonderful to unite with another woman, to slide their metal tentacles into her cunny and feel the electric, orgasmic joy burst in their depths.

    Headmistress Edna Neville strode down the hallway in a dark-red dress, her back straight, her beautiful, mature face hardening as she sighted the four. Marilynn’s tentacle writhed in unison with her three companions. The headmistress marched forward, her hair pulled back into a tight, black bun. It would have intimidated any of the connected four before their union.

    But now they were more. They were changed.

    “Marilynn Gully, where have you been all day?” demanded the headmistress as she stopped before the foursome. “You came with impressive recommendations. They all described you as punctual and dependable, not a woman that misses almost her entire first day of teaching.” The headmistress’s eyes flicked down, drinking in the grass-stained, rumpled nature of Marilynn’s green dress. “What have you been up to?”

    “Searching for women,” Marilynn answered, the other three fighting not to speak with her.

    “Searching…for women?” Edna Neville took a step closer, standing right before Marilynn with only a foot or so separating them. “Just because this school is liberal in the sexual pleasure we allow the staff and students to engage in isn’t an excuse for you to abandon your duties. You are here to teach.”

    As the headmistress spoke, Marilynn’s third tentacle slithered out beneath her dress, slid across the floor, slipped beneath the headmistress’s skirt, and reached up for her pussy. Marilynn trembled, ecstatic joy bursting across her face.

    “Are you even taking this seriously?” demanded the headmistress. “This isn’t a—” She gave a shriek as the tentacle rammed into her pussy.

    “Connecting,” moaned the four in unison as pleasure rippled through them.

    “Oh, my… What is that? You… I…” Headmistress Edna shook her head and took a step back as the tentacle fucked in and out of her pussy, giving her such pleasure. “What are you…doing…? Oh, Lord, that’s good.”

    “We’re connecting with you,” the foursome said in unison.

    “Why are…you talking…so…so weird. And together. What is going…on?”

    At that moment, classes ended. Girls poured out of their classroom into the hallway. They giggled as they streamed past, whispering as the headmistress clearly writhed in orgasmic pleasure. Three girls in the crowd gasped and moaned as metal tentacles slithered up their skirts and thrust into their pussies. Tawny-haired Zelda writhed as her cherry popped and then moaned in delight as Daisy’s tentacle reamed deep into her snatch. She clutched onto Jeane who also shuddered while Darcy, the third girl, let out a huge moan of bliss.

    The other students walked by, giggling louder, unaware that three of their fellow classmates and the headmistress were being assimilated. The tentacles pumped faster and faster, driving all eight to their orgasms and the moment of blissful connection.

    They screamed out their joy, their words echoing over the students as four became eight, the nanites surging into new hosts and going to work. They moved faster than before. With each new woman they connected to, they knew how to modify her body with more efficacy. The intervals shortened between new tentacles sprouting, using the reserves of metal from the casing of the devoured core.

    In a handful of minutes, the eight went in search of more to connect to, tentacles writhing beneath their skirts.

    …connect…

    To be continued…


  • Incestuous Harem’s Passion 10: Incestuous Lust Kindled

    Font size : +


    Incest is spreading. Others are discovering the delight while the authorities struggle to figure out how to nail Clint.

    Incestuous Harem’s Passion

    (An Incestuous Harem Story)

    Chapter Ten: Incestuous Lust Kindled

    By mypenname3000

    Copyright 2019

    Note: Thanks to wrc264 for beta reading this!

    April 4th, 2027 – Detective Nelson Tucker

    I leaned back in the chair watching the video of Clint’s wedding to Pam Hiragawa. My eyes studied it for the dozenth time. I had several pads of notes written on what I’d observed. There had to be something useful in it. Something we could grab onto. Every day, it felt like that bastard Clint was getting further and further from justice.

    Protected by his powerful friends.

    The small room, covered in our notes on the walls, felt stuffy. My shirt was rumpled. A layer of grime covered my skin. I needed to shower. To shave. Sleep. My eyes felt watery, but I just couldn’t bring myself to leave. Not when this case needed to be cracked open so damned wide the DA would have to do something about it.

    A loud knock wrapped the door. I grunted something, my eyes staring at the TV.

    The door opened. “Hey, happy birthday, Tucker.”

    I grunted and looked up to see a bottle flying at me. I managed to grab it. I clutched a bottle of Johnny Walker Black, the whiskey sloshing around in it. I grinned at it and looked up to see Officer Nicholson in the doorway wearing his patrol uniform, blue jumpsuit, his heavy gun belt festooned with equipment from his sidearm to a taser, cuffs, mace, and more.

    “So, this is what you detectives do, huh?” Nicholson said as he sauntered into the room, eyes flicking around. “Watching… Is that a wedding video?”

    “Uh-huh,” I grunted. The last person I trained before moving onto detective was Nicholson. A sharp, young man. He was nearly thirty now with the stripes of a patrol sergeant on his shoulders. “It’s the life.”

    Nicholson laughed. “I’ll say.” He looked around. “So this is the whispered case the mighty Nelson Tucker’s been working for the last year with nothing to show for it.”

    “Yep.” My insides souring. “You here to bust my balls?”

    “Of course,” he said, grinning at me. “Damn, you look like shit. When was the last time you went home.”

    “Don’t remember.” I shrugged. “Ain’t nothing there.” I paused the video and looked up at him. “How’s it going on the street?”

    “Shittily.” He leaned against the wall. “Playing catch and release it seems. I swear I arrest a guy at the start of my patrol and he’s back out on the street causing shit by the end of it. What’s the fucking point of humping it?”

    I grunted. “Now your sister’s in the shit?”

    “She’s as dumb as her brother,” Nicholson said, a smile crossing his lips. “She’s just out of probation. A boot no longer. She’s on solo patrol. Working out in West Sacramento.”

    “Good to hear,” I said. “Easy beat.”

    “It’s all the shit these days. She spends half her time covering other parts of the city.” Nicholson arched his back. “I’m thinkin’ ’bout movin’ on. Woodland’s got an opening for a patrol sergeant. Might try and swing it with them.”

    “And get bored in the suburbs?” I asked.

    He shrugged.

    The door opened and my partner entered. Sunny Savage opened her mouth and then blinked at the sight of Nicholson. He gave her a nod and she responded with a flat one back, her youthful face a mask of stoic reserve.

    “We need to change tactics,” I said to her, sitting up. “We’re being too damn cautious. We got to be aggressive.”

    “What are you thinking?” Sunny asked, her words cautious.

    I grinned and told her.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    July 17th, 2023 – Cruzita Martínez

    I was Cruzita Gutiérrez no longer. My divorce might be over, but I still needed the soothing relaxation from the Lady’s Touch Massage Parlor. I came at least once a week to relax and enjoy myself, usually on a weekday.

    But today was special. My daughter had just turned eighteen.

    “Just relax and enjoy yourself,” I told her as she stood up to go back. “This will change your life. Just go with whatever Carmelita does.”

    My daughter, Laurita, gave me a strange look. “What does that mean, Mom?”

    I just winked at her. “Enjoy. Happy birthday, Laurita.”

    “Mmm, I’ll take care of you, pretty girl,” Carmelita said, taking my daughter by the arm and leading her back. The masseuse had a similar shade of golden-brown skin to my daughter. A naughty tingle raced through me at the thought of Laurita having her first lesbian massage.

    Or maybe it wasn’t her first one. It was the twenty-twenties. Kids were supposed to be getting up to all sorts of things that worried parents. I never thought Laurita was doing anything, but then did my parents know when I lost my virginity?

    “She’s so cute,” said Lee, speaking English. She knelt on her receptionist chair, wiggling back and forth. I had come to learn a lot about her. She had a Master who utterly controlled her in some strange BDSM relationship. She probably had a vibrator in her buzzing away, unable to cum without his permission. “I hope my daughter’s that cute when she’s that age.”

    “When she starts growing boobs, she’ll stop being so cute and become a bit of a nightmare,” I told her. “But Laurita mellowed out the last year.”

    “I think her daddy can keep her in line.”

    My usual masseuse, Juana, opened the door. She was Carmelita’s younger sister, a cute girl in her early twenties, dark hair spilling around a lovely face. Her eyes sparkled. In Spanish, she asked, “Mmm, you ready, pretty lady?”

    My pussy went molten. “Mother of God, yes.”

    I stood up, my pussy soaking my panties with my excitement. I never thought I would enjoy women so much. I didn’t consider myself a lesbian, but when I was here, it just felt so right to be touched by, and to touch back, a woman. To have that wonderful release that a good orgasm could bring.

    Nothing more relaxing in the middle of a busy workday.

    I followed Juana back. She had a big smile on her face as she took me into the very last door. I had never been in this room. It had a sign on it that read “Employees Only” on it. I gave her a curious look as she backed in.

    “I just thought you’d like to watch,” she said and opened onto a small breakroom, the lights off. The wall to my right held a large pane of smoky glass that looked into the massage room where Carmelita was stripping my daughter naked.

    “A two-way mirror?” I gasped. I had been in that room. The mirror room. It was an exciting place. It had mirrors on all four walls and the ceiling, reflecting everything that went on.

    “Mmm, yes,” said Juana. “Sometimes we’re naughty and spy on our clients. Isn’t that just wicked of us?”

    “Yes,” I said, my stomach lurching as I watched Laurita through the mirror. Her reflection spilled around the room, moving with her as Carmelita worked off her shorts.

    “This is weird,” Laurita said.

    “Mmm, this is just the sort of pampering service we offer,” said Carmelita. “Ooh, cute tattoo.” She stroked my daughter’s hip. I gasped, seeing a flaming heart inked there. When had my daughter gotten that? The thin waistband of her purple thong ran over the middle of it.

    “Still,” Laurita said. “You do this to my mom.”

    “My sister is her usual masseuse,” Carmelita answered, her breasts jiggling in the tight, silk robe she wore. It had a short hem that left her gorgeous thighs exposed. “She’s the one who strips your mom naked and rubs her hot bod.”

    “Hot bod?” groaned my daughter. “She’s my mom.”

    “And?”

    “You do have a hot bod, pretty lady,” purred Juana as she untucked my blouse from behind. “Just watch your daughter getting massaged while I take you to heaven.”

    I shuddered. This was so wicked. Felt so wrong. I trembled as Juana kissed at the back of my neck while her hands reached around my body to unbutton my blouse. My daughter was down to her bra and panties. Carmelita, still kneeling, tugged down the thong.

    My daughter gasped in shock, grabbing her underwear for a moment. She gripped it, struggling to keep it from sliding down her body, but Carmelita tugged harder. She ripped the thong out of my daughter’s hand and down her lush thighs.

    “Don’t want them to get stained,” purred Carmelita.

    “Love using that line,” moaned Juana.

    “Naughty lesbian,” I moaned as she finished unbuttoning my blouse.

    I stared at my daughter’s rump. I hadn’t seen her naked in a decade. This strange heat rippled through me. Laurita had grown up. She had curves to her rump, though her ass was still tight with youth. Her body was tall and slender.

    “Bra now,” said Carmelita. “Mmm, just relax.”

    Juana pulled off my blouse and attacked my bra as I watched my daughter, now facing the mirror, being stripped of the last of her clothing. She had no idea I was seeing her body. She had a shaved twat, her plump vulva on display, her inner pussy lips hardly peeking out at all.

    Did my pussy look like that at eighteen? I had thick lips now, wet lips.

    Our bras came off at almost the same moment. My daughter stared at the mirror before her, not seeing me and my round breasts come into view, but I could see her small tits. They were perky little mounds, almost cones. Her nipples were small and hard. They looked like they could cut glass.

    “Mmm, she’s cute,” Juana said. “Takes after her mother.”

    I smiled at that. Juana unzipped my skirt and worked it down my legs. The scent of my arousal brushed my nose, a spicy musk. I groaned as her lips kissed at my plump ass left exposed by the wicked cut of my panties. They weren’t a thong, but they left the bottom half of my rear bare. I loved her mouth smooching and nibbling on my butt.

    Carmelita put a blindfold on my daughter, a thick mask over her eyes. My daughter gasped while Carmelita purred, “Just relax. This is the massage your mother recommended. It’s a treat. Lets you focus on your body and on relaxing.”

    “How kinky,” I moaned. “I never had a blindfold massage.”

    “It’s something new we’re trying out,” Juana said. She hooked my panties and pulled those down. I groaned as the crotch came away from my pussy. I shuddered as the cloth rolled down my thighs. My hips wiggled back and forth. “Mmm, there’s that yummy snatch. Mother of God, but I love being your masseuse, pretty lady.”

    “I bet you tell all the women you’re about to eat out that,” I said, feeling her eyes on my snatch as she worked my panties past my knees.

    “Doesn’t mean it’s not true,” the horny lesbian purred. All four of the masseuses here were lesbians. Stefani and Zoey were even dating. They had been impregnated at the same time, both having a kid by the same sperm donor, or so that was my understanding. I couldn’t see them fucking the same guy.

    Panties off, she pressed her face up between my thighs and nuzzled at my hot pussy. I heard my pubic hair rasping across her face. Then I groaned as she flicked her tongue out. She fluttered across my folds, licking and teasing my cunt.

    It felt incredible.

    While I watched my daughter stretch out on her back, blind and unaware that her naughty mommy could see her, I enjoyed Juana’s tongue caressing my pussy lips. She flicked up and down, caressing me, teasing me. I groaned, my hips wiggling from side to side. The pleasure rushed through my body.

    “Oh, yes, yes,” I whimpered. “Show my daughter a good time.

    The delight rushed through my flesh. My eyes were locked on Laurita. Carmelita spread the massaging oil across her back, stopping just short of her cute rump. I shuddered, my hands pressing on the two-way glass. I stared at my daughter. She had no idea she was about to be seduced. Carmelita’s hands worked down her back, stroking her, relaxing her.

    It was incredible. Juana’s tongue stroked my pussy. She massaged my twat with her naughty tongue. She caressed my labia and clit, running back and forth. I groaned, trying to keep my passion quiet so my daughter wouldn’t hear her mother’s naughty sounds.

    This was so wicked. I shouldn’t be doing this, but the taboo thrill of it rippled through me. It wasn’t like I was touching my daughter. What went on here was already illegal. I never should have gotten involved—it would be the end of my career if this got out—but I couldn’t help it. I loved coming here, paying for lesbian sex under the guise of a massage.

    My daughter would learn that delight, too.

    “Oh, her hands are coming closer and closer to my little mermaid’s cute ass,” I moaned. I hadn’t called my daughter mi sirenita in years, but now… Now I was feeling so wicked. A naughty mommy. “Ooh, yes, she’s going for it.”

    My daughter stiffened for a moment as Carmelita’s oily hands swept out and cupped both cheeks of Laurita’s ass. Fingers dug into those tight buttocks, kneading her. Massaging her. I groaned, my pussy clenching around Juana’s tongue.

    “My daughter’s shifting,” I whispered. “My little mermaid’s letting her do it.”

    “Mmm, good,” moaned Juana. Her tongue fluttered back and forth through my pussy folds as Carmelita worked on Laurita.

    She paused and then slipped out of her robe. Her naked body came into sight, round breasts swaying, nipples pierced by gold rings connected by a chain. It swung as she leaned in and rubbed at my daughter’s ass again, digging into her flesh, the masseuse’s thumbs sweeping down into Laurita’s butt-crack.

    My breasts rose and fell. I leaned closer to the glass, my nipples brushing the smooth surface. It was hypnotic to watch. Juana didn’t devour my pussy to make me cum, but to keep me bursting with delight as I watched the seductive massage.

    Carmelita’s hands slid down to my daughter’s thighs. She rubbed up and down her flesh, stroking her. I couldn’t hear what Carmelita spoke, but her lips moved. I imagined they were compliments. She parted my daughter’s thighs, staring down at her exposed pussy.

    I couldn’t see my daughter’s twat, but Carmelita could. She worked her hands up and down my daughter’s thighs. My cunt tightened. I held my breath, wondering if the naughty woman would go for it. Would she touch my daughter’s pussy?

    Her hands came nearer. Nearer. I couldn’t tell if she reached Laurita’s twat or not.

    Then my daughter bucked and gasped, “What?”

    “Sorry,” I heard Carmelita say.

    “Oh, she’s pretending to have touched my daughter’s pussy on accident,” I moaned, my lusts surging through me. I pressed my boobs against the glass, my forehead on it. Both my hands stroked across it.

    “Good,” Juana moaned. “She’s going to do it again. A little longer. Get your daughter used to the touch.”

    “You sneaky bitches,” I moaned.

    “Yes, we are.” Juana thrust her tongue into my twat and wiggled it back and forth.

    My rump clenched as I moaned in delight, watching Carmelita spending a lot of time massaging my daughter’s inner thigh right before her pussy. She spoke again, too soft for me to hear. My daughter squirmed, her oiled ass clenching.

    Carmelita must be rubbing on my daughter’s cunt over and over, stroking her hot flesh. I whimpered, this wicked heat surging through me as I watched Carmelita’s hand shift ever so subtly. My daughter’s legs spasmed. Her knees bent, feet coming up in the air for a moment.

    She moaned.

    “Oh, god, she’s masturbating my daughter,” I moaned. “Your sister’s rubbing her fingers up and down my daughter’s cunt.”

    “Enjoy, pretty lady,” purred Juana.

    I watched my daughter’s body tremble. Her rump kept clenching. Carmelita braced her left hand beside her, leaning over my daughter. The masseuse’s round breasts swayed while my daughter’s moans grew louder and louder.

    “That’s it, pretty girl,” I heard Carmelita saying, her voice louder. Throatier. “Mmm, yes, yes, that’s it. Your mother told you to trust me.”

    “I… I..” My daughter lifted her head from the cutout, the blindfold covering her. “She didn’t mean this?”

    “Oh, yes, she did,” purred Carmelita. “She’s getting her pussy licked right now. In another room. Mmm, why do you think she comes here all the time?”

    “Mother of God,” my daughter gasped. “Shit in milk! I can’t believe that but… but… Fuck, don’t stop. That’s so good.”

    I shuddered, watching, entranced as Carmelita masturbated my daughter towards an orgasm. My little girl was a woman, receiving a woman’s pleasures. I brought her here for this, but I never thought I’d get to see it.

    I savored Juana’s tongue licking and lapping at my pussy. My pleasure built and built with my daughter’s own bliss. I fought to keep my moans quiet. I could never let Laurita know that I watched this. My nipples rubbed on the cool class, my breath fogging the window before me as I panted.

    Her moans were so delicious to hear.

    I whimpered, loving every moment of this illicit show. It was so hot experiencing a tongue lapping through my twat while my daughter trembled towards her orgasm. I shuddered, watching every moment unfold, so eager for the explosive climax.

    “Carmelita1” my daughter gasped. “Oh, oh, Carmelita.”

    “That’s it, pretty girl,” the masseuse purred. She leaned over further and licked my daughter’s ear, breasts pressing into Laurita’s back. “Just explode. Like your mother is.”

    “Yes,” I whimpered. I hurtled towards my climax.

    My daughter shuddered on the table. She gasped and moaned, her pleasure bursting out of her as wordless gasps. I trembled, my pussy clenching around the tongue probing into my depths. Hot lips worked against my labia.

    Laurita cried out in her climatic rapture. My daughter orgasmed before me.

    “My little mermaid,” I groaned and joined her.

    My pussy convulsed. Waves of rapture washed through my body. I groaned and gasped, stars dancing before my eyes. My body trembled, the cunt cream gushing out of me and spilling into Juana’s hungry mouth.

    The masseuse licked them up as I whimpered. I watched my daughter’s ass arch up into the air. The masseuse bed she lay on creaked and groaned beneath her rapturous passion. My heart pounded with excitement as I witnessed the wild passion.

    My daughter was so beautiful.

    My orgasm hit its peak. I panted as I watched Laurita squirm and shudder. She bucked a final time and then Carmelita pulled her fingers away. She straightened and sucked off my daughter’s cunt cream. What did Laurita taste like?

    I couldn’t think that. As I came down from my orgasm, I watched my daughter panting. She trembled on her back and then gasped as Carmelita said something. My daughter rolled over, her small breasts coming into view. Her tattoo faced me now, that flaming heart inscribed into her golden-brown flesh.

    Juana stood up. “Mmm, pretty lady, let’s go.”

    “Huh?” I gasped as she grabbed my arm and tugged. “What?”

    She dragged me out of the room. I stared at my daughter as long as I could, panting and shuddering. Then we were in the hallway, both Juana and myself naked. Her small breasts quivered as she led me the few steps to the door to the mirror room. Juana put her finger to her lips, the international gesture for quiet.

    She slowly and oh, so carefully opened the door.

    I trembled as we crept into my daughter’s room. She still wore the blindfold, unaware that we’d entered. Carmelita looked up and smiled, her hands rubbing oil into my daughter’s firm breasts. She winked at me.

    “Oh, pretty girl, your pussy tastes so good,” Carmelita purred. “I just have to eat you out.”

    “Shit in the milk,” gasped my daughter. I never heard her curse so much in her life. “What is up with this massage parlor? Did my mom really bring me here and pay a lesbian to make me cum?”

    “Yes, she did, pretty girl,” purred Carmelita, winking at me. She squeezed my daughter’s tits. “I bet she just had a great orgasm getting her pussy eaten by my sister.”

    “That’s so crazy. You’re a bunch of whores here.”

    “Yes, we are.”

    I shuddered as Juana led me silently around my daughter’s massage bed. My heart pounded in my chest as I was brought to the end of the table. Laurita’s legs were parted wide, her pussy right there for me to see. I trembled, my reflections surrounding me. I could smell her spicy musk. It was so similar to my own, but softer. Sweeter.

    “So, pretty girl, want me to eat you out and really make you cum?” Carmelita asked. “Give you a tongue massage.”

    “Mother of God.” My daughter’s thighs squeezed shut and rubbed together, hiding her twat from my sight. “I do. Eat my clam, lesbian.”

    “With pleasure, pretty girl,” Carmelita said. Then she let go of her breasts and moved towards us.

    Juana pushed on my ass, pressing me against the massage table while my daughter’s thighs spread right before me. My eyes opened in realization of what they wanted me to do. They wanted me to crawl to my own daughter’s pussy and eat her out.

    I couldn’t do that. It was illegal. Immoral. Incest. This was worse than the crimes of coming here. It violated nature’s law. That was my daughter’s pussy. My little girl’s cunt. She grew inside of me. Came from me.

    “Come feast on my clam!” moaned my daughter. “Mother of God, I’m fucking soaked. I want to cum again.”

    I found myself crawling onto the massage bed between my daughter’s thighs, my body shaking. Shuddering. I couldn’t believe these two sisters were driving me towards incest. I looked behind me and almost gasped in shock. Carmelita sank to the floor and pressed her face into Juana’s pussy.

    They were lovers, too?

    Juana winked at me.

    It made me wonder about my friend. Olivia Wright had been bringing her daughter here for years. Ever since she’d turned eighteen. Did she and Phillipa have sex, too? Where they secret, lesbian lovers, reveling in the incestuous delight I was about to enjoy?

    My hands slid up my daughter’s thighs. She squirmed, her face twisting. My heart pounded in my chest. It thundered, pumping hot blood through my veins. My breath quickened. This nervous flutter danced through my guts.

    I leaned over, black hair spilling over my daughter’s thighs. Her spicy musk filled my nose.

    “Stop teasing me and massage me with that tongue,” moaned my daughter. “Mother of God, I’m horny.”

    So was I.

    I licked my lips and then pressed my face into my daughter’s pussy lips. I’d eaten Juana out so many times during my “massages,” and enjoyed the other three masseuses from time to time when they had to pitch-hit for my favorite.

    None of those times had ever been as hot as this.

    I tasted my daughter’s barely legal passion. The incestuous flavor of her familiar juices. My tongue licked up her flesh. She gasped and shuddered as I caressed up to her clit. Her thighs tightened around my face.

    “Oh, yes, lesbian! Ooh, lick my pussy with that hungry tongue. You like the taste of my cunt, don’t you? Yeah, you do. Get that naughty tongue in me, whore!”

    My daughter had no idea who ate her twat out. I reveled in the dirty words she called me as my tongue fluttered up and down her folds. I drank in her spicy cream. I savored all these incestuous flavors. My tongue danced through her pussy lips. I caressed her. Teased her. I drove her wild. I loved how she gasped and moaned. How she whimpered and groaned.

    I thrust my tongue into her depths. No virgin here. My daughter’s pussy accepted my tongue. She gasped and moaned, having no idea her mother’s tongue swirled through her depths. That she was engaged in naughty, incestuous love.

    “Oh, yes, that’s it!” she moaned. “Mmm, you’re just a naughty, little dyke! Just feasting on my cunt! Mmm, just feel you go at it. Just devour me. So hungry for my pussy, aren’t you?”

    I was.

    I thrust my hands beneath her butt-cheeks. My pussy was on fire. I couldn’t answer her, just love her. My hips wiggled back and forth. I ignored my burning cunt and feasted on my daughter’s delicious twat. My tongue fluttered up and down her slit, caressing her pussy lips.

    Teasing her flesh.

    Her moans were so sweet. They sang through the air. Her thighs squeezed about my face. Her body bucked, humping against me. Her skin felt so silky on my cheeks while her hot pussy soaked my tongue. I scooped them up, savoring them.

    I nuzzled up to her clit. I slid my lips over her little bud and sucked on it. My daughter made such a passionate gasp of bliss. She groaned and shuddered. She whimpered out in rapture. She bucked on the bed. Gasped. Moaned.

    “Yes, yes, yes!” she moaned. “Oh, that’s it, you nasty lesbian! Ooh, suck on my clit!”

    I did. I pleasured her clit. Nibbled on it. My tongue swirled around it. I showed her everything I’d learned the last few years coming here. My pussy cream ran hot down my thighs. I moaned around her bud, loving my little girl.

    “Fuck, yes!” she moaned. “You’re going to make me cum.”

    It was a hot delight to hear. To listen and experience my daughter’s pleasure. I abandoned her clit, wanting to lick her again. To be in her. My tongue thrust into her snatch and swirled around inside of her incestuous depths. Her spicy cream soaked it.

    My fingers dug into her rump, holding her tight. I devoured my daughter with hunger. Her moans grew louder. Her juices hotter. They coated my lips and chin. I reveled in them. I loved every moment of her hot cream on my mouth.

    The forbidden delight of her pussy.

    “Oh, fuck, yes!” she moaned and bucked, the massage table creaking. “That’s… That’s… Fuck, yes!”

    Her pussy juices gushed out of her. They flooded my mouth. I groaned and drank them down. My tongue licked and lapped up her cream. I devoured the bliss flooding out of her. I savored every moment of her pussy juices gushing out into my hungry mouth.

    My tongue fluttered up and down her hot cuntlips. I licked her up as her moans echoed through the room. In reflections, I watched her body tremble through her climax, blissfully unaware that her naughty mommy ate her out.

    “Carmelita, you fucking lesbian whore!” gasped my daughter. “Mother of God, no wonder Mom comes here! Shit, this is incredible!”

    My tongue licked up all the juices flooding out of her while my own cunt burned and shuddered. Her small breasts jiggled, those brown nipples so suckable. I wanted to do this to her again. To make her cum.

    She panted as I lifted my face, her cream spilling down my features. I shuddered and slid off the table. Juana trembled through her own orgasm, her hand clamped over her mouth to keep from making noises.

    Carmelita rose and said, “Mmm, our time is almost up.”

    “That was amazing,” My daughter groaned. “Better than any guy going down on me.”

    She was eighteen. How many guys had she had? Since the divorce, I had to let her take care of herself. I was busy working my job, my caseload worse than ever. But then motherly pride washed through me.

    I gave her the best orgasm. As Juana and I slipped out of the room, that thought burned in me.

    The moment we were in the hallway, I shoved my hand between my thighs and frigged my pussy. I gasped and moaned, cumming in a hot flash, my daughter’s juices soaking my face. I whimpered and moaned as the waves of bliss shot through me.

    “I know,” Juana whispered. “Incest is the best. My sister and I have been lovers since college. And we’re not the only ones.”

    “Are Stefani and Zoey sisters?” I groaned.

    “No, but the guy who knocked them up is Zoey’s brother. And Lee’s brother, too. He’s her master.”

    “Oh, my god,” I groaned. I shouldn’t be learning this. “That’s… that’s…” My orgasm hit a wonderful peak of bliss. “Amazing!”

    I trembled as I dressed and slipped into the waiting room. Lee had this naughty glint in her eyes. She had to know what was going on. She squirmed. A moment later, my daughter stumbled out, her tank top clinging to her perky tits.

    “Mom, are you gay?” she asked when she stopped before me. “Is that why you and Dad divorced?”

    “I’m not gay,” I told her. “Are you?”

    She frowned.

    “I just need to relax and this is easier than finding a man.” I winked at her. “Besides, there are no risks. No chance of getting pregnant. No one posting your nudes on the internet. You know why I divorced your dad.”

    She scowled and nodded. She had a step-mom that was barely older than her now. “So, do you want to come back next week?”

    My daughter smiled. “I think I do. Being blindfolded was wild.”

    “Sounds like it,” I said, eager for another chance to play with my daughter.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    September 19th, 2023 – Delilah Midgley

    Maybe if I hadn’t seen my son masturbating my marriage might have survived. Maybe. But the more I thought about what I’d seen, my then eighteen-year-old son stroking that massive cock, the more obsessed I became. I grew more and more distant from my husband.

    My son’s cock hadn’t come from Arthur’s side of the family. I didn’t know a cock could get that big. Ian packed a monster, and I wanted to enjoy it.

    Now, sitting in my new apartment, the last box unpacked on moving day, I cracked open a bottle of wine. I was all alone, my son out with friends, and starting my new life. I poured myself a tall glass of the red and let the fruity flavor pour down my throat.

    My pussy grew hotter and hotter as I squirmed. I closed my eyes and pictured Ian’s cock for the millionth time. I’d glimpsed him a few more times since that fateful day, wanting to do more than watch. But it was wrong. I was his mother. I brought him into this world. I couldn’t do that to him.

    But that big dick… Thrusting hard and strong before him. He could slide back into my pussy. Return to his mother. Was that so wrong?

    I knew it was, but the more wine I drank, the hornier and hornier I grew. Things like morality didn’t matter. Not with something as carnal and passionate as my desire for Ian. I would love my son. Teach him about how to please a woman. Let him enjoy every bit of my body. I’d gotten in shape. For him.

    I hoped to feel his eyes on me. To notice my tighter ass and flat stomach. The toned thighs. He’d glance at me in my yoga pants and a sports bra as I prepared to do my exercises. Sometimes, I hoped he masturbated to me.

    But he never grabbed me. Never fulfilled my fantasies of seizing his mom and taking her hard. He was a good boy. He would never do something so sordid and depraved. He wasn’t a dirty whore like his mother.

    “I’d be your dirty whore,” I moaned, my body so warm. I tipped the wine bottle and frowned as only a splash dropped into my glass. I turned over until was upside down, watching the red wine drip out from the spout.

    The neck wasn’t as thick as my son’s cock, but…

    “Mmm, I’ll be such a dirty whore for you, Ian,” I moaned, my pussy growing juicier. I stared at my living room, all alone, the shelves covered in knickknacks. “Let me show you what Mommy can do.”

    I stood up and gasped as the floor felt slanted. I shook my head and caught myself on the shelf, rattling my collection of glass figurines. I straightened and then peeled off my old t-shirt and threw it to the floor. My breasts heaved in my large sports bra. I unpinned my blonde hair from the bun I put it up in, letting it spill down to my neck.

    “Your mommy’s a naughty, randy whore,” I purred, picturing Ian watching me.

    I popped off my sports bra. My large breasts spilled out. Those big, soft, lush boobs that young men were obsessed with. I’d learned this word from another divorced friend of mine. MILF. Mother I’d Love to Fuck. I could be a MILF.

    For Ian.

    I lifted my right boob and sucked on my own nipple, nursing on it with hunger. Pleasure shot down to my cunt as I imagined my son watching me. My hips wiggled from side to side as I nursed. Delight sparked. My left hand slid down my flat belly to my sweat pants. I pushed them down, working awkwardly one-handed as I swayed to the fire in my belly.

    I kept sucking and nursing, imagining all the naughty things my son would say to me. He’d stroke that massive cock, the muscles in his arms rippling. So turned on by his hot mommy. My pussy clenched, my poor panties a sodden mess.

    I released my breast. It fell down and bounced before me. I saw it swaying in the reflection on the TV’s black screen. I shuddered, spotting my curvy form. I pushed down my panties, this wild heat building and building in me.

    Naked, I threw myself on the couch, grabbed the wine bottle, and brought the narrow end to my pussy. I pressed the cool glass through my blonde bush and against my hot flesh. Ian burned in my mind. Tall, blond, athletic. A strapping, young man. Not fat. Not balding. He was gorgeous. His blue eyes stared at me.

    I thrust the bottle into me, moaning, “Yes, yes, fuck your naughty mommy!”

    The narrow neck reached deeper into me than my husband’s cock. I gripped the wider bottle, pumping it in and out of my naughty cunt. The pleasure rippled through my flesh. I squirmed on the couch, my boobs heaving.

    “You like being back in your Mommy, don’t you?” I groaned. “Yeah, you do. You want to be buried so deep into your Mommy. You want to fuck her.”

    I plunged the glass shaft in and out of my pussy. I groaned every time the shoulder widened to the body, my cuntlips stretching for a moment. But it was too thick for my snatch to swallow. I shuddered at the imperfect toy. I didn’t care. I was so turned on.

    My son fucked me hard in my imagination. He squeezed my big titties. He loved them. He pounded me with passion. He didn’t hold back. He gave me such pleasure. My tangy musk filled my nose, my arousal growing with every hard plunge of my son’s cock into my cunt.

    “Yes, yes, just like that!” I whimpered, my orgasm building and building with every thrust. I kept my eyes squeezed shut. “Fuck your naughty mommy!”

    “You’re amazing, Mom!” Ian moaned in my fantasy. “Such a hot and tight cunt. You’re awesome. Love you!”

    “Love you, too!”

    My toes curled. My feet rubbed across the carpeted floor. I whimpered and groaned, the pleasure building and building in my cunt. Every thrust brought me closer and closer to my incestuous climax. Picturing my son over me, his muscles flexing as he pounded me, had me on fire.

    That big dick of his stretched out my cunt. Fucked me better than his father ever had. He gave me pleasure. He knew how to love my pussy. I gasped and squealed, my cunt clenching around him tight. Hard.

    “Fuck your mommy so hard!” I moaned. “Your big dick is giving your mommy such pleasure! Oh, yes, yes!”

    “I love being in you, Mom! It feels so right. This is where I came from!”

    “Yes, yes, and you can return to it whenever you want, Ian!” I moaned, jamming the bottle deep into my cunt, my pussy lips stretching around the widening neck. I kept pushing on the bottom, wanting to take as much in me as I could.

    My left hand squeezed my tit. I dug my finger into it as I forced another inch of the bottle into my naughty pussy, my cuntlips stretching to engulf that wide shaft. I whimpered, moaned, the pleasure surging through me.

    “Mom!” Ian groaned.

    “Cum in your mommy!” I howled and climaxed.

    My pussy convulsed and writhed around the bottle. Waves of rapture swept through me. I rode them as I masturbated to my incestuous fantasy. My son groaned in my mind. I imagined his cum firing into my cunt, filling me.

    It was incredible. My body bucked on the couch. My moans sang through the air. I tossed my head, whimpering and groaning in delight. My pussy writhed around the bottle. The pleasure surged to the pinnacle in me.

    “Yes, yes, yes!” I moaned as the door rattled. “Oh, my god, that’s so go—”

    The front door opened, and I gasped out in shock, writhing in mid-orgasm, my pussy convulsing around the bottle harder as the fear shot through me. My son was home early. He told me he was going to be hanging out with friends after we finished unpacking. He stared at my naked form.

    “Oh, my god,” I moaned in abject shame and embarrassment. I ripped the bottle out of my pussy as he turned away.

    “Sorry, Mom!” he gasped.

    I fled down the hallway, my cheeks burning with humiliation. I slammed the door shut behind me. Did he know I was thinking about him? Did he realize it? My entire body quaked. Such powerful embarrassment filled me.

    “Sorry,” he shouted again. “I didn’t… I mean… I’m really sorry, Mom.”

    “It’s okay,” I whimpered, wanting to just melt into a puddle and soak into the carpet. I hadn’t been this embarrassed since high school. “I shouldn’t… Not in the living room… I’m so sorry you had to see that.”

    “Don’t worry about it,” he said. “I guess everyone does… that.”

    I groaned and threw myself on the bed. That was nothing like my fantasy. No Ian pouncing on me. No getting ravished. I didn’t know if I could ever face my son again. He saw me with a wine bottle in my pussy.

    I buried under the covers and never wanted to crawl out again.

    Only, I heard him in his bedroom. The bedsprings creaked. This rhythmic sound. My head lifted. I padded to the wall, pressed my ear against it, and heard heavy breathing. I bit my lip and listened to my son masturbating.

    Was he thinking of me?

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    July 9th, 2024 – Alysha Walsh

    “Let’s go skinny dipping!”

    The cry in the backyard at the pool party rippled over me. My friends and I burst into giggles. We were sipping wine coolers, buzzing on the drinks. I felt so naughty. I was newly turned eighteen, at a party with no parents around, and now there were guys ripping off their trunks, their cocks popping out. Girls squealed in laughter as they jumped naked in the pool.

    “Let’s go, girls!” one of them shouted, a buff, blond guy I didn’t know. “Let’s see those tops come off! Get those muffs out!”

    “Oh, my god,” I gasped, giggling loud as another guy thrust down his trunks, his cock spring out half-hard. Then a girl ripped off her top. She was an older girl at my college. She swung her flowery bikini top over her head like a lasso then dove in.

    My eyes darted around and I gasped to see my brother, Jaiden. He had two years on me, tall and strapping, his deep-brown skin gleaming in the sunlight as he thrust down his shorts. I couldn’t believe he was doing it, his cock spilling out.

    He proved the legend about Black guys right. A group of girls all moaned in delight. Guys groaned, knowing they were outmatched by his prowess. My eyes were locked on him, watching it twitch. Grow harder. Longer. I shuddered, this wicked heat building and building in me. What was wrong with me?

    Why was I staring at my brother and his cock? This heat rippled through me. My heart fluttered. It was gorgeous. A naughty itch built in my virgin pussy. I clutched the half-drunk wine cooler in my hand, my blood on fire. It had to be the booze, right.

    I wasn’t lusting for my brother’s dick. I couldn’t do that.

    “Top off, Alysha!” my friend, Dominique, shouted. I gasped as my knots came undone and she ripped it away, exposing my tits to everyone. I froze, not sure what to do as guys wolf-whistled, staring at my breasts and…

    My brother stared at my breasts. His eyes were locked on them while his cock reached its full girth, thrusting out before him. I shuddered as I saw the passion in his gaze. He licked his lips before he wrenched his gaze away from my titties and dove into the pool.

    My pussy grew so hot as the image of my brother’s cock burned in my mind.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    April 9th, 2027 – Clinton “Clint” Elliston II

    My “little girl” skipped by in a tight white and pink frock.

    Alicia giggled, her skirt flaring. She might be twenty-seven, but she looked so much younger. I groaned as this heat washed through my dick. I was supposed to be working on the brief for the trust-fund dispute I had to be in court for next week to argue a motion.

    “Damn,” I muttered and followed her out of my office. She wasn’t supposed to be playing in the main house. One of our kids could see us, and they were definitely old enough to start to understand things.

    Her skirt fluttered as she vanished up the stairs. I followed after her, my feet pounding on the steps. She raced up them and reached the second floor. Then her footsteps rushed down to the hallway up to my old attic bedroom.

    It was now my two oldest daughters’ room. They weren’t home. Alicia wanted to fool around in their girlish abode. That naughty minx. She made my dick hard. I chased up the stairs after her, taking them two at a time.

    I burst into the girlish room, stuffed animals covering their bunk beds stacked against the only wall with enough ceiling clearance. Dolls were everywhere, scattered across the floor. Alicia leaned against one of the two windows. She bent over to it, her frock’s skirt riding up those tights. She wiggled her ass.

    “Ooh, ooh, Daddy, look!” she said. “We have new neighbors.”

    “What?” I asked, my dick lead in my jeans and boxers.

    I unsnapped the fastener and reached the window. I pressed my hard cock into my little sister’s ass. I peered out and noticed the moving van unloading furniture. A young woman, not more than twenty with her black hair in a ponytail, was talking to the Hispanic movers. Another man, also black-haired and approaching thirty, carried a heavy box from the back of a Toyota Corolla.

    “New neighbors!” Alicia squealed, rubbing her rump into my crotch. “Mmm, we’re going to have to find out if they’re our sort of people, Daddy.”

    “Yes, we will, little princess,” I said. She liked to call me Daddy more and more than big brother these days like she used to eleven years ago when we first became lovers. Either way, it made me hard. “Mmm, you keep on eye on them, gather intelligence, while I do some poking around down here.”

    I knew that the house had been for sale, I just didn’t realize it had sold already. I hoped we’d get some understanding neighbors. People who could appreciate the incestuous lifestyle. A young couple… Who knew what sort of kinky things we could lead them into.

    As I hiked my little sister’s skirt, a hunger arose in me. Pam definitely needed to meet them. She had a talent for leading people to incest.

    To be continued…


  • The Love of Money II – Chapter 24: The Fifth Stroke

    Font size : +


    Natalie witnesses Bobbi’s submission and Marcus’s control

    I need you, I typed into my phone.

    Mmmm… that’s the kind of message a girl likes to hear, came the reply almost immediately.

    I snorted. That’s not what I had meant, but a little extra flattery went a long way.

    Good, I replied. Because I’m not letting you go. You’re mine till you draw your last breath.

    God, Marcus

    Come to the dungeon, I typed back. I need you to put on a little show with Bobbi. If it’s good, I promise you won’t regret it later.

    I’m in the hot tub, but I’ll be there as soon as I can, Sir, Helen replied.

    I slipped my phone into my pocket and stood, offering Natalie my hand. She hesitated a moment, then placed hers in mine. I helped her to her feet, but didn’t let go. She didn’t try to pull away; her fingers curled around mine and gave them a light squeeze.

    “You sure you’re okay with this? If the mere thought of it makes you uncomfortable, there’s no reason to see it.” After Emily’s reaction to learning the details of my relationship with Bobbi, I didn’t relish the thought of having a repeat performance with Natalie.

    “No,” Natalie said. “I want to.”

    “Okay,” I said and still held her hand as I led her down the hall toward the dungeon. On the way, I passed the door to my office, where Erin would soon bring Phoebe. Our destination was only a few doors down from there, and within moments, we stood in front of a door that looked deceptively like all the others.

    I took a deep breath. “What you’re about to see…”

    I turned to take both Natalie’s hands in mine. “Just reserve judgment until you’ve given it a few minutes.”

    Natalie gave me an inquisitive look. “Are you about to take me into your murder room?”

    Her question dispersed some of my tension, and I chuckled. “I don’t have a murder room.”

    “You’re not about to show me a dead body? You’re not starving anyone in a cage?”

    That last question hit a little closer to home… not just because of Bobbi, but also Ryo. I was literally holding a man hostage a couple of floors down. I didn’t know exactly how Psalter was entertaining our guest, but I doubted they were playing board games all day.

    At least I wasn’t starving him.

    “No,” I said.

    “Then I should be fine.” I could still detect a hint of discomfort despite the reassuring half-smirk she gave me. “I’m not exactly completely innocent, you know.”

    “I guess we’ll see,” I said, and opened the door.

    As I leaned into the room, my eyes landed on Bobbi. She was straddling a Sybian near the edge of the cleared-out center, eyes wide in surprise. The moment she saw me, she fumbled for the controls, scrambling to turn the machine on.

    “I was just taking a break!” She said as she engaged the switch. A low hum filled the air, muted by the noise-absorbing panels that lined the walls.

    She sat straight, looking at me like a toddler caught with her hand in the proverbial cookie jar. “I didn’t mean—”

    Then she caught sight of who was with me.

    Her wrath overtaking her, Bobbi’s slender form launched off the saddle, and she stalked toward us. She still wore the red and white bikini top, but the bottoms lay on the floor next to the machine. It left Bobbi completely bare waist-down, and the way the light hit the Sybian made the seat gleam, suggesting that my little kitten’s hairless slit was wet.

    “You brought her!? Here!?” Bobbi demanded, her fists clenched as if she were ready to swing at Natalie as soon as she got within arm’s length. “Are you fucking serious!?”

    Bobbi’s words immediately triggered me, and I took two steps into the room without even thinking. I stood in front of her as she quickly closed the distance between us, spine stiff. “What the fuck did you just say?”

    Everything from the look on Bobbi’s face to her posture immediately changed. She came to a dead halt about four feet from me, looking more abashed than angry, though I could still see her seething just below that surface of shame.

    “What makes you think you can take that tone with me?” I snapped again, meeting her glare for glare. “Have you learned nothing?”

    A hand touched my shoulder, pulling me out of our staring contest. I turned my head enough to see Natalie standing just behind my left shoulder, her eyes darting back and forth between Bobbi and me. Every muscle in her body was tense and charged, as if the slightest irregularity could set her off and send her fleeing.

    “Close the door,” I said reflexively, and internally winced, regretting not making it a request.

    It didn’t matter. Natalie obeyed my order, taking a step back before turning to do as she was told. Her obedience made my dick twitch.

    As she did, I turned my attention back to my pet. “What did I tell you to do?”

    Bobbi glanced at Natalie.

    “No! You’re talking to me,” I growled.

    “Not to turn it off,” she said sullenly.

    “That’s right. It’s bad enough you can’t follow a simple command, but now you talk to one of my guests like that?”

    She didn’t reply. Her glare was slowly fading into something more sullen.

    “Well!?” I barked. “Answer me!”

    “I don’t want her here,” Bobbi said, her voice subdued, but still threaded with annoyance.

    I closed the distance between us. “I don’t give a fuck what you want. Who I bring in here is my business. Who fucks you is my business.”

    From my peripheral vision, I could see Natalie tense, startled at that last sentence.

    Bobbi set her jaw in defiance. “Last time you said something like that, it was Astrid.”

    A pang of guilt shot through me. Bobbi’s injuries after her session with Astrid had been superficial. By now, most of them were faded, but there were still a few residual marks—faint stripes and faded brown splotches that looked more like she was accident-prone than anything.

    The guilt didn’t last long, though. Her haughty expression only served to piss me off. God… just when I was starting to actually like Bobbi…

    No one could get under my skin quite like her.

    “Keep talking to me like that, and I’ll ship you back to her in a box,” I said.

    Her jaw set in unvoiced defiance, but she shut up.

    For now, that was enough for me.

    I glanced back at Natalie, who was staring at her nearly nude former co-worker—the woman who had made her professional life a living hell for the better part of a year.

    The look on her face was a complex mix of emotions, but two stood out more than any of the others.

    The first was fear. She’d tried to play it cool, but being introduced to this room… especially with Bobbi in here… it was probably more than she anticipated, and definitely something she hadn’t expected to deal with tonight.

    The other one was arousal. There was no doubt about the amorous gleam in her eyes as they traveled over Bobbi’s form. Natalie was still in her swimsuit sans the skirt, so I could see every twitch of her bare thighs as she absent-mindedly squeezed them together.

    Her arousal amped mine exponentially.

    “Kitten,” Natalie observed, staring at Bobbi’s collar. “What’s that?”

    “Oh,” I said, turning my attention back to my pet. “That.”

    I reached up and ran the back of one finger across Bobbi’s small, pointed chin. Then I began to walk, making a slow circuit around her as she stood rigid, muscles tense. “You want to tell her, or should I?”

    Bobbi’s nostrils flared as she glared at Natalie, but she didn’t say anything.

    “It’s her name now,” I said when it looked like Bobbi was going to explain. “She doesn’t answer to her old name unless she’s ordered to.” Stopping behind her, I leaned toward her just enough so she could see me in her peripheral vision. “Isn’t that right, kitten?”

    Bobbi didn’t respond.

    I studied Natalie, watching her as she took in everything happening. Despite putting on what I thought was a perfect act, I was nervous and felt regret bubbling beneath the surface. I wanted to explain—give her context, soften the edges. I was afraid she’d see only the cruelty, as though, without knowing the dynamics, she’d mistake my relationship with Bobbi for pathology.

    But in providing context to Natalie, I was afraid of letting Bobbi see my vulnerability, which could possibly undo some of mine and Helen’s hard work.

    On the other hand… if Natalie wasn’t scared off by everything she’d seen so far, maybe she was at least a little into this. Perhaps she didn’t see it as cartoonish villainy after all. Come to think of it, she hadn’t even flinched in my office at Marduke—not when I implied the dynamic with Bobbi had a coercive edge.

    Or perhaps she was just so into me that she was willing to give whatever this was a chance.

    In the end, it didn’t matter. This was my life, and radical honesty was the reason I brought Natalie here. She’d either accept it, or we’d both have to walk away.

    “Kneel,” I said, low enough to sound somewhat menacing, but loud enough that Natalie heard it. Her focus sharpened. When she shifted, her thighs slid together with just enough friction to once again betray her arousal.

    Bobbi didn’t move.

    Still behind her, I leaned in closer so my mouth hovered just next to her ear and spoke so softly that she was the only one who could hear. I kept my eyes on Natalie, though.

    “Kitten, your mistress has been enjoying herself this evening. If she has to spend the rest of the party punishing you for disobeying me, I’m sure it will be ten… fifteen times worse. I’m only going to say it once more. Kneel.”

    A heartbeat passed, and none of Bobbi’s muscles so much as twitched as she continued to glare daggers at Natalie.

    Why did Natalie trigger her so much? Did she hate being seen by someone who remembered who she once was? Was it embarrassment or shame?

    Two heartbeats, and she still hadn’t moved.

    Natalie’s eyes flickered from Bobbi to me—searching and unreadable.

    Three heartbeats.

    Bobbi’s knees bent as she slowly began to descend to the floor, finally obeying my command.

    I tried not to look surprised as I placed my hand on the top of her head and started to complete my circuit around Bobbi.

    “This isn’t the woman you used to know,” I said and looked back down at Bobbi, kneeling in front of me. I wondered what to do next.

    It was so much easier to order Bobbi around with Helen present. My lawyer had been with me since the first moment I started breaking Bobbi. We were a team, and I’d spent more time with both of them together than I spent alone with the submissive.

    The other thing was that with Helen, it was all raw and real. It was about power and desire—nothing more. Helen knew my vulnerabilities and had been supportive in helping me grow into the person I was becoming. She compensated for my shortcomings because she was aware of them and knew how to anticipate them.

    With Natalie, this was all performative. I was trying to demonstrate that I was the perfect dom, and while I didn’t think I had made any massive blunders, I could feel how razor thin the line was, and even the slightest misstep could result in a dynamic I didn’t want with either of these beautiful women.

    Now that I had Bobbi kneeling in front of me, I started to wonder whether I should stop while I was ahead or press things further. What would happen if I undid my fly and pulled out my cock? Would Bobbi swallow it in front of her former co-worker? The fact that I didn’t know meant that Bobbi still needed more training, and that I needed more experience.

    Or what if something even worse than Bobbi’s refusal happened? What if Natalie felt betrayed by seeing Bobbi blowing me? It was one thing to introduce her to our relationship—that was already a lot, but was making my pet suck me off in front of her just a little too far for an introduction?

    Still, both of them were watching me expectantly… waiting for me to do something. Natalie had taken a couple of steps closer without saying a word. Her eyes simply flitted back and forth between me and my slave, her breathing shallow as she chewed on her bottom lip, waiting for what happened next.

    A noise behind me drew all of our attention.

    The door opened, and Helen stepped into the dungeon. Her cold blue eyes immediately darted from me, to Bobbi, and to my date. Her hair was damp, resembling the color of dark straw as it clung to her back and shoulders. She still wore her bathing suit, and I could see the moisture from the hot tub glisten on her fair skin.

    “Oh,” she said, feigning surprise. “I didn’t know we had a guest.”

    A third option had appeared.

    Relief flooded me. I didn’t have to gamble after all. Or, at least… I didn’t have to make as much of a gamble.

    “Glad you could join us, Helen,” I said. My hand slipped off Bobbi’s head as I turned my attention away from her. “You remember Natalie, right?”

    “Of course,” Helen said, smiling warmly at the other woman. She shut the door behind her, taking care to lock it before approaching and offering my old co-worker her hand. “You looked amazing on the dance floor. Have you had fun?”

    “Um…” Natalie took Helen’s offered hand, but gave Bobbi another glance as she considered her answer. “It’s been… interesting.”

    Helen smirked. “I’ll bet it has.”

    Helen gave me the briefest of glances, but I knew her well enough by now to recognize that she was assessing my state and trying to gauge how much intensity she should throw into her performance. She must have seen something in this entire scenario that sparked amusement—her lips curled into a half-smirk.

    “Of course, you’ve met her,” Helen said, her eyes falling on Bobbi, still kneeling behind me.

    “We’ve known each other for a long time,” Natalie said. “We haven’t always gotten along, though.”

    Something about another woman’s presence in the room seemed to ease some of the tension for Natalie. Her breathing grew steady, and her tone became more conversational.

    “Marcus told me that our kitten wasn’t well-liked by anyone at her old office,” Helen said, stepping between us to approach the reluctant submissive.

    “She wasn’t,” Natalie admitted, “She was abrasive and not much of a worker. When she left, it was like a breath of fresh air in our department. Everyone was happy to see her leave.”

    I was a little surprised by Natalie’s candor in Bobbi’s presence, and chalked it up to gaining confidence in seeing the way Helen talked about her.

    Natalie must have noticed the unusual way she was talking about Bobbi and glanced between us, a touch of uncertainty blossoming in her features again. “I don’t know if anyone could have imagined anything like this happening to her.”

    “I imagine not,” Helen said, looking down at her charge. She laid a soft hand on Bobbi’s cheek and the submissive, despite herself, pressed into Helen’s palm—a subtle movement. “I’m sure if you spent a little more time with her, now, you’d forgive her for how she treated you.”

    Helen dragged her fingernails gently across Bobbi’s baby-smooth skin, almost as if she were an actual cat being shown affection. “She was just lost and directionless… Marcus and I helped her find her way.”

    She cut her startlingly blue eyes up at Natalie. “Are you here to watch? Or are you interested in more?”

    Natalie’s mouth fell open, but there were no words. She looked blindsided by the question, and terrified to answer it, so I slipped my hand back in Natalie’s and said, “We’ll watch for now, Helen. I just thought Natalie might want to see what Bobbi’s been doing since she left.”

    Helen gave Natalie a warm smile. “I think we can manage that.”

    I appreciated the fact that Helen seemed to realize Natalie needed a touch of warmth to ease her discomfort.

    It looked like it was working—Natalie returned her smile, her dark brown eyes lingering over Helen a beat longer than necessary. They didn’t stay on Helen’s face, either. She wasn’t trying to be overt about it, but Natalie’s gaze certainly wandered over the dom’s body, taking in the full effect.

    I couldn’t blame her. Helen was stunning. The triangles of bright red fabric barely covered her breasts, creating a deep trench that revealed the inner swells and a generous slice of side boob. The crimson patch between her legs left half her soft, rounded mons on display. If she’d kept any hair down there, it would’ve peeked over the top of her bikini bottoms. Her long, pale torso flowed into even longer, shapely legs—elegant and provocative in equal measure.

    Natalie had never confided her sexual preference to me, but if I had to guess… I’d be willing to bet good money that she had at least a little bit of bi-curiosity.

    She finally tore her eyes away from Helen to look at me, and I gave her a small, reassuring smile as we backed away from the pair and made our way to a leather couch.

    “Are you okay?” I asked.

    She nodded. “I just didn’t expect this when I came tonight.

    I stopped her before she sat down. “We can leave. I just wanted you to fully understand my life. You don’t have to watch this if you don’t want to.”

    She stared at me for a full ten seconds, and I could see the wheels turning in her mind as her eyes flicked back and forth between mine.

    “I’d like to stay for a few minutes, if that’s okay,” she finally said.

    We both took a seat on the couch. I sat on one end while she took the middle seat, leaving little space between us. Her choice to sit that close filled me with optimism.

    Helen made a show of walking over to the rack where many of the toys were kept—a series of hooks that held crops, whips, chains of various sizes and lengths, and more. She took a simple leash and returned to Bobbi, placing the plug-like end of the leash against the collar just above the hollow of the submissive’s throat. It snapped into place.

    “You called me down here,” Helen said. “Was there any reason in particular, Sir? Was she disobedient?”

    “She was,” I said, settling back into the couch. Natalie followed suit a beat later. “I told her to sit on her saddle and keep it on until someone came for her. When we came in, she had it off. Then she yelled at us when she saw Natalie.”

    Helen audibly sighed as she looked back down at her charge. “Come along, pet.”

    Bobbi started to climb to her feet, and Helen placed a hand on her head and pressed her back to her knees. “No. On all fours.”

    The submissive glanced at us, then back at Helen. “Please…” Whatever followed was too low for Natalie or me to make out.

    “I don’t care, kitten. You’re going to do as I say, or you’re going to get much worse than what I have in mind. I won’t ask again.”

    Bobbi dropped to all fours, and her mistress smiled at her. “Good girl.”

    I smiled a little at that, reminded of my time with Helen yesterday, and what I’d called her—good girl.

    Helen wrapped the leash twice around her hand, making a deliberate show of it as she gave Natalie and me a long, lingering look. Then she turned and began leading Bobbi toward the bondage horse—a piece of equipment Bobbi knew all too well. It resembled a builder’s sawhorse, but the frame was mostly padded in what looked like soft leather. Eyehooks lined the base of both panels, making it easy to chain a submissive into place. Functional without being too uncomfortable.

    When they reached the bench, Helen gave the leash a firm tug, and Bobbi climbed onto it without protest. Natalie and I watched as the former workplace bitch sullenly mounted the contraption. Helen knelt to secure her ankles to the lower hooks, tightening the restraints with practiced efficiency. As we watched her work, Natalie leaned into me a little more, her shoulder brushing mine.

    “How the fuck did you get Bobbi Nanford to obey like this?” She asked, her eyes still glued to the pair.

    I tilted my head toward hers so we almost touched, using the opportunity to put my hand on her knee. “It’s been a long process, and Helen deserves most of the credit. She’s amazing at this.”

    “I can tell,” Natalie said, watching as Helen fastened soft leather cuffs around Bobbi’s wrists and clipped them to a rope. The line hung from a ceiling hook, its loose end coiled nearby with enough slack to stretch to the floor.

    Helen closed the short distance between them and stroked Bobbi’s face, her thumb gliding over a delicate cheekbone. She leaned in and pressed her lips to Bobbi’s, who received them with reverence, leaning into her mistress. The tenderness was a stark contrast to the hatred she’d shown Natalie and me just minutes earlier. Then came a sound—a soft, whimpering sigh so faint I almost missed it.

    “Why does it seem a little muted in here?” Natalie asked.

    “This entire room is completely soundproofed,” I said. I leaned in a little close so I could whisper, “We could make Bobbi scream at the top of her lungs for ten minutes straight and you wouldn’t hear anything, even if you were standing in the hallway with your ear pressed to the wall.”

    I let my fingers graze up and down her silky skin just above her knee, and she lowered her eyes to watch my touch for a few moments before meeting my gaze. “You’ve actually tested it out?” she asked.

    “Some,” I said. “Helen, though… she’s had Bobbi screaming in here for hours and no one’s reported hearing anything.”

    More sounds drifted from Helen and Bobbi, and Natalie chanced a glance at them, but I kept my eyes on her. Natalie was the point of this, and I’d seen Helen’s work enough to know that I wouldn’t be missing out on too much. Natalie was all that mattered right now.

    I could see the interest in her eyes as she watched the pair continue to kiss, and I couldn’t decide what had her more intrigued. Was it seeing someone she spent a year hating, finally getting her comeuppance… or was there more to it than that?

    Was Natalie attracted to the control that Helen wielded? Was she at any point imagining herself in the blonde’s place? An image flashed in my mind of not only Helen, but also Natalie taking control of Bobbi… of them sharing the stubborn bitch between them. I could see the three of us plugging all her holes and making her airtight… using her up until she was nearly comatose with pleasure and pain.

    Or was she more drawn to Bobbi’s loss of agency? Another image—this one of Natalie kneeling next to Bobbi. I could see both of them blowing me, glaring at each other as they were forced to a mutual end. My cum covered their faces in my vision, and a hand on the back of each of their heads, forcing them to share my spend as they kissed.

    Or maybe she was meant to be more of a partner, enjoying a lazy morning with me—her with Bobbi’s face forced between her legs while I had my cock buried in Helen’s throat.

    All three scenarios drove me crazy with lust, and I simply couldn’t make up my damn mind which scenario I preferred. All that I knew for certain was that I wanted this woman… badly.

    Helen broke off the kiss, her teeth clamped on Bobbi’s lower lip as she pulled away, eliciting a wordless protest from the submissive, who could do little else to resist.

    Bobbi’s bottom lip finally popped free as Helen loosened her grip. Her mistress reached behind her, untied the tie of Bobbi’s swimsuit, and unceremoniously pulled it off, baring Bobbi completely and showing her tits to Natalie for the first time.

    Natalie gasped.

    “Is this turning you on?” I asked.

    “Yes,” Natalie said, so distracted by what she was watching that I wasn’t even sure if she fully realized what she was saying.

    Bobbi stared at her mistress uncertainly as Helen took half a step back and admired the naked young woman before her.

    Helen took hold of the rope attached to Bobbi’s cuffs and let it glide loosely through her fingers as she circled to the far end of the horse. There, she clipped the rope into place, then seized the length dangling from the ceiling and yanked the slack free. Three sharp pulls, and Bobbi was forced flat to her stomach, stretched along the top of the bench, arms extended forward, her hands hovering about a foot above the far end. With practiced ease, Helen secured the rope, locking the submissive into position.

    Seated at a right angle to where Bobbi lay, Natalie and I were treated to a striking side view of her stretched across the horse. Her frame was slender—ribs casting faint shadows beneath taut skin, the gentle ripple of lean muscle evident beneath the surface. She wasn’t built for strength, not really. Tara had followed precise instructions: to keep her willowy and feminine. No bulk. Just a strong core, careful conditioning, and a body fat percentage calibrated to keep her delicate.

    She wasn’t tall, but there was something elfin about her build—lithe and delicate, like something from a high fantasy. Her hips flared, framing an ass that was rounder, fuller, and just a touch more than Erin’s. Her modest breasts straddled the horse, one pressed gently to the padded surface, its porcelain skin stark against the black leather.

    Bobbi’s cheek rested on her outstretched arms so that she was looking directly at Natalie and me. She started to turn away, but Helen anticipated it. The older woman latched onto her hair and forced her head back down in mid-attempt, making sure that we could see her face. Helen tightened the grip on her charge’s hair, causing her to wince as she peered up at her.

    Helen bent over the submissive until her lips were right next to Bobbi’s ear, and she whispered something and received a faint nod followed by, “Yes, Mistress.” Helen laid a simple kiss on the side of the girl’s head and then went to choose the tool she would use to administer Bobbi’s punishment.

    My little pet simply stared in our direction, her eyes half lidded. Light caught the glisten at the corner of her eye—tears starting to form.

    Natalie must have noticed it too. She looked at me, unbelieving what she was seeing from her former co-worker. “Is she going to be okay?”

    She hadn’t noticed the other thing that Bobbi was doing—it was so subtle that it didn’t surprise me that she’d missed it. Bobbi’s ass kept clenching, making slow, micro thrusts downward in an attempt to grind her pelvis against the leather she was bound to. The way her ankles were strapped to the bottom of the horse panels, she had to be making contact with her clit.

    “She’s fine,” I said, finally tearing my eyes from Bobbi. “She’s dry humping the bench. You see?”

    Natalie took a moment to watch as I continued, “The only thing Bobbi really hates is the fact that you’re sitting here, watching her get her ass beat. Hurting her pride is one of the worst things you can do to her, which is strange, considering some of the horrible things we’ve put on her collar at this point.”

    Helen returned to the bench with a paddle in hand. It was made of sleek, dark walnut with my initials etched into the center. A few drilled holes made it more aerodynamic—less drag, more sting. In anyone else’s grip, I might have offered a warning. In Helen’s, I didn’t have to.

    “Don’t look away from them, love.” Helen laid the paddle gently against Bobbi’s rear. “If you do, I’ll simply add another stroke to the ledger.”

    She glanced at me, her eyes dancing with azure flame.

    Without waiting for a response, she raised the paddle and brought it down onto bare, pale flesh.

    Despite the noise-absorbing panels, Bobbi’s cry rang throughout the room. Her eyes clenched shut, teeth peeled back in a rictus of pain.

    Beside me, Natalie flinched.

    Helen lifted the paddle off Bobbi, revealing the faint lines of my initials blooming on her left buttock.

    “That’s one,” she said—her tone almost motherly, as if she were handing out cookies to her favorite child.

    She laid a gentle hand on the small of Bobbi’s back, lifted the paddle over her head, and brought it down again.

    A second crack resounded, and Natalie flinched harder this time.

    Bobbi jumped in her restraints, her scream trailing off into a sob. Fresh tears pooled at the side of her nose and slid down the bridge. Her wide eyes flicked back and forth between Natalie and me.

    I glanced at Natalie. She was transfixed, staring at the girl who had once been her bully. She’d caught glimpses of Bobbi vulnerable in my office—on her knees, rough-edged and tousled—but nothing like this.

    I gave her leg a light squeeze. “What are you feeling?”

    She finally tore her eyes away to look at me. She licked her lips nervously. “I don’t know.”

    “Have you ever done anything like this before?”

    Natalie gave a small shake of her head.

    “Does this bother you?” I glanced at Bobbi and Helen. “Or does it turn you on?”

    She didn’t answer. Her gaze drifted back to the other two women. Bobbi was still sobbing quietly, and Helen had leaned down to kiss the reddened skin bearing my initials.

    “Number two,” Helen purred. “Brace yourself. This next one might sting a little,” she said, locking eyes with Natalie, making it hard for me to be sure who she was talking to.

    Before I could read Natalie’s expression, Helen brought the paddle down again, squarely across both cheeks. The dark wood bit into flesh with a sharp, echoing crack.

    “Fuck!” Bobbi screamed. “I didn’t do anything that bad!”

    Natalie didn’t flinch this time. She leaned in slightly, disturbed—but obviously turned on.

    I slid my hand a little deeper between her legs just to see what she’d do. To my surprise and delight, her thighs parted ever so slightly.

    An invitation.

    I let my fingers journey another inch. The heat was undeniable—thick, humid, slick. It was like stepping into a sauna.

    Her legs twitched again, spreading further. She wasn’t just allowing me. She was welcoming me.

    “Oh, kitten…” Helen murmured. “You just fucked up.”

    “Marcus…” Bobbi pleaded, her voice raw.

    I dragged my gaze off Natalie to glance at my little pet. “She’s being punished in front of Natalie. That’s enough punishment on its own. Keep it to five.”

    Helen’s devious smile didn’t waver, but she nodded respectfully. “As you wish.”

    Lifting the paddle again, she said, “Two more, kitten.”

    The next strike came down lower, catching the tops of Bobbi’s thighs. She let out a long grunt that dissolved into breathless sobs. Her face buried into her arm, as if trying to disappear without disobeying her mistress.

    Natalie flinched—and her thighs parted further. My fingers grazed higher, pinky brushing against the yellow fabric of her swimsuit.

    The contact made her flinch again. She turned her head and met my gaze. I didn’t need her look to confirm what my fingers had already discovered—she was soaked.

    My smallest finger slid across the damp fabric between her legs. I felt the contours of her sex and paused halfway through to press into them—slowly, deliberately.

    Natalie whimpered. A pitiful, barely-there sound. But it was unmistakable.

    Desire. Need.

    I couldn’t look away from her.

    She couldn’t look away from me.

    There was fear in her eyes—uncertainty. Maybe she was wondering if she would be next on that bench.

    But the arousal on her face said it wouldn’t be entirely unwelcome.

    “Natalie?”

    We both turned.

    Helen stood beside us now, holding the paddle by its broad end, the handle pointed toward us.

    “Would you like to give the final stroke?”

    “What?” Natalie asked, startled.

    “What?” I echoed.

    What?” Bobbi cried, her voice pitiful through her sobs.

    Helen shot the submissive a quick glare, then turned back to Natalie.

    “I’d say if anyone deserves to smack that ass as much as Marcus, it’s you.”

    Natalie stared at the paddle, then looked at me, silently asking for permission. I gave a nod.

    She reached out and took the handle with a kind of reverence, like Arthur drawing the sword from the stone. Gingerly, she pulled it free from Helen’s grasp and held it up like a relic, her eyes trailing over the dark wood grain.

    My gaze was locked on the initials carved into its center. Up until now, that detail had felt like a playful indulgence for Helen. But now, with Natalie holding it, it suddenly felt exposed… gratuitous. The whole thing had always flirted with absurdity—but ordering a custom paddle that stamped my initials into someone’s ass? That was a whole other level.

    Internally, I winced.

    Natalie didn’t seem to mind. She slid to the edge of her seat, then rose, and any embarrassment I felt evaporated the moment I got a look at her body in motion. That swimsuit clung to every curve, and God, she had curves for days—rivaling Jessica’s or Camille’s, but with a leaner tone and frame. As she stepped slowly toward Bobbi, her hips swayed like Jessica Rabbit—smooth, hypnotic, every step rippling with tension.

    I wasn’t the only one watching. Helen’s gaze was glued to that perfect ass, and for a moment, I worried that if Natalie joined this life but wasn’t into women, I might have a riot on my hands. Helen and Erin had both made their hunger pretty clear.

    Helen followed close behind her, and I rose from the couch to join them.

    Bobbi hadn’t said a word since her startled outburst, but it was obvious from her face that she hated the sight of Natalie holding that paddle. She looked like she wanted to crawl through the floor. I made a mental note to ask her—really ask—why she hated Natalie so much. Bobbi had never been easy, but something about Natalie always pushed her to the edge.

    Natalie paused, the paddle hanging loosely by her side as she stared at her fallen enemy. She simply watched. After several silent moments passed, Bobbi looked up at her—the heat in her eyes daring her to strike.

    Helen stepped forward until she stood just behind Natalie. Reaching down, her hand gently covered the other woman’s. She was roughly Natalie’s height, so as she pressed in close, she brought her lips to Natalie’s ear and gave it the softest kiss—more a brush of lips against skin than an actual kiss.

    “You want to hold it up,” Helen said softly.

    Together, they raised the paddle, positioning it over Bobbi’s reddened rear. “Here.”

    Natalie’s breath came shallowly. Her head turned, just enough to meet Helen’s gaze from the corner of her eye. Her lips parted. She looked torn—caught between the hunger to make Bobbi pay for a year of torment and the uncertainty that she could actually go through with it.

    “Go on,” Helen murmured, her hand trailing softly down Natalie’s wrist and forearm, fingernails featherlight. “Whenever you’re ready.”

    Natalie’s gaze flicked to me. I gave her a small, encouraging smile, hoping it didn’t read like pressure. I wanted her to do this only if she wanted to.

    She looked down at Bobbi again, meeting her hateful stare.

    “I… I don’t think I can,” Natalie whispered.

    Her arm dropped. She turned to face Helen, and their bodies brushed—breasts grazing each other in the tight space.

    Natalie chewed her cheek, glancing between us. “Sorry. I, um…”

    She placed the paddle back into Helen’s hands. “Maybe I should go.”

    She gave me a sheepish look, then circled Helen, murmuring one more quiet “Sorry,” as she made for the door.

    I heard the lock click, and as the door opened, Helen looked at me.

    “Go,” she said. “Take care of her.” Her gaze dropped to Bobbi. “I’ll see to this.”

    I followed Natalie out the door and found her standing just outside, leaning against the wall, both palms pressed flat against it, her fingers splayed. Her head was tipped back, eyes closed, breath steady but strained like she was trying to get control.

    “Hey,” I said gently, closing the door behind me.

    She opened her eyes and gave me a crooked smile. “Hey.”

    “I should’ve checked with you before letting that happen,” I said. “Sorry.”

    Natalie shook her head. “She asked. I wanted to.”

    “Why’d you stop?”

    She looked at me, uneasy. “I’ve never done anything like that. Even if it was Bobbi. It was all just a little overwhelming.”

    “I get it,” I said, stepping closer.

    “Was it hard for you? The first time, I mean.”

    I squirmed a little. My first time had been with Bobbi. My first time with bondage. My first time with consent. It had all happened at once.

    But I’d promised Natalie honesty.

    “No,” I said. “It was with Bobbi. It was intense. Not planned and… well, it was Bobbi, so at the time, it felt really easy.”

    “I know,” Natalie said. “I wanted to punch that bitch more times than I can count—but only in my head. That…”

    She gestured toward the dungeon door. “That’s different.”

    I stepped in close. “Hey.” She looked up at me with those big brown eyes. “I didn’t bring you in there to make you do anything. I just wanted to let you in. I’m honestly shocked you didn’t run screaming.”

    “Just because I didn’t spank her,” Natalie said, her voice low, “doesn’t mean I wasn’t turned on.”

    She leaned back against the wall, eyes closing again. “Fuck,” she whispered.

    “What is it?” I asked.

    “I’m so fucking horny,” she said softly.

    I leaned in, resting my forearm against the wall beside her head, my other hand drifting down to her hip.

    She didn’t move away. No protest. No hesitation.

    My fingers traced her thigh, gliding up until they met the fabric between her legs.

    She parted them instinctively.

    “Like this?” I asked, grazing the wet fabric of her swimsuit.

    Natalie nodded.

    I pressed my middle and ring fingers into the cloth, nestling between her folds, dragging up across where her clit should be. A breathy moan escaped her lips.

    I kissed her, and she melted into it, arms wrapping around my neck.

    My hand found its way beneath her suit, my fingers finally making contact.

    She was drenched.

    They slid in easily, sinking into wet heat to the second knuckle.

    She gasped into my mouth and clung to me tightly.

    I curled my fingers, brushing against that sweet, spongy spot that drove women wild. Natalie whimpered, hips rolling into my palm.

    She broke the kiss to whisper, “More.”

    I gave her more.

    I alternated—fingers inside her, circling her clit, pinching, grinding. She panted into my mouth, moaning into every stroke.

    When her walls suddenly clenched around my fingers, I buried them deep. Her body froze, her mouth went slack against mine, and she let out a keening whimper.

    I kissed her through it.

    I made Natalie Bander come.

    Natalie.

    My Natalie.

    The one I’d wanted for over a year.

    She hadn’t run when I showed her some of the darkest parts of my life.

    I didn’t know what that meant yet, but I knew one thing—I was going to have her.

    I kept kissing her until her trembling stopped, until her hips stopped rolling against my palm.

    When I finally pulled back, our faces just inches apart, she looked up at me, dazed, dreamy.

    “Wow,” she whispered.

    I pressed my forehead to hers, gave her one more kiss, and echoed back, “Yeah.”

    We simply stood there, letting the silence and afterglow settle over us. The occasional deep thrum of bass from outside vibrated through us.

    “Fuck,” Natalie breathed. “Even after that… I want you.”

    My heart soared, and my cock throbbed. “I want you, too.”

    I’d kick every damn person out of my apartment immediately if she asked.

    “Can I see you tomorrow?”

    I wasn’t as disappointed with the idea of ‘tomorrow’ as I thought I’d be. The simple notion that Natalie wanted to finally consummate this was enough to keep me going. What was another twenty-four hours when I had waited a whole year?

    “You couldn’t keep me away,” I said softly, stroking her cheek.

    She smiled shyly.

    I returned it, knowing that the clock was ticking until I could finally have her.

    How she would fit into the shape of my life was a question that could be answered after.

    —————————————————————————————————–

    Thanks for checking out another chapter!

    If you’ve got thoughts or feedback, I’d love to hear from you—feel free to shoot me a message anytime. And if you’d like to keep reading, head over to my Patreon: patreon.com/mindsketch

    While Book I is available here, there are an extra 21 bonus chapters for Tier 2 patrons.

    Book II is now underway, with Chapters 1–34 already available. 11 bonus chapters for Book II are also available as well as several other one-offs for the story and a few non-related stories.

    Thanks again for reading.

    Cheers,

    —MindSketch


  • Building a Dream: Part Nineteen

    Font size : +


    We heard the doorbell ring and watched as Jay backed away from Sara, stood up and approach the front door followed by James with the hand-held camera. She opened the door a few inches and peered around, the sounds of groans, moans and shrieks becoming more evident from the lounge behind her.

    Building the Dream: Part Nineteen.

    The filming of the porn film at Sonia’s house continues.

    We heard the doorbell ring and watched as Jay backed away from Sara, stood up and approach the front door followed by James with the hand-held camera. She opened the door a few inches and peered around, the sounds of groans, moans and shrieks becoming more evident from the lounge behind her.

    “Hello?” She said, opening the door a little wider to allow James to see who was beyond

    “Hello,” came the answer in unison from Kylie and Paul in a bright and happy tone before Kylie continued. “We’ve just moved in next door and thought we would pop round and introduce ourselves. I’ve baked a cake.” She held the large cream cake out in front of her for the camera’s benefit.

    “Good for you,” said Jay. “But the lady of the house is a little indisposed at the moment.” Jay pulled the door wide open allowing Paul and Kylie to see her naked body with the strap-on with large dildo attached poking towards them. Kylie ignored the fact and walked straight in with a large cream cake in one hand and shaking Jay’s hand with the other.

    “I’m Kylie and this is my fiancée, Paul.”

    “Hello,” Paul said shaking Jay’s hand as he walked in, allowing Jay to shut the front door.

    “The lady of the house is through here.” Jay said, leading them to the lounge where the screams and yelps became more audible. She pointed to Sonia who was bent over the back of the sofa being fucked by Phil and was gasping with each thrust.

    “Hello,” Kylie said stepping over Sara who was laid on her back, legs wide open and fingers plunging in and out of her pussy and moving around Keith who was fucking Kelly doggy style on the floor, then around Katy who was being spit-roasted by Simon and Jim. “I’m Kylie and this is my fiancée, Paul. We’ve just moved in next door.” She reached over and shook Sonia’s hand as she was pushed back and forth by Phil’s cock.

    “Hello,” Sonia managed to utter between deep breaths. “Nice to…meet you.”

    “And you,” Kylie replied holding up the cake. “I’ve bought a cake and thought we could have a coffee and a slice and get to know each other better.”

    “That’s….nice…of…you.” Sonia managed to say.

    “Oh, it’s my pleasure.” Kylie replied as her and Paul stood directly in front of Sonia. She placed the cake to the side of the sofa on to the coffee table “I do love baking and our new kitchen has a big range so I thought I would try it out. You have a lovely house.”

    “Thanks…oh fuck, oh fuck.” Sonia replied as Phil reached around and pinched one of her nipples very hard. “I love my house…oh that’s good…and the garden.”

    “Yes, you have a lovely garden. I said to Paul as we walked up the path, this is a lovely garden. That’s what I said, didn’t I Paul?”

    “You did, you did say that. A lovely garden.” Paul replied with an innocent smile, trying not to look around at all the action surrounding them.

    “It’s so convenient for the shops,” Kylie continued. “and the local bus services are marvellous.”

    “Yes, yes they…aarrgghhh.” Sonia replied ending the sentence with a long shout as Phil spanked her arse cheeks with one hand while pulling her head back by her hair with the other.

    I looked at the monitor and watched Kelly pull away from Clive and approach Paul while Simon pulled out from Katy to be replaced by Clive while still sucking Jim. Simon stood behind Kylie and ran his hands over her arse as she continued talking. Stacey must have moved around the back of the sofa behind Phil and Sonia as the monitor now showed forward and back views on Kylie as she spoke, the static cameras not showing either James or Stacey

    “…and I have noticed that there is a Waitrose in Dorking. I love Waitrose. Do you shop there?”

    Sonia couldn’t answer as, from the look of her face and the way she was starting to pant faster, I knew she was about to cum. She just nodded fast as an answer. Simon reached around Kylie and started to grope her breasts before undoing her blouse and opening it wide. Kylie’s young, firm tits being released as she wore no bra. Simon squeezed them and gently pinched the nipples but she didn’t react. She carried on talking as if nothing was out of the ordinary.

    “…they have the most marvellous patisserie. Their cream buns are just scrumptious. Do you ever buy their seafood? It’s a bit pricey but, oh so worth it.”

    Kelly knelt in front of Paul, unzipped his jeans and was now slowly stroking his released cock up and down, Paul getting harder and bigger with each movement. She leaned forward and took the head in her mouth and started to slowly suck him, taking him further into her mouth with each movement.

    Simon slowly removed Kylie’s blouse leaving her topless and then moved his hands down and unzipped her skirt allowing it to drop to the floor. She was stood in a small G-string, still ignoring the action put upon her as she continued to merrily chat away to Sonia.

    “The local butchers looks fantastic; such a range of meat and I like a lot of meat, can’t get enough sometimes, isn’t that right Paul?” she said turning and smiling at Paul who had shut his eyes in pleasure at the feel of Kelly’s lips and tongue as they rubbed up and down his cock.

    “Yes,” he replied letting out a little gasp. “You can’t get enough it. You love a lot of meat. Ahh…” He put his hands down and held Kelly’s head as he began to fuck her mouth, pulling her tight on to him so his entire cock length was in her mouth and, I don’t doubt, brushing her tonsils. He moved back and forth swiftly, his length easily sliding in and out.

    Simon peeled Kylie’s G-string down and around her ankles and threw it over the back of the sofa. He bent her forward, parted her arse cheeks with both hands and proceeded to rim her as she still continued chatting to Sonia.

    “I’ve registered with the local milkman. It’s so nice that you can get your milk, eggs and cream delivered without having to go out to the…oh, oh fuck that’s good…” Simon had entered two fingers deep into her pussy and was probing in and out while still running his tongue around and in and out of her arsehole. “shops…and he delivers….bread…and orange juice and…ahhh.”

    Simon had stood up and slowly slid his large cock deep into her pussy and, holding on to her hips, fucked her hard and fast; his entire length burying itself into her. She held on to the sofa cushion for support and I could see that she was still trying to speak but, with the large and long cock pumping in and out of her, she struggled.

    “…butter…ham…ahhh…ahh…” she gave up and let herself enjoy the fucking. She panted as Simon fucked her hard, her face now close to Sonia’s who leaned forward and kissed her, their tongues meeting and rubbing outside of their parted lips.

    I looked at the other scenes on the monitor and hadn’t noticed that Paul was now undressed and fucking Kelly on the floor, her ankles around his head as he used long, slow strokes to fill her pussy with his very hard cock. For a moment I wondered if he had bothered to take Viagra but brushed the thought away. He was young and full of that glorious Testosterone. Lucky chap.

    No more words were spoken by anyone. James and Stacey moved around the walls zooming in on individual activities while the static camera’s picked up the wide shots of the orgy. Mike came back through the kitchen door, poured a coffee and asked,

    “How’s everyone doing?”

    “Just fine,” I answered holding my cup out for a refill. Mike filled it and Cheryl’s as she held out hers.

    “Patty’s doing a great job,” Cheryl said. “She certainly has a talent for this sort of thing.”

    “It’s one of her strengths. She enjoys writing ***********s and stage direction and, once she gets her teeth into something, there’s no stopping her. She hit the keyboard hard last night and was not to be disturbed for anything.”

    “So, all of this is from her? You didn’t contribute any ideas or suggestions?”

    “Nope, it’s all her.” Mike took a sip of his coffee and watched the action on the monitor, the noises of sex coming through the speakers loud and clear.

    “It’s a shame she didn’t write a part for either of you.” Cheryl said before taking a sip of her coffee. “She looks so fucking hot dressed as she is.” Mike gave a small chuckle and replied,

    “There was no way that was going to happen. She’s not let me anywhere near her for a long time now so there’s no way anyone else would get close to her. Besides, although you’re all lovely people and obviously in the swinging community, we’re not. It’s just not us. We got together when we were barely out of our teens. I’ve only been with one woman before I met Patty. I was Patty’s first and only. She’s never had sex with anyone apart from me.”

    Cheryl gently nudged me under the table. I knew what the nudge meant but didn’t react. Patty may not have had sex with another man, but another woman is a completely different kettle of fish.

    “Where does she get such a vivid imagination from then?” I asked picking up a copy of the *********** and going through to the back pages where the individual scenes of anal, DP, fisting and Watersports were clearly and professionally written with detailed de***********ions. Mike put his empty coffee cup on the table and replied,

    “When we first got married sex was good, but vanilla, a bit straightforward. Some foreplay then missionary and that was it. She was quite innocent when we got together, not having any experience with different men who could have taught her a thing or two. She grew up in rural Sussex, attended private school and had quite a closeted upbringing. In all the time we’ve been together she’s enjoyed sex but always seemed unsatisfied. I think my own lack of experience showed as I never knew how to give her a proper orgasm. She used to fake her orgasms and I never knew, I thought I was doing a great job but one night after a couple of bottles of wine, she confessed to me that she had never had a proper orgasm. She said she loved me and wanted me to always be happy, but she felt like there was something missing on her part.”

    Mike sat down on a bar stool next to me and Cheryl and looked at the monitor where we caught a glimpse of Patty walking around the wall of the lounge, *********** and pencil in hand, watching the various sex going on before her.

    “So, I suggested that we get some advice on how to improve our sex life. We could have gone for counselling but instead we started to watch a lot of porn together. We started with the one man-one woman films. We watched the techniques used and started to bring them into the bedroom with us. I will never forget her first orgasm from me going down on her. She squirted and was really apologetic afterwards since my face had got covered. I told her she could squirt as much as she liked as long as she was happy. She started to give me blow jobs and really enjoyed her first taste of cum. This was on the proviso that I satisfied her in kind straight afterwards. Her blow jobs were amazing and progressed to me cumming over her face, shooting into her open mouth, on her tits and down her arse crack. She got a real kick out of being covered in cum.”

    “We then then progressed to watching threesomes, then group orgies. A lot of what we saw surprised Patty. She had never heard of anal sex before and the first time we saw it done, she sat there wide-eyed in shock. She was apprehensive about trying it when I put the suggestion forward but agreed to try it, providing that, if she didn’t like it, then it wouldn’t be done nor mentioned about again.”

    Mike went quiet for a moment which prompted Cheryl to ask,

    “What happened?”

    “Well, first time around wasn’t a success. She had a scented bath and try to get relaxed but I think the anxiety and apprehension of what we were about to try may have affected the outcome. She got on the bed on her hands and knees and I gently started to lube her arse with my little finger. She was so tense and I could feel her tension from the tightness as I pushed my finger further in. I was just as nervous, this was all new to me and I wasn’t sure if I was doing it right, I just followed what I had seen on film. I asked her if she wanted me to stop but she insisted on seeing it through. After a few minutes and more lube I lined my cock to her arse, parted her cheeks with my hands and pressed the head against her hole. I had to push really hard as she was tensed up so much but eventually I got the head of my cock in. She let out a small scream, pushed her face down in top the pillow and screamed a bit more. I stopped to let her recover and then pushed in a couple more inches. She threw her head back, screamed, ‘no, no, that’s enough, no more.’ So I pulled out and lay on the bed next to her. She had a few tears and said it was more painful than she imagined it would be so I said we wouldn’t try again and we didn’t. Well, not for a few more days anyway.”

    “About a week later we were watching a threesome video of a girl getting girl getting fucked in the arse while blowing another guy. Patty had been silently watching while necking a bottle of wine and then said out of the blue, ‘I want to try again.’ So, another bath followed and then she was on her hands and knees again. It was probably the wine that helped her to relax this time. We went very slowly at first with plenty of lube and when she let out a yelp, I thought she would stop, but she insisted on seeing it through. Eventually, I was able to fully enter her and, boy, did she did enjoy it”

    “I fucked her arse slowly at first before picking up a bit of speed and rhythm as the lube worked its way deeper into her. She loved it and I mean really loved it. In all the time I’ve known her, I’ve never heard her swear except on that one occasion when she shouted, ‘Fuck my arse, fuck it, fuck it.’ She had an anal orgasm and squirted when I came in her. I remember how her whole body shuddered with the orgasm before she collapsed on the bed. She laid there for ages, her body jerking and shaking for the next half hour as she recovered from having such an orgasm. After that evening, it became a regular part of our love making. Once, maybe twice a week I would hear the bath running and I knew what we would be doing shortly afterwards. Good times.”

    Mike went quiet and looked thoughtful for a few moments before continuing.

    “We experimented with a few other things after that, all of which we had seen done on film; some successful, some not. Double penetration was a winner with the use of a vibrator in the place of another man’s cock. Rimming was also a winner for her. She got a real kick of feeling my tongue around and in her arse. Fisting was a no-go from the start, even watching it on screen scared her but, strangely, Watersports was mildly successful.”

    “Really?” I said, genuinely amazed that someone as well-spoken as Patty would consider such an action.

    “Oh yes,” Mike replied casually. “She got a real kick out of squatting over me and then letting go of a bladder load and always smiled as I pissed over her face and into her mouth. It turned her on in a big way. For a few years sex was great. There was only one subject that we never bought up in conversation and that was introducing another person. It was an unwritten and unspoken rule between us. I never mentioned it and neither did she.”

    Mike went quiet again and then said,

    “And then, about a year ago, it all came to a sudden halt. She wouldn’t let me near her. I tried playing the porn films but she said she wasn’t interested and wanted to see gardeners World instead. I asked her what was wrong and she always replied that nothing was wrong, she just wasn’t in the mood. I’ve now got used to it and have stopped trying. I barely get a single kiss from her now. Subsequently, you met me in the peep show and, thanks to yourself and Jay, I’ve actually had some sex, although the guilt will always be there hovering over me.”

    Mike looked down and both me and Cheryl could see he was clearly upset.

    “I love Patty.” He said quietly. “and I never wanted to cheat on her. I just want my old Patty back, even just for sofa cuddles and the odd kiss but somewhere down the line, I seemed to have lost her.”

    I felt sorry for him. He was married to the love of his life and the spark had gone. I knew why, Cheryl knew why but we couldn’t tell him. All I could do was pat him on the shoulder saying, “You’ll be okay, mate.”

    Cheryl stood up, walked around me, pulled him to his feet and, despite still being naked, hugged him.

    “It will be okay, Mike. I’m sure she’ll come around one day and if she doesn’t, call me. I’ll fuck you.” She gave a little laugh as she said this, trying to lighten his mood.

    “Thanks,” he laughed, letting go of her and turning back to the monitor trying to hide watering in his eyes that had started to become evident. “I hope this is just a phase she’s going through. Maybe directing this film will help?”

    “Maybe,” I said and then pointed to the monitor. “Hang on, somethings not right. Patty doesn’t look too happy.”

    Patty was walking around the couples in the room having clearly cut the action and was trying to address all of them as she did so. Clive and Jim had stood up and were helping Katy to her feet. A close inspection showed cum dribbling off her chin and judging by the way she was wiping between her legs, it seemed that she had received another load in her pussy. I turned the volume up and heard both Clive and Jim apologising to Patty.

    “I know you’re sorry,” Patty said to them both. “but you should have given some warning. We haven’t got the cum shots now. You were both meant to DP Katy and cum in her that way. Now the continuity is going to be out.” Patty scribbled on her *********** as Katy, Clive and Jim left the room

    “Oh crap,” Mike said looking concerned. “She’s not going to be happy now.” We watched the monitor as Chris wandered around the room snapping polaroid pictures before giving the thumbs up and everyone broke away from their respective partners and stood up to stretch their legs before leaving the room and I heard the doors shut on the different toilets and bathrooms set around the house. Katy came through to us still wiping cum from her chin and licking it off her fingers.

    “Oops,” she said to us with a little grin. “The guys came together and didn’t have time to let out a warning. James said he got some great film of me getting fucked at both ends but the hand-held’s were elsewhere when the guys came. The cum shots were completely missed.”

    Cheryl held her arms open and Katy snuggled in for a hug. “You still had a great time though, didn’t you?”

    “Oh yes,” Katy replied. “But as soon as everyone’s used the loo’s, I’m going to jump in the shower. My legs are aching also from all that kneeling. In a way, I’m glad they came when they did as I was getting tired.”

    Clive and Jim came in sheepishly grinning.

    “We fucked up,” Jim said to us as Clive poured them both a coffee. “I was just in the flow of things and suddenly it was there. I didn’t have time to shout anything apart.”

    “Me neither,” said Clive before taking a bite from a sausage roll. “It’s all your fault, Katy. You are a fantastic fuck!” Katy gave a little bow and replied with a grin on her face,

    “Thank you, I aim to please.”

    The room soon filled up as everyone came in for coffee and nibbles. Jay came over, put the strap-on on the kitchen counter and put her arms around my neck. “Enjoying the show?” she asked giving me a quick kiss.

    “Definitely,” I replied. “How’s Patty? Angry?”

    “Not happy,” said Sue as she approached and poured a coffee. “She wanted all the cum shots at the end and has just missed two. The guys will have to go again or it will mess up all the ‘continuity’ as she put it.”

    “That won’t happen,” Clive chipped in. “I’m done, too hot and really need a shower.”

    “And me,” Jim added. “I’m all fucked out. There’s no way I can go again today.”

    “Share a shower?” Katy asked Clive and Jim. “The one upstairs is massive.” Both men nodded, downed their coffee’s and the three of them left to go and freshen up.

    Mike watched the monitor and looked concerned as he watched a clearly irate Patty speak to James, Stacey and Chris.

    “I’d better go and see if she’s alright.” Mike left the kitchen and Cheryl, Jay and I watched him on the monitor as he approached Patty and spoke to her. James, Stacey and Chris left them alone and came into the kitchen. The static camera’s showed them in conversation and a turn of the volume on the speakers revealed their conversation. The kitchen went silent as everyone watched and listened to the conversation in the lounge

    “I’m not sure what I’m going to do,” Patty said to Mike. “It could throw everything out if I don’t get the cum shots. There’s eight men so there needs to be eight cum shots. Steve’s done already but we got that. That leaves seven but we’ve just lost two. Anyone watching this will know how many men there are and will be expecting to see eight cum shots. Oh bother!”

    “It will be okay,” Mike said as he tried to put his arm around to comfort her to which she pulled away sharply from. Her body language clearly showing her agitation. I looked around the kitchen and the expression on everyone’s faces showed that they had noticed the rebuff.

    “Will it?” she asked scribbling through the *********** in her hand and walking around the room. “I need two extra cum shots. If Clive and Jim can’t do it then where will I find them genius?”

    Mike ignored the sarcasm and replied,

    “Chris. He can be one. We just need Katy on her knees facing camera, just showing the cock cumming on her, not the owners face.”

    “I’m definitely up for that.” said a surprised Chris who was leaning back on the wall behind us and clearly heard the suggestion through the speaker. Everyone turned and looked at him and he gave us a thumbs up with a big smile on his face. We laughed and turned back to the monitor.

    “Maybe get Clive and Jim to have some close up’s of their ‘cum face’ to be edited in?” Mike suggested as Patty continued pacing around the lounge

    Patty stopped pacing around, looked at her *********** and nodded. “Okay, that will work if they’re all happy to do it. What about the other vaginal cum shot? We’re short of men.”

    Mike went silent and said something so quiet that the camera microphone didn’t pick it up. Cheryl, Jay and I leaned closer to the speaker but still couldn’t hear what he was saying, although we heard Patty’s reply loud and clear.

    “Are you out of your mind?” she said sternly, crossing her arms and facing him

    “It’s just a suggestion. It will solve your problem.”

    Patty didn’t reply. Instead she turned and walked out of the room and headed to us in the kitchen. I quickly turned the volume down and, along with Cheryl and Jay, got a conversation going as if we hadn’t been watching them on the monitor.

    Patty came in followed by a sullen Mike and poured herself a coffee. She took a couple of sips then said to the group in a stern voice,

    “Ten minutes everyone then we’ll move on to the individual scenes. Jay, you’re first with DP, DVP and then double anal. Still happy to go ahead?”

    “Yep, Sure am. I’ll get lubed up beforehand.”

    “Good idea,” Patty said and took another sip of coffee. “I’ve got Keith and Simon doing the honours and that will be followed by the cum shots. I’ve got both men cumming on your face, is that okay?”

    “No problem,” Jay replied and left the room to get ready. Patty turned back to the rest of the group and said,

    “While that is happening you’re all to continue with your respective activities. Any free woman can ‘lez it up’ in the background.”

    I looked at Mike who was wide-eyed in surprise at Patty’s statement. ‘Lez it up’ was obviously an expression he had never heard her use before. The group finished their drinks and nibbles before moving back into the lounge leaving Mike, Cheryl and I sat in front of the monitor. I turned the volume back up so we could hear the next part of filming

    The women got into the previous positions, including Jay who had tied the strap-on back to her and was lowering herself on to a willing Sara. Simon, Keith, Phil, Manus and Paul were stood in front of the sofa receiving blow jobs from Sue, Mary, Kylie, Sonia and Kelly. Once hard, which didn’t take long, they all resumed their positions and very slowly, continued fucking.

    Patty moved to the side wall and behind a static camera.

    “ACTION!” she shouted and the fucking resumed at the regular pace.

    “I hope you don’t mind?” I said to Mike. “We weren’t eavesdropping but we saw you speaking to Patty on the monitor. We heard your suggestion about Chris but couldn’t hear what you said to her which got her irate. What did you say that upset her?”

    Mike poured a coffee from the freshly made pot and sighed.

    “I suggested that, for the purpose of the extra vaginal cum shot, and since Katy is too tired to carry on, that we do a very close up shot of me fucking Patty and cumming in her. No faces, just a close up of me in her then the cum shot. You obviously heard her answer.”

    “Yeah,” I said. “Sorry, mate.”

    “It’s fine. Don’t worry about it. I should have kept my gob shut. Now she’s pissed off with me for daring to suggest such a thing. I’ll keep quiet in future.”

    Mike went silent, sat down on the bar stool next to me and the three of us went back to watching the action on the screen. After about a minute we watched as Keith and Simon stood up and approached Jay who also stood up from Sara and removed the strap-on from around her waist. Both men took turns kissing her before Simon laid on his back on the floor and indicated for Jay to mount him. Both hand-held cameras were on Jay, one in front and one behind hidden from the from by a discrete angle. Jay lowered herself and her pussy eagerly swallowed up Simons immense length, her mouth opening in exaggerated surprise at the length. Simon leaned forward and gently bit on both nipples before sucking each one hard causing them to harden and redden

    Keith knelt behind Simon and moved forward directing his cock at Jay’s cock-filled pussy. From the perfect camera angle, we got a close up view of his cock helmet slowly pushing into her pussy alongside Simon’s.

    “FUCK!” Jay shouted as her pussy stretched to accommodate both cocks. She looked just over the front camera and her eyes widened as Keith’s cock fully slid in. The rear camera showed both cocks in her up to their balls. Keith slowly began to move back and forth which bought little yelps from Jay as her engulfed pussy took the width of two large cocks. He sped his pace up, but not too fast. Just enough to cause Jay to shut her eyes and moan out loud. This continued for about a minute before he pulled out and lined his cock to Jay’s arsehole which glistened slightly with the freshly applied lube. The camera got a great close up of his helmet pushing slowly against her hole and then easily sliding in with no hesitation. In one swift movement he sunk his entire length into her which made her shout, “OH FUCK, YES!” before smiling for the camera’s benefit.

    Keith pushed in and fucked her arse slowly before speeding up in conjunction with Simon who had gripped Jay’s hips and was thrusting up, in and out of her pussy.

    “OH FUCK, OH FUCK!” Jay exclaimed as both cocks fucked her, her eyes remaining wide-eyed with the sensation.

    Keith then stopped and pulled out of Jay as she lifted herself off Simon’s cock.

    “CUT.” Patty shouted before coming into view and kneeling down to speak to Jay. “Ready for this?” Jay nodded and was handed a small bottle from Sara who was sat nearby with Mary’s face firmly stuck in her pussy. Jay unscrewed the cap and took two deep sniffs from the bottle in each nostril.

    “Poppers,” Cheryl remarked to me and Mike. “That will get her arse open for both cocks.”

    Patty moved out of shot then shouted, “ACTION.”

    Jay reached down and gripped Simon’s cock and lined the helmet to her arsehole. She pushed herself down and slowly guided it in her arsehole before leaning forward on her elbows, keeping her arse slightly lifted up. Keith knelt down and guided his cock to the already filled hole and began to push his cock alongside and above Simon’s helmet. At first there was some resistance before it suddenly slid in next to Simons. Jay let out a shout but didn’t try to stop both men as together they pushed and both cocks slid gently and slowly into her arse.

    Her mouth was open and eyes opened very wide as her arse was completely filled. I could see her hands gripping hard on to the rug by Simon’s head, the knuckles on her fingers turning white. Simon moved upwards into her as Keith began pushing his slowly cock in and out alongside tight on Simon’s cock.

    “Good girl,” Cheryl said leaning closer to the monitor and looking at the view from all four camera angles. “I reckon that if they speed it up a bit and get her loose, she could take a fist up there.”

    I instantly created a vision in my head of Jay on her hands and knees taking a fist up her arse. Would it be something she would consider? Doubtful, but then a week ago she would never had considered having a cock in her arse, let alone two.

    Keith had sped up a bit and was now holding on to Jay’s shoulders as he fucked her arse. Simon had hold of her hips and guiding her up and down on him, making sure he didn’t fall out. The hand-held camera’s got close-ups of the reaction on Jay’s face and off the action in her arse in crystal clear clarity. It looked amazing. Both men were now fucking her with a fast rhythm, causing Jay to pant and moan loud. “FUCK!” she suddenly shouted. “FUCK, FUCK, I’M CUMMING!”

    The camera behind her zoomed in just as she screamed and a jet of her ejaculate shot out of her pussy, soaking Simon’s legs and dripping on the rug. Jay’s body shook and she went quiet, holding her breath as the orgasm ran through her body before gasping out and letting her body go loose and falling down on Simon.

    I saw Simon look off camera and give a slight nod which was shortly followed by Patty shouting, “CUT.”

    “I’m ready, Patty.” He said as Keith nodded and added, “And me.”

    “Jay, are you okay?” Patty asked kneeling next to Jay and putting her arm around her shoulders.

    “Yes…I’m okay,” Jay replied quietly.

    “Are you ready for a facial? The guys are and, if you’re still alright to do it, I’d rather get it done now to catch the moment.” Jay looked up at Patty and through watering eyes said, “Yes, let’s do it.”

    Patty stood up and said to the three of them. “Right. We will start rolling again and both you guys announce that you’re going to cum then, gently, very gently, pull out of Jay. Jay, you kneel on the floor then both guys will masturbate and cum over your face. Ready?”

    Jay nodded and I saw a tear trickle down her cheek; not through pain or upset, but by the shattering orgasm that had just smashed through her. Patty stepped out of view then shouted, “ACTION.”

    Simon and Keith started to fuck Jay’s arse again and she began moaning and gasping with each thrust.

    “I’m gonna cum!” announced Simon which was immediately followed by Keith saying, “And me.” Keith gently pulled his cock out of Jay and stood up. Jay lifted herself slowly off Simon then knelt on the floor as Simon stood and joined Keith standing over her, both men wanking hard. Both hand-held camera’s zoomed in from two angles on Jay’s smiling face. She opened her mouth as Keith let out a “yes,” and began shooting cum over her nose and cheeks before guiding the head to her mouth and inviting tongue. She kept her mouth open and caught a large wad of his thick cum on her tongue, not swallowing, just letting it pool as it trickled over her tongue and into her mouth.

    Simon put his hand on the back of Jay’s head and moved her close to his cock then let out several jets of cum that went on her hair and forehead before also guiding his cock to her mouth and releasing shot after shot of thick cum directly into her mouth, joining the cum already sitting on her tongue. He slowly wanked the last drop out and stepped back. Jay looked directly at the camera and showed the large pool of cum sitting in her tongue before closing her mouth and taking an exaggerated gulp as she swallowed the entire load. She opened her mouth to the camera showing it empty then used her fingers to wipe the remaining cum down from the various parts of her face and into her mouth and again she swallowed.

    Simon and Keith held their hands out and lifted Jay to her feet. Hand in hand the camera followed them as they walked out of the room which was followed by Patty shouting, “CUT!”

    Jay came back into the room followed by Simon and Keith to a round of applause from the remaining group. She smiled and gave a little bow as the clapping continued.

    “Wow!” Sara said looking up at Jay from where she was lying on the floor with Mary’s fingers in her pussy. “That was amazing.”

    “Thank you,” Jay said bowing again. “I couldn’t have done it without the poppers. Although I do feel very stretched now and a bit sore.”

    “Shower?” Keith asked her with Simon nodding behind him in the doorway.

    “Definitely,” Jay replied. “Good luck everyone,” she said waving and left the room hand in hand with Simon and Keith.

    I looked through the doorway to the hall and saw Jay being led to the downstairs shower. She saw me and winked as they passed. I waved back knowing that she had just had her last sexual adventure.

    Patty came into view on the monitor holding her *********** and said,

    “Okay. It’s time to swap around for the remaining anal scene and fisting scenes. We will finish with Watersports upstairs. James, have you checked the lighting up there?”

    “Yes, it’s well-lit if we keep the blinds fully open. I can film through the door and Stacey can film through the glass but don’t run the shower. Any steam will ruin the shots.”

    Everyone nodded as Patty ran a pencil through the completed sections of her ***********.

    “When we start again I want everyone to swap around. You can keep this as natural as you want and we will keep the camera’s running continuously, although, don’t forget, if you are going to cum, please let us know.”

    Nods and the odd, ‘no problem,’ was said as Patty stepped out of shot.

    “ACTION.” She shouted and the fucking continued. Mary had managed four fingers in Sara who was moaning very loud, which came to the attention of Stacey with the hand-held camera. The shot from her camera moved at floor level around the sofa and zoomed in just as Mary slipped a thumb alongside the fingers already in Sara and, with a small push, her hand slipped in bunched into a fist. Sara yelled out loud and dug her heels into the rug as Mary slowly fisted her, back and forth an inch at a time with a slight twist of her wrist. The shot looked great on the screen along with an overhead shot directly down on Sara’s face from James with his camera.

    James was clearly in the shot of both static camera’s but I knew he could cut this with editing. Sara griped hold of Mary’s wrist and guided her a little further into her, deeper and deeper. After the wrist had gone in a further six inches Mary stopped and twisted back and forth again. Sara’s face contorted and she lifted her arse off the floor, her lower body now only supported by her heels and Mary’s arm, very deep in her pussy.

    “I’m….I’m…” Sara started to shout but Stacey had got the hint. She moved her camera very close alongside Mary’s arm and got a close up zoom just as Sara’s legs shook and a warm stream of her ejaculate shot out along Mary’s arm and onto the camera lens. Sara’s body shook violently and she screamed out loud, the orgasm hitting every nerve cell in her body. She went silent and threw her head back, eyes tightly shut and let out a big gasp as the orgasm began to subside. She lowered her arse gently down onto the floor and lay back panting fast and deeply to get her breath back, her legs wide open with Mary’s arm no longer moving inside her.

    Mary slowly and gently started to remove her wrist out of Sara’s pussy. Her thumb slowly appeared and then the remaining fingers, shining and glistening with the odd drip of Sara’s cum. She bought her hand up to her mouth and licked each finger clean and ran her tongue up and down her wrist to catch each drop. She stood up and offered her hand to Sara who took it and allowed herself to be pulled to her feet, her legs shaking as Mary put her arm around her and led her out of the room.

    “CUT.” Shouted Patty who then came into view as she stepped into the middle of the room, scribbling again on her ***********. “That was…great.” She said and started to clap as Sara and Mary came back into the room, Sara still be supported by Mary. Everyone, apart from Stacey who was wiping the camera lens, joined in with the clapping, including Mike, Cheryl and I watching the monitor in the kitchen.

    “Wow!” Patty said. “It’s amazing what the body can take. Are you okay, Sara?”

    Sara nodded and panted, “Yes, I’m okay. I’ve been fisted many, many times before. I’m just a little ‘weak at the knee’s’ as you Brits say. I’m sorry though, that’s me done for today. I’m all shagged out.”

    “That’s okay,” Patty replied writing on her ***********. “Go and get yourself a drink and sit down for a bit.” Patty turned back to Sue, Kelly, Kylie, Sonia, Phil, Paul and Manus, the last remaining group. “We are going to have to skip the Watersports as we only have Manus remaining whose name was down on the list, unless anyone wants to volunteer?”

    Everyone looked at one another, waiting for a reaction but no one put their hand up. “Okay,” Patty said and scribbled through an entire section of her ***********.

    “I’ll do it.” The group all looked with surprise at Sonia who made the comment from where she was still bent over the sofa with Phil’s large cock inside her.

    “Sure?” Patty asked.

    “Yes, at least I think I am. This has become a day for firsts so, why not. Manus can piss on me. Do I piss on Manus also?”

    “If you want to and if Manus is okay with that?” Manus nodded and gave a thumbs up from where he knelt behind Sue, his cock going slowly in and out of her to stay hard.

    “And I would like to try anal.” Sonia said as she slowly moved her body back and forth on Phil’s cock. This was a surprise to everyone since this was not on Sonia’s agenda.

    “Okay,” Patty said writing in her *********** again. “Anyone else?” Five pairs of hands went in the air at the answer to her question, Sue declining. Patty walked around looking at the room and stepped back slowly against the wall facing the sofa. She beckoned Stacey over and asked her to point the camera at the sofa. As she did so, Patty leaned her face close to Stacey’s as they both looked at the screen. Their faces were touching cheek to cheek as they both looked at the small screen and, for a brief moment, I saw Patty put her arm around Stacey’s waist and move down to rub her arse before removing her hand as quick as it had appeared. Mike was reaching for a sausage roll at the time and missed this brief, but telling, encounter. Cheryl nudged me under the counter-she had noticed it too.

    Patty moved forward to the centre of the room and addressed the remaining group.

    “Okay, let’s make this look natural. Sonia, Kelly and Kylie will move and kneel on the sofa with their legs open wide and hands over the back cushions. Manus will rim Kelly; Paul will rim Sonia and Phil will rim Kylie. We’ll use both hand-held’s for these shots. Sue, I need you to move around playing with each girls nipples until I give you a signal off camera to kiss Sonia. Guys, when she does this I need you all to stand and, all at the same time in conjunction with each other, you will enter the girls and commence having anal sex. Is that okay for everyone?” More nods answered her. “Good. I suggest we take a quick break for the ladies to ready themselves.”

    At that the group stood up and stretched before the three woman headed out together to, presumably, get lubed up with the flavoured lube James had provided. I saw Patty approach Sue and say something to her which was answered with nods and a big smile. I stood and stretched my own legs while Manus, Paul and Phil came into the kitchen and were handed cups of coffee by Mike who then proceeded to make a fresh pot.

    Phil came over and kissed Cheryl and they hugged for a few seconds. “You get to fuck the housekeeper you lucky swine.” Cheryl said with a grin.

    “If you want to come back in and have a turn with her, be my guest. I’m sure Patty won’t mind.” He replied letting her go and grabbing a sandwich.

    “No, I’m knackered.” She replied. “Another time. Maybe on our next London trip.”

    “She may not be working at the hotel once she sells the paintings.” Added Manus leaning on the counter, coffee cup in hand.

    “Oh, that’s right.” Cheryl said. “I had clean forgotten about the paintings. She is going to be one very rich young lady and good luck to her, she deserves it.”

    Manus nodded and took a sip of his coffee. “Finding a buyer in the Netherlands will be easy. Let’s hope her step-dad never finds out.”

    “What if he notices that the paintings have changed? What will happen to Sonia?” Phil asked with a look of concern on his face.

    “I intend on leaving him,” said Sonia having entered the kitchen and catching the end of our conversation. “Today has shown me that there is more to life than gardening and being a stay at home housewife. I have my own money and can move out whenever I want. My two are moving out in the next couple of days so I think I’ll do the same. Then, if he does notice that the pictures have changed, tough.”

    Cheryl stood and hugged her, giving her a brief kiss on her lips. “Good for you and if you need anything, then you know who to call. You’ve made quite a few new friends today who will give you all the help and support you’ll need.”

    Sonia hugged Cheryl back and they stayed like that for a few moments until we heard Patty shout from the lounge, “Two minutes people.”

    The kitchen emptied of people leaving Cheryl, Mike and I. I sat back down on the bar stool facing the monitor and Cheryl took the seat next to me, her hand resting on my thigh, tantalising close to my cock which, judging by a slight twitch, was surprisingly starting to recover from its earlier exertion. Mike resumed his seat to the other side of me so we all had a good view of the upcoming action on the screen.

    Katy entered the kitchen wrapped in a towel while drying her hair with another followed by Clive and Jim who had got dried and dressed following their showers.

    “Have we missed much?” Jim asked pouring the three of them a coffee.

    “Jay getting DVP followed by double anal and a facial finish.” I said casually describing my own wife’s sexual antics.

    “Fuck,” remarked Jim as the three of them sat on bar stools behind us to watch the monitor. “I would have loved to have seen that.”

    “The DVD and blue-ray special edition directors cut will be in your favourite Dutch porn shop within the next two months,” joked Mike which bought a laugh from us all.

    On the screen we watched Patty giving final instructions to the girls as they resumed their previous positions in line with the polaroid’s being held by Chris who directed them. Stacey was on her knees again in front of Manus, Phil and Paul; camera in one hand, a cock in the other while she alternately sucked the other two. Each cock growing quickly hard at her hand and mouth skills. Each man then moved back to the woman they were fucking before the break and commenced slowly sliding in and out waiting for Patty to shut…

    “ACTION.” The men sped their pace up as if the break hadn’t happened. They then stopped, pulled out and let the girls stand and move to the sofa. They knelt close next to each other facing the back of the sofa with their legs wide open and their elbows leaning on the back cushions, their breasts showing clearly hanging down with erect and hard nipples. The three men knelt on the floor, parted the arse cheeks wide of their respective partner and began to run their tongues up and down the arseholes, pushing the tips in and out, allowing the hand-held cameras either end to catch the action close up. Sue moved to the back of the sofa and reached down to play with their breasts; stroking and pinching them and keeping them red and fully erect. She then reached down behind the sofa and picked up three pairs of nipple clamps, each attached to their partner by a small, thin chain. She leant forward and kissed Kylie while clamping a nipple clamp on to each of Kylie’s nipples. Kylie moaned loudly against Sue’s mouth as each nipple was pinched by the rubber claws. Sue then did the same to Kelly, running her tongue over Kelly’s lips as she placed the clamp on one nipple, then the other. She stuck her tongue out and we got a close up view of Kelly protruding her own tongue to rub around Sue’s, keeping both tongues on full show for the camera. Sue then reached down to Sonia’s large breasts and clamped the first claw onto a nipple. Sonia let out a squeal and shut her eyes tight as the short, sharp pain ran though her before opening them and nodding to Sue to attach its partner. Sue clamped the other onto the other nipple and Sonia squealed again but this time followed it with a smile. Her body was still moving back and forth as Paul pulled her gently back and forth to allow his tongue to probe her arsehole and enter the tip into her and the two elements of pain and pleasure was showing by the pleading look on her face.

    On the static camera view facing the back of the girls I saw Sue discretely reach down and pass the bottle of poppers to Kylie who took a sniff in each nostril before handing it back to be passed to Kelly who did the same. Sue passed it to Sonia who, having watched both girls inhale the vapour deeply, copied their actions and passed it back to Sue who put the cap on and dropped it out of site. Sue must have got the signal from Patty because she leant down and ran her tongue over Sonia’s lips before pushing it deep into her mouth. Sonia responded to the kiss and I could see the movement of both girls tongues in each other’s mouths as one of the hand-held cameras moved around in front of the three women. The other camera showed each man stand and line up their cock helmets to each girls arsehole. Slowly, they pushed each helmet against the hole, finding resistance at first before slowly stretching and entering a little at a time. The other camera showed each girls facial reaction as a cock slid into their arse. Kelly was giggling and let out a joyful yelp as Manus slid his entire length into her. Kylie had her eyes shut and mouth open, breathing deeply as Phil pushed and slipped in. She gave out a gasp, followed by a ‘fucking yes,’ as the camera showed him slide in completely up to his cock root.

    Sonia was wide-eyed as Paul’s cock helmet pushed against her hole and slowly started to stretch her. She let out a yelp, shut her eyes tight and gritted her teeth. At this point I expected her to stop but she took a few deep breaths and allowed Paul to slide his long cock into her virgin arse, an inch at a time. Once he had slid completely in she let out a deep breath and gripped hard onto the back of the sofa. Each man began to slowly move back and forth in unison bring gasps, sighs and little squeals from the three women as their arse were fucked.

    Slowly, they fucked the girls in unison, the cameras picking up the close ups of the cocks easily sliding in and out of their arses while the other camera picked up the facial expression which for Kylie and Kelly were smiling and gasping with pleasure while Sonia’s started with shock and then followed suit with Kylie and Kelly. Her apprehension at first now replaced by the feeling of pleasure as Paul’s big, long cock slid deep into her. Each man held on to the hips of their partner and pulled the women back and forth on to them allowing each cock to plunge in completely. They sped the pace up and managed to keep in time with each other’s forward and backward thrust. It was an impressive sight to watch.

    They then all stopped at the same time and slowly withdrew their cocks, each girl letting out a deep breath as their arseholes slowly shrunk down to normal size. Paul moved to the other end of the sofa and Phil and Manus moved up one space-or girl. Phil swiftly slid his cock into Sonia which bought out a gasp, Manus slid his into Kylie and Paul into Kelly, both girls gasping as their arse were filled again. All three men resumed their perfectly timed fucking of the three woman’s arses. Each girl giving a different and surprised facial expression at the change of length and width of cock. They picked up the pace again and fucked the girls arse’s quicker, the perfect camera angle easily picking up all three lengths sliding deep in and then out again. This continued for another minute before they all stopped again and moved up one. Manus, who had the biggest cock of all three slid his entire length straight into Sonia’s arse and she let out a gasp, the camera on her face showing her look of surprise as her arse got filled more than she recently encountered.

    The three men, again in unison, picked up the pace and fucked faster than they had previously and started to use harder thrusting movements; each girl getting shoved against the back of the sofa with every thrust. Each man slowly pulled almost their entire lengths out before plunging straight into the deepest point causing all three woman to grip hard onto the back of the sofa but none complained as they started to pant, moan and give out yelps as their arses were filled and then almost emptied and then filled again with long, hard and thick cocks.

    Mary and Sara came into the kitchen having showered, dried and dressed. They poured a coffee and stood behind us with the others to watch the monitor.

    “Nice,” Sara remarked as she watched her husband deeply fucking Sonia’s arse. “She must be loving her first anal.”

    “Certainly looks like it,” Mike said. “She’s going to try Watersports after this.”

    “Really?” Mary said surprised. “Wow! She really is having a fun day.”

    Jay then came into the kitchen still wrapped in a towel but having blow-dried her hair, followed by Simon and Keith, also showered and dried but dressed.

    Jay came and put her arms around my neck and gave me a kiss on the cheek. She looked at the monitor and exclaimed, “Fuck! Is that Sonia getting fucked up the arse?”

    “Sure is,” I answered, turning my head and getting a proper kiss. “She’s going to try Watersports next.”

    “A scene like that would make this film more lucrative in the porn market,” Mike remarked. “I could market this as a great all-rounder with tastes for everyone.”

    “It would certainly be that,” said Cheryl before turning to Jay. “Do you want to sit here?”

    “No, you stay there. I need to stand for a bit. I’m still a bit sore. I will have a coffee though.” Mike poured and gave her a cupful which she took to the wall behind us and stood leaning against it next to where Katy sat.

    On the screen all three men were really fucking each girl hard and fast, hammering into them with each thrust as they pulled out and in, still in unison.

    “Do you think they will all cum in unison?” asked Mary as she sat on Keith’s lap after he pulled up a bar stool next to the others behind us.

    “That would be impressive.” Cheryl said.

    “And a great shot for the film,” added Mike. “a scene like that would make this film a lot more desirable for the marketplace. We could be known as the group who, one day, really did cum together.”

    We all laughed at the pun but went silent almost instantly…

    …when the doorbell rang.

    To be continued in Building a Dream: Part Twenty.


  • The Devil’s Pact Side-Story: Alison and Desiree Get Married

    Font size : +


    The happy day for Alison and Desiree has arrived.

    The Devil’s Pact
    by mypenname3000
    edited by Master Ken
    Copyright 2014

    The Devil’s Pact Side Story: Alison and Desiree Get Married

    Note: This takes place in-between Chapters 32 and 33.

    Friday, July 12th, 2013 – Alison Hertz – The Wedding

    The day of my wedding to my Latin beauty, Desiree, had finally arrived.

    After today, I would be Alison de la Fuente. After getting her marriage to Brandon annulled, Desiree went back to her maiden name. It was a far prettier name then Fitzsimmons. Desiree and I spent several nights talking in bed about our new last name. Should one of us take the other’s last name, like a heterosexual couple? Or would we hyphenate. And how did you hyphenate de le Fuente with Hertz? De le Fuente-Hertz or Hertz-de le Fuente? Both sounded ridiculous. In the end, I decided to take Desiree’s last name. De le Fuente was such a beautiful name, far more so than Hertz. Besides, Desiree did the proposing, so I liked to joke that made her the man in our relationship

    Butterflies fluttered in my stomach as I walked downstairs, carrying my wedding clothes in a bag. Doubts clouded my mind. You shouldn’t marry her, my subconscious whispered. You should devote yourself to Master one hundred percent. She’s just a distraction. I knew it was just nerves, but these thoughts had been plaguing me since Desiree proposed.

    I loved Desiree, and ignored my doubts. She was the greatest woman in the world. I loved Master and Mistress, but it paled compared to the strength of what I felt with Desiree. When we were apart, I missed her, ached for her.

    Xiu was waiting at the bottom of the stairs, a happy smile on her cute, Chinese face. She was dressed like me, in a terrycloth robe, her clothes in a bundle slung on her arm. Xiu was my maid of honor. Desiree had choosen Korina to be her maid of honor, or Desiree’s ‘best gal’, as I jokingly called her.

    I was happy Xiu chose to stay with Master and Mistress. When Master healed her after the attack, she didn’t hesitate to declare her intention to stay as their slave. Master’s power worked so well it even healed her womb. When Xiu got shot, they had to remove her uterus, and the doctors had been astounded when they found out that it had regrown. Just one more miracle to add to all the others Master and Mistress were performing.

    I missed Noel and Fiona and Thamina, but if they didn’t want to be sluts like the rest of us, that was their loss. I also missed Willow, and even Sam, though they just moved up the street. While neither were one of us special sluts anymore, they still served Master and Mistress in their own way. And it was really wild to let Sam fuck you with that cock she could conjure. But the one I really missed was Chasity. The house seemed a little emptier without her enthusiasm.

    I felt a tear misting my eye, and I wiped it away. Chasity died protecting Mistress, while I just huddled in the house with the other sluts, too scared to do anything. But not Chasity, she was a warrior woman, a Valkyrie. The memory of her standing up, her blonde hair streaming behind her, as she made that last, desperate attempt to save Mistress, still haunted me. I liked to think Chasity was out there, watching over us in the great beyond, just waiting to appear and save the day at some crucial moment, like that old movie starring Arnold Schwarzenegger. The barbarian one. Dad always loved to watch it and, at the end, Arnold’s girl, who died earlier in the movie, appears in silver armor that shines with its own light, and saves him.

    Xiu hooked her arm around mine. “Ohh, I’m so excited,” she said, bouncing on the balls of her feet. Which caused her large breasts to jiggle beneath her robe. Her breasts were as big as my Desiree, but on Xiu’s petite frame they seemed enormous. It was hard to feel sad when you were faced with such huge, swaying melons.

    Arm-in-arm, we walked happily to the back of the house and out into the backyard. Sam was there with a few of the bodyguards. I jumped as strawberry-blonde 29 fired at a mannequin. The mannequin was all white and wore no clothes except for a metal necklace around its neck. 29’s round hit the mannequin and it toppled over in a spray of plastic.

    “Darn,” Sam muttered. “I thought that would work.”

    “Maybe the metals aren’t right?” Candy suggested. When Sam offered to be Master’s Vizier and advise him on magic, Sam’s price was Candy: a beautiful, young woman that dyed her hair half bubblegum-pink, just like me, and the other half cotton-candy blue. She was stretched out naked on a chaise lounge, tanning. She was short, but she had some nice curves that I greatly appreciated.

    “Whacha doin’?” I asked Sam.

    Her round, olive face was furrowed in thought. “A protection charm,” Sam answered. “There are some vague hints in the Book about enchanting amulets and charms; I’ve been experimenting. If I can get this to work, a simple necklace could give you the same protection as a bulletproof vest.”

    “Wow!” Xiu cooed.

    “Let’s try the B8 bronze, Candy,” Sam ordered as 29 went and stood up the mannequin.

    I tugged on Xiu’s arm. “C’mon, we’ve got to get ready.”

    “Sorry,” Xiu smiled apologetically as I led her to the back gate.

    I opened it up, and nodded to 19 and 20 who were guarding the rear gate. It was a recent addition. Since the attack and the Miracle, the Church of the Living Gods – as the worshipers of Master and Mistress called themselves – had set up a large tent on the empty lot where our Masters are building their mansion. So it made sense to build the gate. Most of us sluts went to the nightly worship services. They were so much fun! All the worshipers saw us as disciples of their Gods, and treated us like we were royalty.

    Plus the worship orgies were a blast!

    Desiree and I decided to be married at the Living Church. Daisy Cunningham was going to perform the service. Daisy, and her twin sister Rose, despite being sixteen, had somehow become the heads of the church. They had been preaching Master’s message of free love the loudest, I guess. The tent was on the edge of the empty lot, close to Shaw Road. At the far end of the lot, the foundations for the mansion were being dug. Many of the worshipers volunteered their time in building the mansion, while others donated money or materials.

    We passed the Miraclists, one of the names for members of the movement, who bowed at us. Most wore chokers, stainless steel or plastic or leather, and a few had theirs made with gold or silver. The chokers had phrases like: “Faithful” or “Love is the Way” or “My Gods Live,” and a half-a-hundred other phrases. They met most nights of the week, with the most attending the Wednesday night service.

    I liked Friday Night worship the best; it was a smaller group. More intimate. Everyone came for Wednesday, of course; that was the day of the Miracle, after all. And on Thursdays, Master and Mistress healed the sick at Good Sam hospital, and the congregation would gather outside to pray. But on Friday, people had plans – excuses not to show up – and since it was the start of the weekend, the orgy often lasted far later into the night.

    We passed more and more Miraclists as we approached the large, red tent. It was like a circus tent, rearing up high. Beth Philips was greeting worshipers as they filed in. There was supposed to be a short service, then my wedding. Everyone touched Beth’s belly as they entered. She claimed to be carrying Master’s child. Maybe she was; I remember the day Master fucked her in the bathroom of that car dealership. I was supposed to distract her husband, but he didn’t seem all that interested in me. The rumor was that Beth left him because he couldn’t satisfy her after Master fucked her.

    Beth bowed to us, murmuring, “Holy Sluts.”

    “Blessed Mother,” I murmured back.

    It was amazing how, in the span of a few weeks, the trappings of religion were quickly springing up. ‘Blessed Mother’ was the title of any woman pregnant with Master’s child. Besides Beth, there was Vivian Anders, and Anastasia Milburn was a maybe. She was one of Mark’s jogging sluts, but her child could also be her husband’s. And, of course, Korina, Violet, and April were all carrying Master’s child, but they were ‘Holy Sluts’. Maybe they should be ‘Blessed Holy Mother Sluts’. Xiu looked at me as I giggled. It sounded more like a swear then a title.

    “Blessed holy mother sluts!” I laughed, and Xiu’s look became more confused.

    Inside the tent, they had made a vestibule out of curtains hanging from PVC pipes. There were a pair of antechambers off the vestibule, on the right and left, while going straight ahead would take you into the main worship pavilion. Xiu and I went into the room on the right to get changed, and to wait for the start of the ceremony. Desiree and Korina should already be in the room on the left.

    Violet was waiting for them inside the room, and squealed, “I’m so happy!” The excited girl threw her arms around my face, and kissed me soundly on the lips. I enjoyed my sister-slut’s lips for a minute, before I broke the kiss. It wouldn’t do for us to get carried away.

    Our terrycloth robes came off, and Xiu and I were both naked except for our chokers. I admired the curves on Xiu’s petite body: large breasts and dark nipples that were pierced by a silver bar from which dangled pink butterflies on silver chains. I knew from experience just how much she loved for someone to pull hard on those piercings. She practically came when she got them re-pierced. Mark had healed her a little too well after she got shot during the SWAT attack.

    I opened my bag, and pulled out my wedding attire, a white merry widow, a type of corset, that cupped my round breasts with lace. The corset was low-cut, leaving my hard nipples – pierced with silver barbells – exposed. I gently rolled up a pair of white fishnet stockings, and hooked the merry widow’s garters to the stocking tops. Then came the white, stiletto heals. I wore no panties – that was against the edicts of the Church – and you could see my shaved cunt, and my tattoo that read, “Cum on in,” above an arrow that pointed down at my pussy.

    I sat down in a chair and let Violet apply my makeup while Xiu pulled on a similar merry widow, although hers was a midnight blue. Outside, I could hear one of the Cunningham twins begin the nightly sermon, her soprano voice carrying through the tent. After my makeup was done, I applied a lovely perfume Mistress gave me; a dab on the wrists, behind my ears, and one dab right above my clit, and I was all set.

    Violet held a mirror and I smiled. I looked hot. My bubblegum-pink hair fell in loose curls about my shoulders, framing my innocent-looking, teenage face. And the makeup gave me a hungry look which contrasted nicely with my innocent features. I looked like a slutty virgin, particularly in the white merry widow that was both virginal and whorish at the same time.

    “You look beautiful,” Master said as he walked in.

    I blushed, “Thank you, Master.”

    He wore a simple, white shirt with blue, pinstripe lines, and a pair of black slacks. In his hands was a bouquet of red and dark-blue flowers. He handed them to me, and I smiled. He was walking me down the aisle. My father was here tonight, but he understood that a sex-slave should be given away by her Master. Or her Mistress, in Desiree’s case.

    “It’s time,” Violet said, stepping back in.

    Xiu smiled at me as we stepped out into the vestibule. Across the room, Desiree followed Korina out of the other antechamber and my breath caught. My Latin beauty looked to die for in her white merry widow. Her large, pillowy breasts cradled so perfectly amidst the lace of her bodice, her dark nipples erect and pointing right at me. I found my eyes sliding down her nut-brown skin to her gorgeous legs clad in white stockings, and her shaved pussy in-between sleek thighs. Next to her, Mistress was wearing a dark-blue dress, low-cut to show off her freckled breasts, and with a short skirt so her creamy, delicious thighs were exposed.

    Xiu and Korina hooked their arms together and marched slowly down the aisle, reveling in the stares their exposed flesh brought from the congregation. I saw my dad look back, and I smiled shyly at him. Master had easily convinced my dad to let me be a sex-slave, and Dad had been supportive ever since. I fondly remembered the night a few weeks ago when Dad met Desiree for the first time. Master and Mistress were in New York for their Today Show interview, and we went to Dad’s place for dinner.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Sunday, June 30th, 2013

    “This is Desiree,” I greeted Dad when he opened the door. “We’re getting married.”

    Dad looked her up and down, and then he smiled and hugged her warmly. “How wonderful!” he exclaimed, and hugged Desiree tightly a second time. “Now I’ll have two daughters!”

    My dad was always very supportive of me despite all the trouble I would get into. I had a very active id. There’s a cute boy, my subconscious would whisperer, Why don’t you go suck his cock. I bet his cum would taste delicious! I always listened to the voice; it’s how I met Master.

    He’s fucking that girl behind the counter, my subconscious voice had whispered the day I met Master. I had grown wet instantly, watching my future Master fuck Lillian discretely at the cash register. It was so bold to do it right in the middle of Hot Topic. Wouldn’t it be fun to be fucked like that, in front of all these people? It would! My subconscious had never steered me wrong, so I had asked to be ‘trained’, too. Best decision I ever made!

    So why did my id have a problem with me marrying Desiree? It’s not like I wasn’t going to fuck other people. It was a symbol of my love. Desiree was the most important person to me. Together we would serve Master and Mistress and share in debauchery.

    You should only love Master, my subconscious answered. I chalked my doubts up to fear. Marrying Desiree was a very adult thing to do. Well, I wasn’t going to let fear stop me from having my happiness, so I ignored my id.

    “I’m very pleased to meet you, sir,” Desiree giggled, snapping me out of my thoughts, and threw her arms around my father. He was a handsome man, older, with distinguished, gray wings of hair at his temples. The pair looked so sexy together. “Your daughter is very important to me.”

    “I never thought Alison would settle down,” Dad grinned. “She’s a wild one. I don’t think she ever had a boyfriend or girlfriend. Just ‘friends’ she would hang-out with.” I didn’t think Dad knew the truth about my ‘friends’. I had a lot of them. Ever since I lost my virginity at sixteen, I had been the biggest slut.

    Dad and Desiree got along great, chatting the whole way through dinner. My Dad wasn’t a bad cook, but he was no Desiree; he made a pasta with this garlic and Parmesan sauce. After dinner, we retired to the living room; Desiree snuggled up on one side of Dad, and I took the other.

    “So…um…how is it with your Master?” Dad asked, a little flustered as Desiree pressed her large breasts into his arm. She wore a low-cut blouse, and I saw Dad’s eyes kept drifting down her front. I couldn’t blame him; she had a magnificent rack.

    “Things are great, Dad,” I purred. “Desiree and I just love being their sluts.”

    “Umm, it is so much fun,” cooed Desiree with her sexy, Spanish accent.

    “Is he really ‘special.’ You know, like people are saying?”

    “Yes,” I answered, softly rubbing my dad’s thigh. “That’s why we’re his sex slaves. That’s why you didn’t have a problem with your teenage daughter submitting to some strange man’s lust. He has powers, Dad. They both do.”

    He frowned, “I guess you’re right.” He jumped when my hand started rubbing at his cock. “What’re you doing, pumpkin?”

    “Mark’s number one command is to love each other,” I purred. “Desiree and I want to show our love to you, Daddy.” I leaned back, thrusting out my chest, the t-shirt tightly hugging my boobs. “What does it say on my shirt?”

    “Daddy’s little slut,” he read. It was the t-shirt I wore when I met Master. It was lucky.

    “For tonight, I want that to be true.”

    He started to protest, but Desiree captured his mouth with her lips, while I unzipped his pants. His cock was hard, despite his protests, and I bent my head down and sucked it into my mouth. I swirled my tongue around the sensitive head, making sure my tongue stud rubbed against his cock. I tasted his salty pre-cum, and felt his dick twitch as he gave in to the pleasure.

    It was wonderfully hard, twitching in my mouth. I reveled in the wickedness; this was my father’s cock I sucked. I loved it! Loved him. After Desiree, Master, and Mistress, Dad was the most important person to me. And now I was able show him just how much I loved him.

    “That’s your daughter’s mouth sucking your cock,” purred Desiree in his ear. “Doesn’t she have a delicious tongue! I love feeling her tongue stud licking through the folds of my pussy.”

    “This is so wrong,” Dad groaned, voice thick with passion.

    “Relax, papá,” she cooed. Out of the corner of my eyes I could see that her full, nut-brown tits were freed. “You’ve been staring at my melons all night. Have a taste.”

    Listening to my dad suck my fiancee’s tits while I blew his cock spurred me on. I grabbed his balls, massaging them. I wanted his cum so badly. I sucked harder, bobbing my head. I could feel how heavy his balls were; he probably hadn’t cum in days. Weeks. The poor guy. I needed to visit him a lot more often.

    “I’m going to cum, Alison!” he shouted. “You have to stop!”

    Fuck that! I sucked harder. He erupted, grunting as thick, salty spunk flooded my mouth. I swallowed the first shot and the second, but held his final shot in my mouth. I rose up, and captured Desiree’s lips in a kiss. I snowballed Dad’s cum into her mouth; he stared wide-eyed at us as we swapped his jizz back and forth like the playful sluts we were.

    “Thank you, mi Sirenita,” Desiree sighed. “I love you so much.”

    Joy always trembled in my heart when she said that. I kissed her again; her lips still salty with Dad’s jizz. Then I looked at my dad, his face all flushed and sweaty, and there was a dazed look in his eye. “Wasn’t that amazing, daddy? I loved your cum!”

    “It was,” he whispered. He reached out and touched my face. “You look so much like your mother, pumpkin.”

    It took a lot to make me blush—that did it.

    “Let’s go to bed,” I said; we grabbed his hands and pulled him to his feet.

    His bedroom was pristine. The rest of the house was a bit of a disaster, but dad kept the room cleaned for some reason. Pictures of Mom adorned the room, always smiling beautifully. One picture was taken a few days before my birth. She look radiant, holding her pregnant belly and smiling at the camera. She wore a hospital gown, sitting in a wheelchair.

    “She was beautiful,” Desiree whispered, putting her arm around my shoulder.

    “This was taken right before she died,” I whispered back. “There was a complication with her pregnancy; she almost lost me. But she held on long enough for me to be born.”

    “She loved you a lot,” Dad murmured, putting his arm around my other shoulder, sandwiching me between them.

    I turned to Dad. Tears brimmed in his eyes. I kissed him. It was comforting at first. We both were feeling the grief of mother’s absence. Then my ardor grew. I turned, pressing my body against his, wiggling my tongue into his lips. I could feel his lust grow hard against my belly.

    “We’re going to rock your world tonight,” I whispered in his ear.

    He swallowed and nodded.

    We stripped; Dad feasted on our nubile bodies with lustful gaze. Desiree stretched out on the bed; her legs spread, obscenely showing off her shaved, juicy pussy. I crawled between her thighs; the air thick with her spicy-tangy scent. I buried my face in her cunt, and feasted on my love.

    “Oh yes!” she purred. “I love your tongue!”

    I could feel my dad’s eyes on my ass, so I wiggled it invitingly.

    “Isn’t she just gorgeous?” Desiree sighed. “She’s so horny! She needs a cock in her almost every hour of the day!”

    I dug my tongue deep into her pussy, gathering as much of her tasty fluids as I could. Then I moved my lips up and engulfed her clit. She gasped, thighs tightening about my head as I nursed her pearl.

    “Fuck her, papá!” she gasped. “Make her cum! Feel the embrace of your daughter’s cunt about your cock!”

    The bedsprings squeaked as Dad knelt behind me. Strong hands gripped my hips; hard cock nudged my asscheeks. I moaned and trembled in anticipation. Watching Mistress fuck her father had made me so jealous. I wanted to experience that special kind of love with my dad.

    His cock nudged my pussy. I burned to feel this depraved, taboo sex. “This is wrong, pumpkin,” he whispered as his dick rubbed up and down on my slippery lips, driving me wild with desire. “You’re my daughter.”

    “Incest isn’t wrong anymore,” I answered. “Master says incest is okay. We shouldn’t be tied down by the morals of bygone days. People should be free to love whomever they want. So love me, Daddy.”

    His will broke. “My beautiful pumpkin,” he grunted, then slammed into me.

    I screamed my passion into Desiree’s cunt as he entered me. He filled me up, my pussy convulsing about him as I came and came and came.

    It was as amazing as I had hoped!

    “Oh, Alison!” he grunted. “My sweet, beautiful pumpkin!”

    For a moment his cock was just buried to the hilt inside me, thick and wonderful, and then he fucked me. Hard. The slap of flesh filled the room, his strokes driving me into my fiancee’s cunt. He grunted and groaned, pounding me like a wildman.

    “Oh yes! Your pussy! Holy shit! You feel amazing, Alison!”

    I couldn’t stop cumming. My Dad was fucking me! Nothing was more taboo than this! And I was sharing this happy moment with the love of my life.

    “Fuck her!” Desiree moaned. “Fuck the little whore! She’s your slut for the night! Daddy’s little slut! Cum in her! I want to eat your incestuous cum out of her cunt!”

    Juices flooded my lips; she came. I held onto her hips as she bucked and gasped, big tits heaving in ecstasy. Then she collapsed, watching me through lidded eyes, a happy smile on her face. I gently lapped at her cunt, letting her pussy cool down.

    “Oh, Daddy!” I gasped. “Fuck me harder! I need your cum! Flood my pussy! I’m your slut tonight, daddy!”

    “My little slut!” he groaned. His strokes grew more frantic. “My little pumpkin’s grown up into a naughty slut!”

    “Cum in me!” I gasped, another cum rolling through my body.

    “You want your daddy’s cum?” he demanded.

    “I do!”

    He slammed into me and erupted. My pussy, still cumming, milked every last drop of my daddy’s cum. My knees gave out as my orgasm intensified and pleasure erupted through me; I collapsed into a ball on the bed, writhing in ecstasy.

    Dad collapsed next to me, spooning me from behind. “I love you, pumpkin.”

    I kissed him on the lips. “I love you, too, daddy.”

    Desiree joined us and kissed me, too. I never felt more loved than I did right now.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    The Wedding

    Dad had been a stud that night. After Desiree went down on me, and cleaned out my pussy of all his cum, we had straddled him. Desiree rode his cock while I rode his mouth. Then we gave dad one of Sam’s magical Viagra – the first thing the slutty hermaphrodite had invented – and fucked Dad all night long. We spent the weekend at his house, making up for all our lost time.

    I jumped when the music changed; the wedding march played, breaking me out of my daydream. The church’s band was playing, an eclectic collection of bongos, guitars, and a trombone. I was flushed and horny, my pussy damp, as I remembered that night. Desiree and I definitely needed to go to my dad’s for dinner again.

    Korina and Xiu had already reached the alter, and it was Mistress and Desiree’s turn. Arm-in-arm, they marched slowly while the entire congregation watched with awe as their Goddess escorted my bride. My eyes alternated between Desiree’s plump and naked ass, and Mistress’s swaying rear beneath her tight skirt. Daisy waited at the altar, and blushed when Mistress leaned over and captured her pretty lips with a kiss.

    Now it was my turn. Taking a deep breath, I hooked my arm around Master’s. I trembled. It’s not too late, my subconscious whispered. No. It was far too late. Desiree owned my heart. She stole it the day we met. My trembles stopped, and we walked stately towards my waiting bride.

    As I passed Dad, he reached out and gripped my hand. I felt my eyes misting in joy and squeezed him back. He sat next to Issy Norup, one of Master’s former jogging sluts. I convinced Dad to come to the Church after that dinner and he hit it off with Issy, with a little nudge from me. The teenage girl looked happy leaning against my dad. He deserved some happiness; he had spent all his time trying to raise his out of control daughter – my mom had died giving birth to me – that he didn’t have time to find himself another woman.

    “You are so beautiful, mi Sirenita,” Desiree whispered when I reached the altar.

    I handed Xiu my bouquet and took my bride’s hands. I loved it when Desiree called me ‘Sirenita’. It meant little mermaid in Spanish. I glanced down at the engagement ring Desiree had given me, and the two mermaids engraved on the band, their arms forming the mounts for the sparkling diamond.

    “You’re gorgeous,” I grinned back.

    Daisy started her wedding sermon, saying how beautiful it was when two people decided to join their lives together. Urging us to love each other, and to put each other first before all others; to delight in each other’s bodies, and to share our deepest pleasures with our partner. “Our Gods are here, tonight, to bless this union,” Daisy preached.

    I trembled as Master bent me over the altar. I was suddenly so nervous; I had fucked Master plenty of times, but this was different. This was my wedding day. Desiree bent over next to me, flashing me a smile as Mistress deftly slipped on a strap-on with a hot-pink dildo attached. I shivered in delight as Master caressed my ass, and I reached out to grab Desiree’s hand as I felt his hard cock nudging the lips of my pussy.

    “Alison, you were our first slut,” Master said. “And I am so happy for you and Desiree.”

    “Desiree, you were our second slut,” Mistress spoke. “I’ve seen how happy Alison makes you, and you have my blessing to marry her.”

    I moaned as Master shoved his cock into my wet cunt. Desiree’s mouth widened in pleasure as Mistress fucked her dildo into Desiree’s pussy. “Oh, thank you, Master!” I gasped as he pounded my slutty cunt. “Umm, I love it when your cock’s inside me!”

    “Fuck me, mi Reina,” Desiree panted. “Yes, yes! Ohh, yes! I love you! I love when you make me your whore!”

    Master’s cock filled me up, stretching me with his girth as his cock reamed me. I loved it! Every thrust, every caress of his cock’s head against my wet depths, built the pleasure between my legs. I stared into my bride’s dark eyes, and saw the pleasure that Mistress was giving her, mirroring my own ecstasy. I squeezed her hand and smiled at her. Master thrust harder, the altar shaking beneath us. My nipples rubbed against the silk cloth that draped the altar; another delightful sensation that fueled my growing orgasm.

    “Fuck me! Fuck me!” I panted. “Umm, your cock is driving me wild! Harder! Fuck my slutty cunt, and fill your naughty slave’s pussy with your cum! I love it! I’m your dirty, little cumslut!”

    I was so close to climaxing. Master’s thrusts were becoming more erratic. He was getting closer to cumming, too. Closer to filling my naughty snatch with his cream. Oh, I couldn’t wait. My naughty, little cunt was made for men to fill it with their cum, particularly this man! Nothing made me happier! I pushed my hips back, squeezing my cunt on his shaft. He buried himself into me, his hands gripping my hips hard.

    “Fuck!” he moaned. “Fuck, fuck, fuck!”

    I could feel his hot cum flooding my pussy and my orgasm crashed through me. “Yes! Oh, thank you, Master! That was fuckin’ amazing!”

    Next to me, Desiree’s face contorted in pleasure, and she gasped, “¡Yo estoy correrse!” I smiled; Desiree always looked so wild and beautiful when she came.

    “Fucking slut!” Mistress panted. “Keep wiggling that ass, whore! I’m gonna keep fucking you until I cum!”

    “Oohh, cum for me, mi Reina! Please!”

    Master pulled out of me, and I gasped; I could feel his seed running wet down my thighs. My gaze fell on Mistress. Her auburn hair was plastered to her sweaty face as she pumped her strap-on in and out of my bride. I reached out and caressed Mistress’s face, trailing my fingers down her pale neck to the slope of her breast, stopping at the neckline of her dress.

    “Let me help you, Mistress,” I purred, pushing the fabric down to expose a dusky nipple at the tip of a perfect breast.

    “You delightful whore,” Mistress cooed as I sucked that hard nipple into my lips. I played with the nub, rolling it around my tongue as I gently nursed. I saw blue eyes and a doll’s face loom up next to me as Korina started nursing at Mistress’s other breast. “You beautiful sluts!” Mistress moaned. “Yes, yes! You’re making me feel so happy! Oh, fuck, I’m cumming!”

    Mistress pulled back, a happy smile on her face. Master wrapped his arms around her and kissed her on the lips; I smiled. They loved each other so much, and it was always beautiful to watch them together. Desiree grasped my hands, kissed my knuckles, and we turned back to face Daisy. Her blue eyes sparkled with desire, and her cheeks were rosy-red.

    “Do you, Alison Hertz, take Desiree de la Fuente to be your lawfully wedded wife? To love her, to cherish her, and to share her with your Gods as your slut-wife for so long as you both shall live?”

    “I do,” I happily vowed, my eyes misting with tears as I stared into Desiree’s beautiful, brown depths; tears glistened on her dark eyelashes. Desiree gently slid the gold wedding band down my finger, pushing it next to my engagement ring.

    Daisy repeated the vows. “I do!” Desiree proclaimed confidently; I slipped the gold band down her finger.

    “Then by the powers invested in me by our Living Gods and the State of Washington, I pronounce you slut-wives! You may now kiss each other.”

    Desiree cupped my face, and lowered her lips to mine; we kissed. Her lips felt wonderful, soft and wet, and her tongue was gentle as it slipped into my mouth. She tasted sweet. I caressed her silky cheek. Our passion grew as we kissed, the blood pounding through my body, drowning out the cheering congregation. Her leg slipped between my thighs, and I shuddered as it rubbed against my dripping pussy.

    I pushed my leg between my wife’s thighs, and delighted in the wet warmth of her pussy pressing on me. We started rubbing against each other as we kissed. My hand slipped down to her breast, squeezing her soft, firm tit in my hand, then pinching her nipple between my fingers. Desiree’s hand gripped the back of my head, pulling me into her lips, while the other hand slipped down my back and squeezed my ass. I rubbed my cunt harder on her thigh, my clit delightfully caressing her silken skin.

    Her tongue withdrew, and I shoved mine into her mouth. Her hips rotated, rubbing her sticky juices all over my thigh. Her clit pressed hard against my flesh, and I knew Desiree was experiencing as much pleasure as I was. I flexed my ass, sliding my pussy up and down on her silky leg faster and faster. Then I felt something brush my asshole.

    The naughty, delightful, wonderful slut!

    Her finger circled my asshole, then pushed inside. I groaned into my wife’s lips, the intrusion driving my hips to fuck my pussy harder against her thigh. Still gripping her breast with one hand, I took my other and found her ample, Latina ass. I gave the plump cheeks a squeeze, before I dove into her cleft and found her tight asshole. My finger pushed and pushed at the ring, then it gave way before my persistent digit, and I was engulfed by her tight ass.

    I felt my wife’s hips shove forward as I invaded her ass with first one, then two fingers. Not to be outdone, she slipped a second finger up my ass. I pumped my hips furiously as I rapidly fingered her ass. My pleasure grew and grew and grew, and then it exploded throughout my cunt. My ass squeezed on her fingers, and I trembled with passion in my wife’s arms. I felt Desiree go rigid, her juices flooding my thigh.

    “I love you,” I whispered as we broke the kiss.

    Behind us the congregation was cheering and clapping. Out of the corner of my eye, I saw Dad sitting in the front row. I turned to look at him. He smiled at me, pride shining in his eyes, and a delighted thrill spread through my body.

    I turned back to my wife, and her face was flushed, a happy smile gracing her lips. “I love you,” I told her again. “I love you, I love you, I love you!” Every time I said it, my happiness blossomed larger.

    Her finger was tender as she stroked my cheek. “I love mi Sirenita, my slut-wife forever.”

    I smiled and kissed my wife again. Joy suffused every fiber of my being. Forever with my slut-wife and our Master and Mistress. What more could a slut want?


    :: Comments have been disabled on this story ::